SFG1031 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant February 2015 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table of Contents LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL .................................................................................................................. v LIST OF TABLES ....................................................................................................................................... v LIST OF FIGURES ....................................................................................................................................vii LIST OF ANNEXES .................................................................................................................................vii ABBREVIATIONS ..................................................................................................................................... 1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................... 3 CHAPTER-1 ............................................................................................................................................. 15 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 15 1.1 BACKGROUND ............................................................................................................................ 15 1.2 PROJECT OUTLINE ..................................................................................................................... 15 1.3 PROJECT RATIONALE ............................................................................................................... 17 1.4 PURPOSE and SCOPE of the ESIA............................................................................................. 17 1.5 Scope of the ESIA .......................................................................................................................... 17 1.6 Approach and Methodology ....................................................................................................... 18 1.6.1 Preliminary Discussions with Project Proponent .............................................................. 18 1.6.2 Screening and Scoping Exercise ........................................................................................... 18 1.6.3 Baseline Data Collection........................................................................................................ 19 1.6.4 Stakeholder Consultation...................................................................................................... 19 1.6.5 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures ................................................................... 20 1.6.6 Analysis of Alternatives ........................................................................................................ 20 1.6.7 Management Plans and Grievance Redress Mechanism .................................................. 20 1.6.8 Information/Data Sources .................................................................................................... 20 1.7 Content of ESIA Report ............................................................................................................ 22 CHAPTER-2 ............................................................................................................................................. 23 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK........................................................... 23 2.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 23 2.2 ENVIRONMENT-RELATED POLICIES IN BANGLADESH ................................................ 23 2.2.1 National Environmental Policy, 1992 .................................................................................. 23 2.2.2 National Environment Management Action Plan, 1995 ................................................... 24 2.2.3 National Conservation Strategy, 1992 ................................................................................. 24 2.2.4 Other Policies relevant to Environment ....................................................................... 24 i Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 2.3 ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL RELATED LEGISLATIONS IN BANGLADESH ........... 26 2.3.1 The Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (subsequent amendments in 2000 and 2002) 26 2.3.2 Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997 (subsequent amendments in 2002 and 2003) .................................................................................................................................................. 26 2.3.3 Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 ......................... 27 2.3.4 Administrative and Regulatory Guidelines and Instructions ......................................... 28 2.3.5 Framework for Leasing of Government (Khas) Agricultural Land ................................ 28 2.3.6 Other Relevant National Legal Instruments for the Project............................................. 29 2.4 ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK RELATED TO ENVIRONMENT IN BANGLADESH ............................................................................................................................................................... 33 2.4.2 Department of Environment (DOE) .................................................................................... 33 2.4.3 Status of Project Approval from DOE ................................................................................. 37 2.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO LAND ACQUISITION IN BANGLADESH ................................................................................................................................... 37 2.6 PROJECT RELEVANT INTERNATIONAL TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS................. 37 2.7 World Bank REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 38 2.8 IFC PERFORMANCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 39 2.8.1 Brief on IFC Performance Standards, 2012 ......................................................................... 39 2.8.2 Major Tenets of IFC Performance Standards ..................................................................... 39 2.8.3 IFC Project Categorization .................................................................................................... 43 2.8.4 IFC EHS Guidelines ............................................................................................................... 44 CHAPTER-3 ............................................................................................................................................. 46 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT ................................................................................ 46 3.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT .............................................................................................................. 46 3.2 LOCATION & APPROACH ROAD OF THE PROJECT ................................................... 46 3.2.1 ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECTION FOR POWER EVACUATION ........................... 46 3.2.2 FUEL TRANSPORTATION .................................................................................................. 46 3.3 PROJECT INFORMATION IN BRIEF ........................................................................................ 47 3.4 PRESENT STATUS OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................ 51 3.5 RESOURCES AND UTILITIES.............................................................................................. 51 3.6 POWER GENERATION METHOD ........................................................................................... 51 3.7 PLANT OPERATION ................................................................................................................... 52 3.8 PROJECT COST AND FUNDING ........................................................................................ 52 CHAPTER 4: ............................................................................................................................................ 53 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ......................................................................................................... 53 ii Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 4.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................... 53 4.2 SITE SELECTION .......................................................................................................................... 53 4.3 TECHNOLOGY OPTIONS .......................................................................................................... 53 4.4 NO PROJECT SCENARIO ........................................................................................................... 55 CHAPTER 5: ............................................................................................................................................ 55 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE DATA ................................................................... 55 5.1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 55 5.1.1 STUDY OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................. 55 5.1.2 Site Overview.......................................................................................................................... 55 5.1.3 Objectives and Methodology................................................................................................ 55 5.2 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................................... 57 5.2.1 CLIMATE ................................................................................................................................ 57 5.2.2 LAND USE .............................................................................................................................. 68 5.2.3 GEOLOGY AND SOILS ........................................................................................................ 68 5.2.4 NATURAL HAZARDS ......................................................................................................... 68 5.2.5 WATER RESOURCES ........................................................................................................... 70 5.2.6 AIR QUALITY ........................................................................................................................ 76 5.2.7 NOISE LEVEL......................................................................................................................... 79 5.3 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................ 83 5.3.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................................................. 83 5.3.2 BIO-ECOLOGICAL ZONE ................................................................................................... 87 5.3.3 ADOPTED METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................. 88 5.3.4 FLORAL COMPONENT ....................................................................................................... 89 5.3.5 FAUNAL COMPONENT ..................................................................................................... 90 5.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................... 94 5.4.1 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY................................................................................ 94 5.4.2 DEMARCATION OF THE PROJECT AREA FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC STUDY ........ 94 5.4.3 SITE VISIT AND RECONNAISSANCE.............................................................................. 95 5.4.4 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS ................................................................................. 95 5.4.5 DOCUMENTATION COLLECTION AND REVIEW....................................................... 95 5.4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE PROFILE........................................................................ 95 5.4.7 FINDINGS OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY ................................................................ 103 CHAPTER6: ........................................................................................................................................... 108 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES .................... 108 6.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................... 108 iii Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 6.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE ........................................................................................................ 108 6.2.1 ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS ................................................................................................... 108 6.2.2 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL IMPACTS .................................................................................... 113 6.2.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS ......................................................................................... 119 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OPERATIONAL PHASE ..................................................... 120 6.3.1 OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS ................................................................................................. 120 6.3.2 NOISE IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE ................................................... 120 6.3.3 WATER QUALITY ASSESSMENT .................................................................................... 121 6.3.4 AIR QUALITY ...................................................................................................................... 122 6.3.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS ......................................................................................... 123 6.3.6 CUMULATIVE IMPACT .................................................................................................... 124 6.4 IMPACT EVALUATION ........................................................................................................... 125 6.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE.................................................................................................. 126 6.4.2 OPERATION PHASE .......................................................................................................... 127 6.5 MITIGATION MEASURES ....................................................................................................... 128 6.5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE.................................................................................................. 128 6.5.2 OPERATION PHASE .......................................................................................................... 131 CHAPTER-7: .......................................................................................................................................... 134 INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION ........................... 134 7.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................... 134 7.2 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR CONSULTATION .......................................... 134 7.3 STAKEHOLDER ASSESSMENT............................................................................................... 134 7.4 SUMMARY OF CONSULTATION .......................................................................................... 136 7.5 FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSION ................................................................................................. 138 7.6 PUBLIC DISCLOSURE ............................................................................................................... 139 CHAPTER 8: .......................................................................................................................................... 140 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................... 140 8.1 SCOPE OF EMP........................................................................................................................... 140 8.2 WORK PLANS AND SCHEDULES ......................................................................................... 140 8.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE.................................................................................................. 140 8.2.2 OPERATION PHASE .......................................................................................................... 143 8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .......................................................................... 144 8.3.1 MONITORING PARAMETERS ......................................................................................... 144 8.3.2 MONITORING SCHEDULE .............................................................................................. 146 8.3.3 RESOURCES AND IMPLEMENTATION ........................................................................ 147 iv Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 8.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .......................................................................... 148 8.4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 148 8.4.2 WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY .............................................................. 148 8.4.3 WORK IN CONFINED SPACES........................................................................................ 151 8.4.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE .......................................... 152 8.4.5 TRAINING ............................................................................................................................ 153 8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (EMS)..................................................... 154 CHAPTER 9: .......................................................................................................................................... 156 RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT ................................................................................... 156 9.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................... 156 9.2 POWER PLANT RISKS ASSESSMENT ................................................................................... 156 9.4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN ............................................................................................ 158 9.4.1 Emergency Response Cell ................................................................................................... 158 9.4.2 Emergency Preparedness .................................................................................................... 159 9.4.3 Fire Fighting Services .......................................................................................................... 159 9.4.4 Emergency Medical Services .............................................................................................. 160 9.4.5 Rescue Services ..................................................................................................................... 160 9.4.6 Security Services ................................................................................................................... 161 9.4.7 Public Relations Services ..................................................................................................... 161 9.5 CONCLUDING REMARKS ...................................................................................................... 161 CHAPTER 10: ........................................................................................................................................ 163 GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ............................................................................................ 163 10.1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 163 10.2 OBJECTIVES OF GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ................................................. 163 10.3 COMPOSITION OF GRC AND ULC ..................................................................................... 163 CHAPTER 11: ........................................................................................................................................ 166 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.............................................................................. 166 11.1 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................... 166 11.2 RECOMMENDATIONS........................................................................................................... 167 LIST OF REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................ 169 ANNEX–I to XX ................................................................................................................................ 170 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL LIST OF TABLES Table 1.6-1: Key Data Sources Table 2.2-1: Policies Relevant to Environment v Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 2.3-1: National Legal Instruments relevant to the Project Table 2.6-1: Project Relevant International Treaties and Conventions Table 2.8-1: IFC Performance Standards Table 3.3-1: Basic data of "Midland Power Co. Ltd." Table 4.3-1: Summary of alternative site assessment Table 5.2-1: Total Monthly and Annual Rainfall (mm), Comilla Weather Station Table 5.2-2: Average Monthly Relative Humidity (%), Comilla Weather Station Table 5.2-3: Average Monthly Minimum Temperature (ºC), Comilla Weather Station Table 5.2-4: Average Monthly Maximum Temperature (ºC), Comilla Weather Station Table 5.2-5: Monthly & Yearly Maximum Wind Speed in Konts & Direction in Degree at Comilla Table 5.2-6: Details of Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations Table 5.2-7: Methods for Water Analysis Table 5.2-8: Surface Water Quality Analysis Table 5.2-9: Ground Water Quality Analysis Result Table 5.2-10: Methodology for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Table 5.2-11: Ambient Air Quality Sampling Location Table 5.2-12: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area Table 5.2-13: Ambient PM10, PM2.5Concentrations as per NAAQS as determined in recent measurements with the plant in operation Table 5.2-14: Standards for Noise (EQS) Table 5.2-15: Details of Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations Table 5.2-16: Noise level in and around the Proposed Project Site Table 5.3-1: List of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh Table 5.3-2: Common Fish Species in Meghna River and Surrounding Water Bodies Table 5.4-1: Demographic Profile of the Project Study Area Table 5.4-2: Religion Profile of the Project Study Area Table 5.4-3: Employment Status by field of Activity in the Project Study Area Table 5.4-4: Production of Key Crops in Char Chartala union of Ashuganj Upazila as per 2012-13 Statistics Table 5.4-5: Sources of Drinking Water and Electricity Facility of the Project Area Table 5.4-6: Sanitation Facility of the Project Study Area Table 5.4-7: Access to Resources in study Area Table 6.2-1: Categories and definition of consequence levels for ecological impacts Table 6.2-2: Likelihood of occurrence and rankings natural impacts Table 6.2-3: Ecological impact significance rankings Table 6.2-4: Risk assessment matrix Table 6.2-5: Summary of potential ecological impact assessment Table 6.3-1: OSHA noise exposure limits for the work environment Table-6.3-2 List of Factories and Power Plants within 10km radius of MPCL, Charchartola, Ashugonj, B- Baria Table 6.4-1: Effect of project activities on physico-chemical environmental parameters during construction phase Table 6.4-2: Effect of project activities on ecological parameters during construction phase Table 6.4-3: Effect of project activities on socio-economic parameters during construction Table 6.4-4: Effect of project activities on physico-chemical environmental parameters during operation phase Table 6.4-5: Effect of project activities on ecological parameters during operation phase Table 6.4-6: Effect of project activities on socio-economic parameters during operation phase Table 6.5-1: Tree species recommended for plantation within the MPP Table 7.3-11: Stakeholder Mapping for the Project Table 7.4-1: Details of Consultations Held for the Project Table 8.2-1: Potentially significant environmental impact during construction phase and mitigation measures Table 8.2-2: Environmental management and monitoring reporting Table 8.2-3: Potentially significant environmental impact during operation phase and mitigation measures Table 8.3-1: Monitoring plan during construction phase of the project vi Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 8.3-2: Monitoring plan during operational phase of the project Table 8.3-3: Cost Estimate for Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase Table 8.3-4: Cost estimate for environmental monitoring during operational phase Table 8.3-5: Cost estimate for training during operational phase Table 8.4-1: General requirements for workers‟ health and safety Table 10.3-1: Sample Grievance Reporting Form LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1.2-1: Process Flow Diagram of Electricity Generation Figure 2.4-1: DOE Environmental Clearance Applicability and Procedure Figure 2.4-2: Flowchart of EIA Process Applicable to the Proposed Project Figure3.2-1: Project Location Map Figure 3.2-2: Project Location in Satellite Image Figure 3.2-3: Layout Plan of the Project Area Figure 5.1-1: 5 km Study Area Map Figure 5.2-2: Climatic Zones of Bangladesh Figure 5.2-2: Average Monthly Rainfall (2004-2013), Comilla Weather Station Figure 5.2-3: Average Monthly Humidity (2004-2013), Comilla Weather Station Figure 5.2-4: Average Minimum and Maximum Temperatures (2004-2013), Comilla Weather Station Figure 5.2-5: Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (2013), Comilla Weather Station Figure 5.2-6: Seasonal and Annual Wind Rose Diagram (2013), Comilla Weather Station Figure 5.2-7: Seismic Zones of Bangladesh (BNBC, 1993) Figure 5.2-8: Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations Figure 5.2-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Figure 5.2-10: Noise Level Monitoring Locations Figure 5.3-1: Forest Areas of Bangladesh Figure 5.3-2: Protected Areas of Bangladesh Figure 5.3-3: Bio-ecological zone of the study area Figure 5.4-1: Average Household Size in the study area Figure 5.4-2: Occupation Profile of the Project Area Figure 5.4-3: Education and Literacy of the Study Area Figure10.3-1 Flow Chart of Grievance Procedure LIST OF ANNEXES ANNEX-I The World Bank Operational Manual OP 4.01 ANNEX-II Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) of DOE ANNEX-III Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ANNEX-IV Checklist of Flora ANNEX-V Checklist of Fauna ANNEX-VI IFC Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines Environmental Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality ANNEX-VII Photo of Baseline Monitoring and Consultation ANNEX-VIII Focus Group Discussion Meeting Attendance Sheet ANNEX-IX List of ESIA Team ANNEX-X Chance Find Procedures for Protection of Cultural Property ANNEX-XI Gadget of Environment and Forest Ministry on ECA ANNEX-XII Assessment of Impact of Air Pollution due to Operation of 51 MW Gas Based Power Plant ANNEX-XIII Storm Water Drainage Layout Plan ANNEX-XIV Noise Pollution Modeling of Operational Phase of the 51 MW Gas Based Power Plant ANNEX-XV Manufacturer's Specification of Engines with Emission Levels ANNEX-XVI Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan ANNEX-XVII Environmental Compliance Report ANNEX-XVIII Technical Comparison with Investment Analysis of Technologies ANNEX-XIX PM Measurement by Atomic Energy Dhaka ANNEX-XX Normalization of Noise Level Data vii Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant ABBREVIATIONS ADB Asian Development Bank ANSI American National Standard Institute BBS Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics BCA Bangladesh Country Almanac BMD Bangladesh Meteorological Department BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand BOO Build, Own and Operate BPDB Bangladesh Power Development Board BRTC Bureau of Research Testing and Consultation BUET Bangladesh University of Engineering and Technology BWDB Bangladesh Water Development Board COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CO Carbon Monoxide DCS Distributed Control System DESA Dhaka Electric Supply Authority DESCO Dhaka Electric Supply Company DGPS Digital Global Positioning System DLN Dry Low NOx DMDP Dhaka Metropolitan Development Plant DO Dissolved Oxygen DoE Department of Environment EA Environmental Assessment ECR Environment Conservation Rules EGCB Electricity Generation Company of Bangladesh EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EM Emergency Manager EMP Environmental Management Plan EMS Environmental Management System EMU Environmental Management Unit EPZ Export Processing Zone ERC Emergency Response Cell ERP Emergency Response Plan FGD Focus Group Discussion GIS Geographic Information System GoB Government of Bangladesh GPS Global Positioning System GE Gas Engine HYV High Yielding Variety IEE Initial Environmental Examination IPP Independent Power Producer kV Kilo Volt MPP Midland Power Plant MPCL Midland Power Company Limited NOx Oxides of Nitrogen 1|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCB Poly Chlorinated Biphenyles PGCB Power Grid Company of Bangladesh PM Particulate Matter QA/QC Quality Assurance / Quality Control REB Rural Electrification Board RMZ Regulatory Mixing Zone SIA Social Impact Assessment SOx Oxides of Sulfur SPM Suspended Particulate Matter ST Steam Turbine TPH Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon TSS Total Suspended Solids USDOT United States Department of Transportation USEPA United Stated Environmental Protection Authority USFHWA United States Federal Highway Authority WB World Bank 2|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant EXECUTIVE SUMMARY INTRODUCTION In order to increase the capacity of electricity production, the Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources, GOB has given permission to the private entrepreneurs to establish new power plants of different generation capacities on a Rental and Build, Own and Operate (BOO) basis in private sector. Considering the Power shortfall in the country and government plans, authority of Midland Power Company Ltd. has constructeda 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant on BOO basis at Ashugonj, Brahmanbaria to narrow the ever-increasing gap between demand and supply of electricity through natural gasbased low cost generation. In early 2012, a full-scale Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the plant was carried out by the Midland Power Company Ltd. It was carried out to assess the environmental concerns of the Power Plant. However, a number of issues were not appropriately addressed in that assessment (e.g., air and noise quality modeling) due to time constraints and lack of availability of necessary data. In this context, the World Bank suggested revision of the Environment and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA)document of the Power Plant following World Bank Guidelines.As the construction of the plant has been completed and it is in operation, a monitoring/compliance report of the EMP measures proposed in this ESIA report has also been prepared. This report also include the compliance status on the DOE conditions for EIA clearance. The report is submitted as a standalone accompanying document with this ESIA report(Annex-XVII). Midland Power Co. Ltd. has appointed BETS Consulting Services Ltd. to update the existing Environmental and Social Impact Assessment document by: (i) Revising the document to reflect the World Bank environmental and social guidelines; (ii) Carrying out a cumulative impact assessment; (iii) Including quality assured data on Air Quality and noise parameters; (iv) Performing air and noise quality modeling; and (v) Prepare a monitoring/compliance report for the construction period and operation until now. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The concerned power plant of the Midland Power Co. Ltd. is located at Ashugonj in the administrative district of Brahmanbaria under Chittagong Division. The selected site for Midland Power Co. Ltd. is about 5-6 km away from Brahmanbaria city centre. The proposed site of the project is on the south side of the Dhaka-Sylhet highway and quite close to the Ashugonj Fertilizer and Chemical Complex Ltd. (AFCCL). A large grain SILO is located to the Northern side of the project site. To the eastern side of the project the NG distribution hub of the Gas Transmission Company Limited (GTCL)-Petrobangla Company of the GOB is located. Meghna River is just adjacent to the western side of the plant-site. Bhairab Railway Station is about 2 km away to the northwest of the project site. The project site enjoy‟s the infrastructural facilities such as electricity, water, telecommunication, etc. The access to the project site, project location sketch map with its surroundings is shown in the Satellite Image below. Project site is well connected with the national road linking system. 3|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Meghna River River Side of MPCL Plant Inside Satellite Image Depicting Project Location ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE DATA Physical Environment Climate Geology and Soil Long-term average climatic data collected at the nearby Comilla weather station (2004 to 2013) reflect the monsoonal effects on climate in this region (Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka 2014): Mean maximum temperature is 35.50C; Mean daily minimum temperature is 60C; Mean annual relative humidity is 81% and Mean annual rainfall 2016 mm. Data about wind speed and direction for the period from 2004 to 2013 as collected from Meteorological Department and the data indicates that the maximum wind speed recorded as 25 knots in the month of October, 2007. The prevailing wind direction is South and South-east in most part of the year. Geology of Bangladesh is generally dominated by poorly consolidated sediments deposit over the past 10,000 to 15,000 years (Holocene age). The geology of the study area consists of Quaternary deltaic sediments, which have been strongly influenced by tectonic movements on deep-seated faults. The area lies on a tectonic block, which has been uplifted relative to the surrounding areas. The soil profile of the study area consists of about 12m thick clay deposit followed by sand, clay and progressively coarser sand as depth increases. 4|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant In terms of crop production, the soils of Bangladesh can be categorized into three main classes; floodplain, terrace and hill soils. Soils are mainly grey loamy on the ridges and gray to dark gray clayey in the basins. Gray sands to loamy sands with compact silty topsoils occupy areas of the old Brahmaputra Char floodplain or alluvial soils. In adjoining southern part soil mainly comprises sandy barns and sandy clay barns and tends to be gray to dark gray in poorly- drained basins and brown on higher and better drained land. Air Quality The existing ambient air quality of the study area was monitored at three locations (September 2014- October 2014) and at the Plant gate (January 2015 to February 2015) during the monitoring period. The monitoring parameters included Particulate Matter ( PM10 and PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Carbon Monoxide (CO). All the parameters were monitored on 24-hourly basis except Carbon Monoxide (CO) during the duration of the study. PM2.5 The 24-hourly PM2.5 concentration in ambient air in the study area was recorded 146  36 µg/m3. The Annual measured concentration was 54  32 g/m3which is higher than BNAAQS. PM10 The 24-hourly PM10 concentration in ambient air in the study area was recorded 191 48 g/m3. The Annual concentration was found to be 105 56g/m3which is higher than BNAAQS. . SO2 The 24-hourly SO2 concentration was recorded in the range of 8 – 27 µg/m3. During the monitoring period, the maximum SO2 concentration is reported at power plant site as27 µg/m3. SO2 concentrations at all the monitoring locations were reported well below 365µg/m3, which is a 24-hourly National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for SO2 in Bangladesh. NOx The 24-hourly NOx concentration was recorded in the range of 10.3–42.6 µg/m3. Average concentration of SO2are reported slightly higher due to the industrial setup. During the monitoring period, the maximum NOx concentration is reported at power plant site as 42.6µg/m3. There are no stipulated standards for 24-hourly NOx concentration in Bangladesh. The annual Bangladesh standard value for NOx is 100 µg/m3 and present average concentrations at all the locations are well below these values. CO The 8-hourly CO concentration was recorded in the range of 40 – 340 µg/m3. Average concentrations of CO are reported low at all the monitoring locations compared with the Bangladesh Standards (10 mg/m3). Noise 5|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Excessive noise is a potential issue for both human and biological receivers and can cause a range of negative issues, from mild annoyance and moderately elevated levels of agitation to significant disturbance of behavioral patterns and, in severe cases, temporary or permanent hearing loss. According to the World Health Organization Guidelines for Community Noise (1999), daily sound pressure levels of 50 decibels (dB) or above can create discomfort amongst humans, while ongoing exposure to sound pressure levels over 85 dB is usually considered the critical level for temporary hearing damage. Noise levels were recorded at nineteen locations in the study area during the monitoring period. Noise levels were recorded in the form of sound pressure levels with the help of a digital sound level meter. Noise level were recorded for two hours at day and night time in the closest settlement area indicated as NL17, NL18 and NL19 monitoring locations and rest of the locations were recorded for 20 minutes both day and night times. The summarization of the monitoring results revealed that the project area falls into Industrial zone according to Bangladesh Environmental Quality Standard ECR‟97 categorization. Noise levels of all locations were within the standard limit of ECR‟97 (subsequent amendment in 2006). Water Quality Groundwater aquifers in Bangladesh are constantly recharged by major river systems and by infiltration of rainwater. Groundwater is usually available within 5m below ground surface (mbgs). This level fluctuates seasonally but approaches close to the surface in most parts ofthe country from July to September. At Ashuganj, the groundwater level is about 6 mbgs surface during the dry season, with levels returning to their normal position before the end of the monsoon season. This fall in ground levels is an entirely natural process that arises because of the hydrological link with the river. The ground water quality is within the standard of ECR. The surface water Quality was compared with the Bangladesh ECR standard for best practice based classification criteria. Some of the water analysis parameters like pH of the Meghna River is within the permissible limits of 6.5 to 8.5. The DO of the sample of Meghna River is 6.7 mg/l and thus meets the surface water classification for different usages. The BOD level is 3.0 mg/l for the Meghna River and thus is well below the permissible limits. Comparison of the data with the surface water quality standards of government of Bangladesh reveal the fact that water of the water bodies are fit for supply after conventional treatment, Water usable by fisheries, Industrial process and cooling industries and Water usable for irrigation. Ecological Environment Approximately 12-15 families of the plant species are present in the study area. These are: Gramineae, Leguminosae, Moraceae, Myrtaceae, Cyperaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Rutaceae, Solanaceae, Labiatae, Rubiaceae, Malvaceae, Compositae, etc. The most common roadside plantation trees are Koroi (Albizia procera), Sisso (Dalbergia sissoo), Mahogany (Sweitonia mahagoni), Katanote (Amaranthus spinosus), Dhutura (Datura meteloides), Apang (Achyranthus aspera), Chorekanta (Chrysopogon aciculatus), Jagadumur (Ficus glomoreta), Swetadrun (Leacus lavendulifolia), Tulsi (Ocimum sanctum), Titbegun (Solanum indicum), Benna (Veteveria zizanioides), Bot (Ficus benghalensis) etc. Koroi (Albizia procera), Sisso (Dalbergia sissoo), Mahogany (Sweitonia mahagoni) are the dominant road side plant species in the study area. 6|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant A variety of lizards and skinks were observed during the survey. Among the lizards identified was the Common garden lizard (Calotes versicolor). Lizards were observed in bushes and the lower canopies of trees in various vegetated areas around the study area. Other common geckos including Brook‟s House Gecko (Hemidactylus brookii), the Common House Gecko (Hemidactylus frenatus) were seen within homesteads. Common skink (Eutrophis macularia) was found in several of the terrestrial habitats around the study area. Their niche habitat is low-lying vegetation, leaf litter, grassy areas, bushes, stream banks, under logs and burrows. The burrow-dweller Bengal monitor (Varanus bengalensis) was seen basking in the study area. A large number of aquatic fauna was observed in the study area. Many are totally dependent on wetlands (beels, river, ponds) and species are partially dependent on wetlands. There are little available aquatic habitats for faunal species. Wetlands are intensively exploited and the habitat is highly disturbed. Despite this, some species have adapted to the altered environment, and others have even flourished. Among the amphibians the skipper frog (Rana cyanophyctis) is common-being found in most of the wetland habitats and has been the most successful in adapting to the altered environment. The common roof turtle (Kachuga tecta) and the flat-shelled spotted turtle (Lissemys punctata) are the most common of the reptiles. These freshwater turtle species face problems of migration during summer when water levels are inadequate. Socio-economic Environment As per the survey data it can be observed that almost 27% of the respondents are involved in agricultural labour followed by business (20%), Non Agricultural labour (14%) Agricultural activity (9%), Private Service (4%) and Fisherman (2%) in the study area. 24% are of other professions including rickshaw-puller, construction worker, driver etc. It can also be observed that majority of the women respondents are housewives or involved in household activities. Majority of the respondents have a positive perception about the power plant. They express their opinion that the power plant is a national asset and support to meet our electricity demand. Only who lives in adjacent to the power plant provide their opinion regarding the noise level and odor problem those mostly comes from other industry located near to the settlement and they inform that noise level from the power plant is tolerable. Positive expectations of the surveyed household are primarily with respect to overall development in the area, improved road facilities and employment opportunity for the local people. The team consulted with a diverse range of stakeholders associated with the project. These included governmental agencies and departments, local administration, NGO, as well as the community. Furthermore, in order to assess the community and household level impacts, a socio-economic survey for a sample household size of 52 within the close settlement of the existing power plant was undertaken. This survey was of much help to establish the baseline conditions of the community living in the vicinity of the project footprint and their opinions, expectations and apprehensions about the existing power plant. The analyses of this data and the inferences drawn have been provided in the following sections. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 7|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Environmental Impact during Construction Phase Ecological Impacts The proposed Power Plant project site has aquatic habitat which supports few common aquatic floral species and none of them are threatened in Bangladesh. No long-term adverse impacts to the floral and faunal species or their ecosystem are expected. Physico-chemical Impacts Impact on Water Quality and General Environmental Waste and wastewater generated during the construction phase of the project include construction debris and wastes, and some other solid wastes (e.g., from labor sheds), human wastes from people working at the project site (e.g., from labor sheds), and some liquid waste from construction processes. These waste/ wastewater could lead to pollution of water and general environment, if not properly disposed. Air Quality Impacts During the construction phase, the important sources of emissions would include those from the operations of construction equipment and machineries, project vehicles carrying construction materials/ debris to/ from the site. Particulate matter may be generated from stone (aggregate) crushing, earthworks, material storage areas, and unpaved roads. Noise Level For assessment of noise level during construction phase, the project activities were divided into two major classes–(i) general site and plant construction and (ii) access road construction. Mitigation measures have been suggested to reduce noise exposure at the nearest residence. Socio-economic Impacts Transport and communication: During construction phase, some additional traffic will be generated for bringing in construction material and equipment. This traffic will pass through heavily traveled Sylhet- Dhaka road. However, the negative impact of the increased traffic flow would be mostly concentrated mainly within the MPP complexand affecting people in residential areas located close to the project site. Navigation: Large barges are likely to be used to carry the power plant equipment to the plant site via the Meghna River. So there will be some crowding of in the navigation channel. However, such crowding is expected to be minor in nature and easily manageable. Public Health: The construction activities are likely to have some impact on health and well being due to increased noise pollution and vibration, and local air pollution. Solid wastes generated by the construction activities may create environmental pollution and thus affect public health, if not properly disposed. Proper measures including regular maintenance of equipment and use of protective gear are needed to reduce the risk of accidents during the construction phase. Employment: Some job opportunities will be created for labors as well as skilled manpower (including engineers) for construction of the proposed project. Installation of power plant will require 8|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant relatively small number of skilled personnel and laborers; as such installation is highly automated. Environmental Impact during Operation Phase The impacts of project activities on most ecological parameters (e.g., floral and faunal habitat and diversity) are mostly insignificant. The effects of project activities a number of physicochemical environmental parameters have been assessed. These parameters include noise level, water quality, and air quality. The impact of the power plant project at its operation phase on socio-economic parameters will be mostly beneficial. Increased power supply will promote wellbeing of the people suffering from lack of power supply or serious load shedding; it is also likely to have positive impact on industrial activities and employment. Noise Impacts During the operational phase exceedingly high level of noise is expected to be generated within the confines of the turbine and generator installations. Prolonged exposure to such high level of noise may cause permanent hearing loss. Noise generated by the power plant will not affect the locales on the southern side of the plant. However, future population outside the project site may be affected by the noise during operational phase. Air Quality The proposed 51 MW Power Plant is a relatively cleaner technology for electricity production, especially when natural gas with no sulfur content (as is the case here) is used as fuel. It is expected to produce minimal impact on the air quality of the surrounding environment. The effect of stack emissions (NOx during operation of only the GT; and NOx, CO and PM during operation of the gas fired power Plant) on ambient air quality has been assessed using AERMOD model. Public Consultations Discussions were held with the communities who are lives in close to the power plant. Two focus group discussions were held in the Char Chartala village. The overall outputs from the FGD are given below: 1. Main environmental concern is noise pollution that is generated from the power plant. Overall the noise of this power plant is comparatively low rather than other industry. 2. During construction stage all of the affected households got proper compensation 3. During winter season transmission line wire make noise which is often cause panic 4. This plant do not causes any surface water pollution 5. The plant authority should be develop the existing connecting road 6. Few local people have been provided with job in this power plant. 7. Require more job opportunity in the plant specially jobless young people 8. Proper fire fighting system is to be preserved in the plant for safety MITIGATION MEASURES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT Environmental management and monitoring activities for the proposed power plant project could be divided into management and monitoring: (a) during construction phase, and (b) during operation phase. The environmental management program should be carried out as an integrated part of the project planning and execution. For this purpose, it is recommended that 9|Page Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant it is recommended that the MPCL for this specific project should take the overall responsibility of environmental management and monitoring. The MPCL through its team will make sure that the Contractor undertake and implement appropriate measures as stipulated in the contract document, or as directed by the GM, MPCL to ensure proper environmental management of the project activities. It should be emphasized that local communities should be involved in the management of activities that have potential impacts on them (e.g., traffic congestion in the surrounding areas). They should be properly consulted before taking any management decision that may affect them. Environmental management is likely to be most successful if such decisions are taken in consultation with the local community. The environmental management during the construction phase should primarily be focused on addressing the possible negative impacts arising from: (a) Generation and disposal of sewage, solid waste and construction waste (b) Increased traffic (c) Generation of dust (particulate matter) (d) Generation of noise and (e) Deterioration of water quality. E-1 Potentially significant environmental impact during construction phase and mitigation measures Activity/Issues Potentially Significant Proposed Mitigation and Responsible Impacts Enhancement Measures Parties Influx of  Generation of sewage and  Construction of sanitary latrine and Contractor workers solid waste septic tank system (one latrine for 20 (Monitoring persons) by MPCL)  Erecting "no litter" sign, provision of waste bins/cans, where appropriate  Waste minimization, recycle and reuse  Proper disposal of solid waste (in designated waste bins)  Possible spread of disease  Clean bill of health a condition Contractor from workers for employment (Monitoring  Regular medical monitoring of by MPCL) workers Transportation of  Increased traffic/navigation  Speed reduction to 10 km per hour Contractor equipment, materials  Generation of noise within the MPCL complex (Monitoring and personnel; by MPCL) storage of materials  Deterioration of air quality  Keeping vehicles under good Contractor from increased vehicular condition, with regular checking of (Monitoring movement, affecting people in vehicle condition to ensure by MPCL) the surrounding compliance with national standards areas  Watering unpaved/dusty roads (at  Wind-blown dust from least twice a day; cost estimate material (e.g., line aggregate) provided) storage areas  Sprinkling and covering stockpiles  Covering top of trucks carrying materials to the site and carrying construction debris away from the site Construction  Generation of noise from  Use of noise suppressors and mufflers Contractor activities, including construction activities in heavy equipment (Monitoring operation of (general plant and access  Avoiding, as much as possible, by MPCL) construction road construction) construction equipment producing equipment excessive noise during night  Avoiding prolonged exposure to noise (produced by equipment) by workers  Creating a buffer zone around the construction site to reduce disturbance to protect from the health hazard  Deterioration of air quality  Not using equipment such as stone Contractor from wind-blown dust and crushers (Monitoring 10 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Activity/Issues Potentially Significant Proposed Mitigation and Responsible Impacts Enhancement Measures Parties possible use of equipment, at site, which produce significant by MPCL) such as stone (aggregate amount of particulate matter crushers)  Keeping construction equipment and generators in good operating condition  Using equipment, especially generators with high levels of emission control (e.g., TIER-4).  Immediate use of construction spoils as filling materials  Immediate disposal/sale of excavated materials  Continuous watering of bare areas  Generation of construction  Hauling of construction debris away Contractor waste from the site and their appropriate (Monitoring disposal in asanitary landfill by MPCL)  Accidents  Regular inspection and Contractor maintenance of equipment (Monitoring  Environmental health and safety by MPCL) briefing  Provision of protective gear  Spills and leaks leading to  Good house keeping Contractor soil and water  Proper handling of lubricating oil (Monitoring contamination with and fuel by MPCL) hydrocarbon and PAHs  Collection, proper treatment, and disposal of spills  Employment of  Local people should be employed Contractor work/labor in the project activities as much as (Monitoring force possible. by MPCL)  I f cultural resources are  Follow the "Chance Find Contractor found during construction Procedure" World Bank (Monitoring Operational guidelines OP 4. 11 by MPCL) The environmental management during the operation phase should primarily be focused on addressing the following issues: a. Emission from the power plant b. Generation of noise c.Waste generation at the plant. Table E-2 summarizes the potentially significant environmental impacts during operation phase, the measures needed to eliminate or offset adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts. Activity/Issues Potentially Significant Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Responsible Parties Measures Power Generation  Emission from the power plant  Using stack as specified in the bid MPCL document  Using low nitrogen oxide burners, as specified in the bid document  Installation of stack emission monitoring equipment for major pollutants. An in- house Continuous Air Monitoring Station (CAMS) may be established.  In stack design due consideration should be given to proper insulation  Planting of trees around the project site  Restrictions may also be imposed on installation of industries in the area that emit significant amount of particulate matter.  Generation of noise  Provision of silencers for generators MPCL and turbines 11 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Activity/Issues Potentially Significant Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Responsible Parties Measures  Planting of trees around the project site (number and cost estimate provided)  Regular plant maintenance  Regular noise monitoring  Use of ear-muffs and ear-plugs by plant personnel working in the generator and turbine facilities of the plant Water Consumption  Depletion of groundwater  Regular monitoring of groundwater MPCL resources level Waste  Inappropriate disposal of  Good housekeeping MPCL generation sewage causing environmental  Proper construction and maintenance pollution of wastewater disposal system for the  Generation of solid waste plant premises including sludge from  Ensuring proper storage, treatment, demineralizer. and disposal of all solid waste  Possible water pollution  Monitoring of effluent quality from treatment plant (monitoring requirement and cost estimate provided)  Monitoring of river water quality (monitoring requirement and cost estimate provided) Table E-3&Table E-4 provides the Monitoring plan during construction phase and operational phase of the project. Table E-3 Monitoring plan during construction phase of the project Issue Parameters Monitoring Frequency Ambient air quality CO, NOx, PM10 and PM2.5 Once a month River water Water temp., DO, BOD5, COD, Oil and Once a month Grease Groundwater Groundwater level Once every two months during October to May Soil Quality Cr, Cd, Pb and Oil and Grease Twice during the construction phase Noise level Noise at different locations Every week, particularly during operation of heavy equipment Process waste Solid waste Every week Occupational health and Noise, air quality, worker health Once in a month (surveillance of Safety (worker health, working status check workplace environment) environment) Table E-4 Monitoring plan during operational phase of the project Issue Parameters Monitoring Frequency Meteorological measurements Wind direction and speed, temperature, Continuous monitoring by installing appropriate humidity and precipitation. instrument Stack emissions CO, NOx, PM10, PM2.5and temperature Once a month Ambient air quality CO, NOx, PM10, PM2.5, temperature Once a month River water Water temperature and DO Once a month (March-May, October-December) Effluent quality pH, DO, Sulfate, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD, Once a week Total N, Total P Groundwater pH, Color, Turbidity, TDS, Ammonia, Twice a year Nitrate, Phosphate, As, Fe , Mn and Coliforms; Groundwater level Noise level Noise at different locations Once every three months River morphology River cross-section Once a year during design life of the plant Vegetation Number and Condition Once a year Occupational health and Health status and safety Twice a year safety CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION 12 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Conclusions In this study, the effects of the project activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socioeconomic (i.e., human interest related) parameters during both construction and operation phases have been assessed. The impacts have been identified, predicted and evaluated, and mitigation measures suggested for both construction and operation phases of the proposed power plant. The important physico-chemical environmental parameters that are likely to be affected by the project activities include air quality and noise level. The study suggests that most of the adverse impacts on the physico-chemical environment are of low to moderate in nature and therefore, could be offset or minimized if the mitigation measures are adequately implemented. Since the project site is located in a developed area that does not appear to be very sensitive ecologically, the impacts of project activities on most ecological parameters (e.g., floral and faunal habitat and diversity) are mostly insignificant. Noise level has been identified as a significant potential impact of the proposed power plant during both the construction and operation phases. The noise generated from construction activities during the construction phase might become a source of annoyance at the habitat located close to the project site. Some adverse impact during the operation phase of the plant will come from thermal emission and NOx and PM emission from the power plant. However, modeling study suggests that the effect of increased NOx and PM in the ambient air due to emission from the power plants will not be very significant. The power plant has been constructed within a designated area inside the MPCL owned complex. So there was no need for land acquisition. Additionally, there was no settlement in this designated area, and the area was not used for any income generation activities. Therefore, no population has been displaced and no resettlement was required for the construction of the power plant, and no loss of income was associated with the project. During operation phase, no significant negative impact is anticipated on socio-economic environmental parameters. Significant positive impacts are expected due to improvement in power supply. This will reduce load shedding in Dhaka city and contribute to the national economy. Well-being of the surrounding population, especially Dhaka city, will be significantly improved due to generation of electricity during peak hours. Currently Dhaka city is reeling under unbearable load shedding. Recommendations An environmental assessment have been carried out for the proposed Midland Power Plant at Ashugonj, which shows low to moderate scale of adverse impacts. These can be reduced to acceptable level through recommended mitigation measures as mentioned in the EMP. Further, since the project is expected to be financed by the World Bank, it has to comply with the concerned operational policies and guidelines of the Bank in force; so that it is environmentally sound and sustainable. Such compliance will enable the project proponent in improving their environmental performance of the plant during its operational life. It is also recommended that the environmental monitoring plan be effectively implemented in order to identify any changes in the predicted impacts; so that appropriate measures can be taken to off-set any unexpected adverse impacts. 13 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 14 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 BACKGROUND In order to increase the capacity of electricity production, the Ministry of Power, Energy and Mineral Resources, GOB has given permission to the private entrepreneurs to establish new power plants in different generation capacities on a Rental and BOO basis in private sector. Considering the Power shortfall in the country and government plans, authority of Midland Power Company Ltd. has constructed a51 MW Natural Gas Fired Power Plant on Build, Own and Operate (BOO) basis at Ashugonj, Brahmanbaria to narrow the ever-increasing gap between demand and supply of electricity through gas-based low cost generation. In early 2012, a full-scale Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the plant was carried out by the Midland Power Company Ltd.It was carried out to assess the environmental concerns of the Power Plant. However, a number of issues were not addressed in that assessment (e.g., air and noise quality modeling) due to time constraints and lack of availability of necessary data. At present, the World Bank suggested revision of ESIA of the Power Plant to comply with the World Bank Environmental and Social Guidelines to qualify for refinancing under the IPFF project. As the plant is operationalnow, a EMP compliance/monitoring report during the construction stage and operational period until now has to provided as part of this revision. Midland Power Co. Ltd. has engaged BETSConsulting Services Ltd. to update the existing environmental and social impact assessment by: (i) revising the document to reflect the World Bank environmental and social guidelines including ;(ii) Carrying out a cumulative impact assessment; (iii) performing air and noise quality modeling. The proposed power plant falls under “red category” and require carrying out EIA in accordance with the Environment Conservation Act 1995 and the Environment Conservation Rules 1997 (ECR, 1997). The EIA of the proposed power plant project presented in this report has been carried out considering the guidelines of the Department of Environment (DoE) of GoB(GoB, 1997) and the relevant safeguard policies and operational guidelines of the World Bank [e.g., Environmental Assessment, OP 4.01; Involuntary Resettlement, OP 4.12; World Bank (1997; 1999a, 1999b; 2003; 2004a; 2004b)]. 1.2 PROJECT OUTLINE The major component of the 51 MW Power plant at Ashugonj includes the following:  Gas Enginesare connected directly to generators by a flexible coupling  Medium voltage current is led to low voltage switchgear station service Station Transformer  Direct current system is for medium voltage switchgear operations and for instrumentation  Station delivered with an auxiliary cooling arrangement by dry cooler  230KV outdoor substation  Security fencing and gatehouse 15 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant  Generator and Substation control room, administration, amenities, and workshop facilities  Fire protection tank, water tank and septic tank  Emergency generator and transformers  Internal roads Natural Gas AIR (From BGTCL) GAS ENGINES GAS Engine Generator 11/230 KV, 90 MVA SUB-STATION Power Delivered to PGCB Grid Figure: 1.2-1 Process Flow Diagram of Electricity Generation The development is comprised of six industrial gas engine generators with the electricity generated fed into the 230 kV transmission network via a new switchyard on the project site that is included high voltage transformers and circuit breakers. Attached to the gas engine is an electrical generator that generates electricity when rotated by the engine. The engine generators were assembled off site and delivered to the project site as the six-engine generators sets. There is a back start generator, which is a diesel generator (enclosed in a container-like structure) used to start the plant or power auxiliaries under exceptional conditions when there are outages on the local distribution networks. The gas engine generator set is connected to a switchyard operating at 230 kV. The high voltage switchyard has the step-up transformers (2x45MVA) and switching equipment necessary to connect to the high voltage network. These transformers is located in a switchyard adjacent to the existing 230 kV lines running through the site with appropriate switchgear to ensure safe and reliable connection to the electricity network. Natural gas is the fuel for the Gas Engines. To facilitate the extreme combustion conditions, air is to be compressed and cooled before entering into the combustion chamber of the gas engine. The gas fuel is supplied to the combustion chamber mixing with the compressed air and gets ignited by the spark plug. Hence power is produced by combustion of the air-fuel mixture in the engine cylinder which transmits to its crankshaft which is connected to the generator. Hence the electricity is produced by generator. The generated electricity is transmitted through the 11kV indoor switchgear and 230kV outdoor substation to the 230kV transmission line connected to the national grid of Bangladesh. The Process flow diagram of electricity generation is shown in Figure 1.2-1. 16 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 1.3 PROJECT RATIONALE The supply of electricity has a great impact on the national economy of any country. Presently in Bangladesh, only 48.5% of the total population has access to electricity and per capita generation is only 236 kWh (inclusive of captive)which is very low compared to other developing countries. The GOB has given highest priority to power sector development in the country and has committed to making electricity available to all citizens by 2021. With this in mind, the government has initiated the implementation of reform measures in the power sector, including significant development programs ofwhich this Project constitutes an important part. The total installed capacity of power plants in Bangladesh, as of July 2012, is 7,551 MW (de- rated capacity). This can be further broken down to 4,304 MW of generation operated by the public sector and 3,247 MW operated by the private sector. In the public sector a number of the generation units have become very old and have been operating at a much-reduced capacity. As a result, their reliability and productivity have also been poor. For the last few years actual demand has not been met due to a shortage of available generation capacity. In addition, due to a shortage of gas supply some power plants are unable to operate at full capability. To meet this demand with reasonable reliability, the GOB has prepared a Power System Master Plan and also amended its industrial policy to encourage private investment in the power sector. The GOB has committed to attracting private sector investment to install new power generation capacity on a BOO basis. 1.4 PURPOSE and SCOPE of the ESIA Midland Power Co. has approached the WB for raising investment capital for the Project. As per the WB‟s environmental and social screening criteria, the proposed project fall under Category “B” and thus requires a comprehensive Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study. Hence, this ESIA study was carried out to meet the environmental and social safeguard requirements of the WB as well as the national applicable laws. The applicable reference framework used for the study is as follows: • Operational Directive (OD) 4.00: Environmental Assessment, environmental assessment (EA) has become a standard procedure for Bank financed investment projects. The directive was amended as OD 4.01 in 1991 and was converted into Operational Policy (OP) 4.01 in 1999 (World Bank, 1999). • The IFC General EHS Guidelines (2007); • The IFC EHS Guidelines for Power Plant (2008); and • Applicable Bangladesh national, state and local regulatory requirements 1.5 Scope of the ESIA The detailed scope of the ESIA study is as outlined below: • Screening of the Project based on applicable reference framework based on reconnaissance survey and desk based review of Project documents; 17 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant • Scoping for the ESIA study; • Development of an integrated project description of the Project components including its sub-components, which are under the purview of the Project Proponent (PP); • Development of a regulatory, policy and administrative framework relevant to the Project; • Monitoring, analysis and reporting of the environmental and social baseline data of the study area including consultation with local communities and other stakeholders; • Assessment of the environmental impacts of the Project in the study area; • Assessment of social impacts on the local community as well as project affected people and any other stakeholders, which have been identified during the social consultation process; • Risk assessment and consequence analysis of the Project; • Formulation of an Environment and Social Management Plan and associated/specific mitigation plans for identified impacts; and • Formulation of Stakeholder Consultation and Grievance Redress Mechanism for the Project. 1.6 Approach and Methodology As the first step, project screening and scoping exercise was undertaken to identify the parameters needed to be considered for the study and to outline the activities for collecting data on each parameter. Data pertaining to all facets of the environment and social viz. physical, ecological and socioeconomic environment were collected from the study area (10 km for overall environmental baseline, 5 km for ecological baseline and 7 km for social baseline) through both primary and secondary sources. The stepwise activities are detailed in the following subsections: 1.6.1 Preliminary Discussions with Project Proponent • Discussions held with Midland Power Co., to understand the proposed project, current status of agreements (i.e. implementation, land, water, gas supply, power purchase etc), Project milestones, legal requirements and scope; and • Collation of relevant project documents such as the project feasibility report, land records, copy of agreements etc. 1.6.2 Screening and Scoping Exercise • Desk based review of the relevant documents and available imagery of the project site and its surroundings; • Reconnaissance survey of the site, surrounding areas, gas valve station, approach road and preliminary discussions with locals, stakeholders; • Meetings and discussions with World Bank and Department of Environment (DOE) of Bangladesh, to understand sensitivities and regulatory requirements associated with the proposed project; • The outcome of the screening was then used to identify the study area, key data to be collected and the categorization of the project; and 18 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant • A preliminary stakeholder mapping exercise was also undertaken to identify key stakeholders from the Government, relevant Governmental Agencies, Non- Governmental Organizations (NGOs) as well as the community at the local, regional and national level. This information was then used for consultation during different stages of the project. Categorization Categorization of the Project was completed based on the screening assessment, reconnaissance survey, environmental and social sensitivities, limited consultation and the DOE categorization; WB‟s categorization criteria based on environmental assessment (EA) checklist for Gas power plant, involuntary resettlement (IR) impact categorization checklist and indigenous peoples (IP) impact screening checklist; as well as with reference to the IFC‟s approach to categorization. Scoping The categorization with respect to WB and IFC classifications was further used as a basis for defining scope for the impact assessment, planning and implementation of mitigation, monitoring and reporting mechanisms for the project to meet potential lender‟s requirements as well as those of the GOB. 1.6.3 Baseline Data Collection • Identification of the monitoring locations for air, water and noise as per sensitive receptors, key locations for water intake and outfall etc; • The baseline data collection, monitoring and analysis for environmental parameters was completed during the period from end of September to October 2014; • Socio-economic data collection and consultation was carried during September to October 2014; • Secondary data was also collected from different government departments, local bodies and through literature surveys etc; and • All the data was compiled and compared with applicable standards where relevant, and is presented in Chapter 3 of this report. 1.6.4 Stakeholder Consultation • Extensive consultation was conducted with key stakeholders‟ including the local population, government departments/agencies, fishermen, and NGOs; • Stakeholder consultation was completed with the intent of collecting baseline information on the environmental and social conditions and sensitivities, developing a better understanding of the potential impacts, informing the public of the proposed project and to gain an understanding of the perspectives/concerns of the stakeholders; • A summary of the stakeholder engagement process and the profile of the groups and their opinions forms a part of the Information Disclosure, Consultation and Participation Chapter of this report (Chapter 7); and • Information gathered was used for formulating mitigation measures and environmental and social management plan/s. 19 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 1.6.5 Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures • Analysis of the baseline results and the incremental impacts of the project were assessed in accordance with the Bangladesh national guidelines for air, water and noise emissions; standards stipulated in the Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997 and amendments thereof and with reference to the IFC‟s Performance Standards, WB Safeguard Policy Statement and the IFC‟s Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, including both the General Guidelines and those for Power Plants; • The impact assessment involved the prediction and evaluation of impacts from the project in different phases, including site preparation, construction and operation phase, decommissioning of project and included consideration of mitigation measures towards the same; • Impact prediction covered residual impacts (impacts remaining after all possible mitigation has been incorporated) and took into account control measures that are part of the project design (e.g. acoustic enclosures for major equipment). Additional measures aimed at further avoiding, minimizing and mitigating predicted impacts were proposed where necessary or appropriate; • Impact assessment also involved risk assessment covering hazard identification, consequence analysis and risk reduction measures and recommendations; and • Impacts have been further classified as insignificant, minor, moderate or major based on the criteria for rating of impacts. 1.6.6 Analysis of Alternatives Analysis of alternative options was considered to minimize impacts of the project while undertaking the EIA study. The alternative options assessed in the study ranged from technology, transportation methods, project site and operations, including the no project alternative. Alternatives are considered in terms of their potential environmental impacts, the feasibility of mitigating these impacts alternatives for mitigation measures for high residual impact/risk, if any etc. 1.6.7 Management Plans and Grievance Redress Mechanism • Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) were developed for the mitigation measures suggested and included defined roles and responsibilities for implementation; • A grievance redress mechanism was developed to address any complaints and concerns from all stakeholders; • Based on the risk assessment, risk reduction measures and recommendations for a disaster management plan (DMP) were also developed; and • Institutional review and finalization of the EMP and grievance 1.6.8 Information/Data Sources Key relevant information sources have been summarized in Table 1.6-1. 20 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 1.6-1 Key Data Sources Parameters Information sources Remarks Project • Midland Power Plant EIA Report Midland Power Co. Ltd. Background, • Project specification documents from Midland Power Co. (MPCL) provided other Technical details Ltd. information required during on project and the course of the study • Project Execution milestones, Plot Plan layout, associated Organizational Structure components Study area features • Ground physical Survey Details of the satellite data used and sensitivities • Satellite imageries is included in Baseline Chapter • National web portal of Bangladesh: www.bangladesh.gov.bd Legal framework • Department of Environment In discussion with the DOE • Board of Investment, Bangladesh andlocal Govt. departments, WB and • IFC and WB documents Land use /Land • Ground Physical Survey Details of the satellite data used cover • GIS based land-use analysis is included in Baseline chapter Details, • Bangladesh Meteorological department Meteorology and • Observatory Surface Meteorological Data climatic conditions Geology, • MPCL EIA report, Location Map In association with field Topography, • Bangladesh water development board observations Hydrology and • Web portal of National Encyclopedia of Bangladesh drainage (Banglapedia) Natural hazards • Web portal of National Encyclopedia of Bangladesh Included in consultation with (Banglapedia) locals • Bangladesh Meteorological Department Environmental • Primary data collection Monitoring was completed baseline as Air • Applicable Standards from DOE, Bangladesh from September to October quality, water 2014 quality, soil and sediment quality Ecological • Primary data collection, observations, surveys and local Survey was carried out in parameters consultations month of September-October • Websites of birdlife international 2014, Endangered, critical status was checked from the • IUCN Data base website www.iucnredlist.org Social-economic • Primary data collection surveys, extensive consultations, Primary Socio-economic parameters meetings and discussions held with stakeholders Surveywas carried out in • Bangladesh population Census for 20011 for month of September-October Brahmanbaria District 2014. Details provided in baselineenvironmental and • Fisheries Census data socialconditions chapter. • Implementation manual of Rural Social, Program, Brahmanbaria, • Land Regulation Policy, Bangladesh • Land Acquisition and Compensationdata for the project site • OPD data from local HealthcareDepartment • Website of Department of SocialServices • Web portal of National Encyclopediaof Bangladesh (Banglapedia) 21 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 1.7 Content of ESIA Report The content of the ESIA has been largely structured based on the WB‟s Operational Policy Statement(Outline of an Environmental Impact Assessment Report). The layout of the Report is as follows: • Chapter 1 Introduction, Background, Purpose and Scope and Approach and Methodology • Chapter 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework • Chapter 3 Project Description • Chapter 4 Analysis of Alternatives • Chapter 5 Environmental and Social Baseline Data • Chapter 6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures • Chapter 7 Information Disclosure, Consultation and Participation • Chapter 8 Environment and Social Management Plan • Chapter 9 Risk Assessment and Management • Chapter 10 Grievance Redress Mechanism • Chapter 11 Conclusions and Recommendations 22 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER-2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 2.1 INTRODUCTION To address the environmental and social risks of any proposed project and its associated components; any protect and conserve the environment from any adverse impacts, the GOB has specified regulations, policy and guidelines. Potential Lenders‟ also have their own set of requirements (such as the WB‟s Operational Policy and IFC‟s Performance Standards) to which any project funded by them must operate. This Chapter focuses on policy, regulations and the administrative framework under the purview of which the proposed project will fall and this ESIA study will be governed, namely: • Bangladesh national and local, legal and institutional framework; • WB Policies and framework; and • IFC Performance Standards and EHS Guidelines 2.2 ENVIRONMENT-RELATED POLICIES IN BANGLADESH The GOB has developed a policy framework that requires environmental issues to be incorporated into economic development planning. The Key tenets of the various applicable policies are detailed in the following subsections. 2.2.1 National Environmental Policy, 1992 The Bangladesh National Environmental Policy, approved in May 1992, sets out the basic framework for environmental action together with a set of broad sectoral action guidelines. Key elements of the Policy are: • Maintaining ecological balance and ensuring sustainable development of the country through protection, conservation and improvement of the environment; • Protecting the country from natural disasters; • Identifying and regulating all activities that pollute and destroy the environment; • Ensuring environment-friendly development in all sectors; • Ensuring sustainable and environmentally sound management of the natural resources; and • Promoting active association, as far as possible, with all international initiatives related to environment. The Environmental Policy of 1992 requires specific actions with respect to the industrial sector which are as follows: • To phase-in corrective measures in polluting industries; • To conduct Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) for all new public and private industrial developments; • To ban, or find environmentally sound alternatives for, the production of goods that cause environmental pollution; and • To minimize waste and ensure sustainable use of resources by industry. 23 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant • The policy also states that EIA‟s should be conducted before projects are undertaken and the DOE is directed to review and approve all Environmental Impact Assessments. 2.2.2 National Environment Management Action Plan, 1995 The National Environmental Management Action Plan (NEMAP) is a wide-ranging and multi- faceted plan, which builds on and extends the statements, set out in the National Environmental Policy. NEMAP was developed to address issues and management requirements related to the environment during the period 1995 to 2005; it also sets out the framework within which the recommendations of the National Conservation Strategy are to be implemented. NEMAP was developed to achieve the following broad objectives: • Identification of key environmental issues affecting Bangladesh; • Identification of actions necessary to halt or reduce the rate of environmental degradation; • Improvement of the natural environment; • Conservation of habitats and bio-diversity; • Promotion of sustainable development; and • Improvement of the quality of life of the people. To attain the above mentioned objectives, the plan groups all the relevant necessary actions under four headings, namely: institutional, sectoral, location-specific and long-term issues. The institutional aspects reflect the need of inter- sectoral cooperation to tackle environmental problems which need new and appropriate institutional mechanisms at national and local levels. The sectoral action reflects the way the Ministries and agencies are organized and makes it easier to identify the agency to carry out the recommended actions. The location- specific action focuses particularly on acute environmental problems at local levels that need to be addressed on a priority basis. The long-term actions include environmental degradation to such degree that might become even more serious and threatening, if cognizance is not taken immediately. 2.2.3 National Conservation Strategy, 1992 The National Conservation Strategy, 1992, provides recommendations for sustainable development of the industrial sector. The key aspects of the strategy are as follows: • All industries shall be subject to an EIA and the adoption of pollution prevention/control technologies shall be enforced; • Hazardous or toxic materials/wastes shall not be imported as raw materials for industry; • Import of appropriate and environmentally-sound technology shall be ensured; and • Dependence on imported technology and machinery should gradually be reduced in favor of sustainable local skills and resources. 2.2.4 Other Policies relevant to Environment Additional Bangladesh policies, their key features and applicability to the subject Project are detailed in Table 2.2-1. 24 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 2.2-1 Policies Relevant to Environment Policy Key Features Applicability The National Forest • Afforestation of 20% land Applicable when considering Policy, 1994 • Bio-diversity of the existing degraded forests global warming and the protection of forests • Strengthening of the agricultural sector • Control of Global warming, desertification • Control of trade in wild birds and animals • Prevention of illegal occupation of the forested land, tree felling and hunting of wild animals National Land • All new roads and major improvements will Not directly applicable, however, Transport Policy, 2004 be subjected to an EIA the standards may apply for the • Funding will be provided for mitigation new approach road measures • The Government will publish environmental standards for new roads and new design standards addressing environmental issues The National Water • Protection, restoration and enhancement of Applicable for the preservation of Policy, 1999 water resources water quality • Protection of water quality, including strengthening regulations concerning agrochemicals and industrial effluent • Sanitation and potable water • Fish and fisheries • Participation of local communities in all water sector development National Land use • Deals with several land uses including: Applicable as land use change from Policy, 2001 agriculture (crop production, fishery and agricultural to industrial livestock), housing, forestry, industrialization, railways and roads, tea and rubber • Identifies land use constraints in all these sectors Draft Wetland Policy, • Establishment of principles for the sustainable Not directly applicable, however 1998 use of wetland resources may be applicable once the draft • Maintenance of the existing level of biological policy is finalized diversity • Maintenance of the functions and values of wetlands • Promotion and recognition of the value of wetland functions in resource management and economic development National Fisheries • Preservation, management and exploitation of Not directly applicable Policy, 1998 fisheries resources in inland open water • Fish cultivation and management in inland closed water. • Prawn and fish cultivation in coastal areas • Preservation, management and exploitation of sea fishery resources National Agriculture • The act deals with the programs related to Not applicable Policy, 1999 make the nation self-sufficient in food through increasing production of all crops, including cereals, and ensure a dependable food security system for all 25 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Policy Key Features Applicability The Energy Policy, • Provides for utilization of energy for Applicable as subject Project is a 1996 sustainable economic growth, supply to Power Plant different zones of the country, development of the indigenous energy source and environmentally sound sustainable energy development programs • Highlights the importance of EIA‟s for any new energy development project The Power Policy, 1995 • Is an integral part of the Energy Policy and Applicable as subject Project is a deals with policy statement on demand Power Plant forecast, long term planning and project implementation, investment terms, fuels and technologies, load management, institutional issues, private sector participation, technology transfer and research program, environmental policy and legal issues Industrial Policy, 1999 • Deals with industrial development, direct Applicable as the Project is a public foreign investments, investment by public and and private partnership, industrial private sector, introduction of new appropriate development technology, women‟s participation, infrastructure development and environmentally sound industrial 2.3 ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL RELATED LEGISLATIONS IN BANGLADESH The main Acts and Regulations guiding environmental protection and conservation in Bangladesh are outlined in the following subsections and Table 2.3-1. 2.3.1 The Environment Conservation Act, 1995 (subsequent amendments in 2000 and 2002) The provisions of the Act authorize the Director General of Department of Environment (DOE) to undertake any activity that is deemed fit and necessary to conserve and enhance the quality of environment and to control, prevent and mitigate pollution. The main highlights of the act are: • Declaration of Ecologically Critical Areas; • Obtaining Environmental Clearance Certificate; • Regulation with respect to vehicles emitting smoke harmful for the environment; • Regulation of development activities from environmental perspective; • Promulgation of standards for quality of air, water, noise, and soils for different areas and for different purposes; • Promulgation of acceptable limits for discharging and emitting waste; and • Formulation of environmental guidelines relating to control and mitigation of environmental pollution, conservation and improvement of environment. 2.3.2 Environment Conservation Rules (ECR), 1997 (subsequent amendments in 2002 and 2003) The Environment Conservation Rules, 1997 are the first set of rules promulgated under the Environment Conservation Act, 1995. These Rules provide for, inter alia, the following: 26 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant • The National Environmental Quality Standards (EQS) for ambient air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, industrial effluents, emissions, noise and vehicular exhaust; • Categorization of industries, development projects and other activities on the basis of actual (for existing industries/development projects/activities) and anticipated (for proposed industries/development projects/activities) pollution load; • Procedure for obtaining environmental clearance; • Requirements for undertaking IEE and EIA‟s as well as formulating EMP‟s according to categories of industries/development projects/activities; and • Procedure for damage-claim by persons affected or likely to be affected due to polluting activities or activities causing hindrance to normal civic life. Depending upon the location, size and severity of pollution loads, projects/activities have been classified in ECR, 1997 into four categories: Green, Orange A, Orange B and Red respectively as nil, minor, medium and severe impacts on important environmental components (IECs). 2.3.3 Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance, 1982 The basic principles behind compensation of property in Bangladesh are founded in Articles 42 and 47 of the Constitution (1972). The current legislation for governing land acquisition in Bangladesh is the “Acquisition and Requisition of Immovable Property Ordinance (ARIPO), 1982 and amended in 1983, 1993 and 1994. Key features of the ordinance are as follows: • This Ordinance provides the Deputy Commissioner (DC) with the power to initiate the acquisition of any property in any locality within his district that is likely to be needed for a public purpose or in the public interest. • It also defines the process to claim compensation. • It describes the entire procedure of notice and intimations prior to acquisition of any property and process and timeframes for raising objections. • It defines the role and authority of Divisional Commissioner in decision making, compensation issues and in case of dispute. Among the matters to be considered in determining compensation are the following: o The damage that may be sustained by the person interested, by reason of the taking of standing crops or trees which may be on the property at the time of taking possession thereof by the Deputy Commissioner, o The damage that may be sustained by reason of the acquisition injuriously affecting his other properties, movable or immovable, in any other matter, or his earnings; and o If in consequence of the acquisition of the property, the person interested is likely to be compelled to change his residence or place of business, the reasonable expenses, if any, incidental to such change; In terms of compensation, the Ordinance explicitly states that the DC, when determining compensation, shall neither consider any disinclination of the person to part with the property, nor any increase in the value of the property to be acquired likely to accrue from the use of it after it has been acquired. • The Ordinance also covers the case of temporary acquisition of property for a public purpose or in the public interest. 27 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Property (Emergency) Acquisition Act, 1989 The Act was formulated to expedite the emergency acquisition of land to enable the Government 'to control inundation, flood and upsurge caused by natural calamity and to prevent river erosion." The 1989 Act was not meant to replace the 1982 Ordinance, but to complement it for special circumstances. Normally, acquisition of land for development purposes would not come under the 1989 Act. Use of this Act to acquire land for development would require extremely compelling reasons. 2.3.4 Administrative and Regulatory Guidelines and Instructions In addition to the provisions in the law, the land acquisition process is regulated by certain administrative instructions and procedural requirements. The most important of these are summarized here. • In 1976, the Government constituted land allocation committees at the district, divisional and central levels to control what was regarded as too lavish taking of land for public purposes. The committees were charged with ensuring 'the most rigid measures of economy in the use of land for purposes other than agriculture." • The District Land Allocation Committees (DLACs) are chaired by the DC and have seven other members. These members include Executive Engineers of the R&H Department and the Public Works Department, and the Civil Surgeon. They are entrusted with land allocation within the district not exceeding two acres. • The Divisional LACs are chaired by the Divisional Commissioner and have technical representation at the Superintending Engineer and Deputy Director level. These committees consider land acquisition cases involving between two and five acres of land. All cases of more than five acres go to the Central Land Allocation Committee (CLAC). This committee is chaired by the Minister of Land Administration and has technical representation at the Secretary level. In 1989, the Government ordered that in all cases involving the acquisition of land exceeding 10 bighas, the President would have to give consent. 2.3.5 Framework for Leasing of Government (Khas) Agricultural Land The rules for managing and leasing Government-owned (khas) land are framed in two notifications in the Bangladesh Gazette: (1) Notification: Bhumo/Sha-8/Kha-jo-bo/46/84/261, Bangladesh Gazette Extra Edition, May 12, 1997, pp 1527-1536; and (2) Notification: Shuno/Sha-4/Kri-kha-jo--bo-1/98-264, Bangladesh Gazette, September 15, 1998. Under these regulations, the Government leases cultivable agricultural land in the rural areas to landless farming households. The allotments cannot be more than one acre, except in the southern districts where up to 1.5 acres of char land can be allotted. A landless family is defined as one that works in agriculture and may own a homestead, but has no arable land of its own. Given this basic definition, five groups of landless families are given priority in the allotment of leases: • families of freedom fighters; • families who have lost all their land due to erosion; • widows with an adult son capable of working the land; • farmers with homesteads but no land;' and • farmers who have lost all their land due to land acquisition under the eminent domain laws. 28 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant The regulation further defines the structure and responsibilities for the management and leasing of Khas Lands at the National, District, and Thana levels. 2.3.6 Other Relevant National Legal Instruments for the Project Table 2.3-1 presents an outline of other National legal instruments that will have relevance to the proposed Project with respect to the social and environment considerations. 29 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 2.3-1 National Legal Instruments relevant to the Project Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Ministry/ Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Authority The Environment Conservation Act, Department of Environment • Define Applicability of environmental clearance Applicable 1995 and subsequent amendments Ministry of Environment and • Regulation of development activities from environmental in 2000 and 2002 Forests, perspective • Framing applicable limits for emissions and effluents • Framing of standards for air, water and noise quality • Formulation of guidelines relating to control and mitigation of environmental pollution, conservation and improvement of environment • Declaration of Ecologically critical areas Environmental Conservation Rules, Department of Environment • Declaration of Ecologically critical areas Applicable Projects falls under Red 1997 and subsequent amendments Ministry of Environment and • Requirement of environmental clearance certificate for Category and require environmental in 2002 and 2003 Forests various categories of projects clearance • Requirement of IEE/EIA as per category • Renewal of the environmental clearance certificate within 30 days after the expiry • Provides standards for quality of air, water and sound and acceptable limits for emissions/discharges from vehicles and other sources Environment Court Act, 2000 and Ministry of Environment and • GOB has given highest priority to environment pollution Applicable for completing environmental subsequent amendments in 2002 Forests and Judiciary • Passed „Environment Court Act, 2000 for completing legal requirements effectively environment related legal proceedings effectively he Vehicle Act, 1927; The Motor Bangladesh Road Transport • Exhaust emissions Applicable for proposed Project in relation Vehicles Ordinance, 1983; and The Authority • Vehicular air and noise pollution to road transport Bengal Motor Vehicle Rules, 1940 • Road/traffic safety • Vehicle Licensing and Registration • Fitness of Motor Vehicles • Parking by-laws. The Removal of Wrecks and Bangladesh Water Transport • Removal of wrecks and obstructions in inland navigable Applicable as canal- inland navigable Obstructions in inland Navigable Authority waterways waterway will be used for transport of Water Ways Rules 1973 equipment for the Project Water Supply and Sanitation Act, Ministry of Local Government, • Management and Control of water supply and sanitation in Not directly applicable, however, 1996 Rural Development and urban areas. indirectly applicable when considering Cooperatives water usage management and sanitation facilities 30 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Ministry/ Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Authority The Ground Water Management Upazila Parishad • Management of ground water resources Proposed Project will use surface water Ordinance, 1985 • Installation of tube-wells at any place after license from source however, should groundwater also Upazila Parishad only be required then licenses will need to be obtained prior to installation of any tube- wells. The Forest Act, 1927 and Ministry of Environment and • Categorization of forests as reserve, protected and village Not applicable as proposed Project is not subsequent amendments in 1982 Forests forests • Permission is required for use of forest land for any on forest land and 1989 non-forest purposes The Private Forests Ordinance Act, Regional Forest Officer, Forest • Conservation of private forests and for the afforestation on Not Applicable 1959 Department` wastelands Bangladesh Wild Life (Preservation) Ministry of Environment and • Preservation of Wildlife Sanctuaries, Parks, and Reserves Not applicable as the Project study area Act, 1974 Forest; Bangladesh Wild Life does not have any wildlife areas Advisory Board National Biodiversity Strategyand Ministry of Environmentand • Conserve, and restore the biodiversity of the country for Applicable for conservation of bio- Action Plan (2004) Forest Bangladesh Wild wellbeing of the present and future generations diversity LifeAdvisory Board • Maintain and improve environmental stability for ecosystems • Ensure preservation of the unique biological heritage of the nation for the benefit of the present and future generations • Guarantee the safe passage and conservation of globally endangered migratory species, especially birds and mammals in the country • Stop introduction of invasive alien species, genetically modified organisms and living modified organisms National Water Bodies Protection Town development • The characterization of water bodies as rivers, canals, tanks Applicable due to the proximity to and use Act, 2000 authority/Municipalities or flood plains identified in the master plans formulated of surface water bodies under the laws establishing municipalities in division and district towns shall not be changed without approval of concerned ministry The Protection and Conservation of Ministry of Fisheries and • Protection and conservation of fish in Government owned Applicable for the conservation of fish as Fish Act 1950 subsequent Livestock water bodies the intake and outfall point will be the amendments in 1982 canal The Embankment and Drainage Act Ministry of Water Resources • An Act to consolidate the laws relating to embankment and Applicable due to the site location 1952 drainage and to make better provision for the construction, maintenance, management, removal and control of embankments and water courses for the better drainage of lands and for their protection from floods, erosion and other 31 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Act/ Rule/ Law/ Ordinance Enforcement Agency – Ministry/ Key Features Applicability to proposed Project Authority damage by water Antiquities Act, 1968 Ministry of Cultural Affairs • This legislation governs preservation of the national cultural Not applicable as the study area does not heritage, protects and controls ancient monuments, have any likely cultural heritage or ancient regulates antiquities as well as the maintenance, monuments of national or international conservation and restoration of protected sites and significance. However in case, any such monuments, controls planning, exploration and excavation evidence of archaeological findings arise, of archaeological sites the Project will act in consonance to the Act The Acquisition and Requisition of Ministry of Land • Current GOB Act and Guidelines, relating to acquisition and Applicable Immovable Property Ordinance requisition of land 1982 and subsequent amendments in 1994, 1995 and 2004 Administrative and Regulatory Ministry of Land • Regulation of land acquisition process by certain Applicable Guidelines and Instructions for administrative instructions and procedural requirements Land Acquisition Framework for Leasing of Ministry of Land • The rules for allotting and leasing Government-owned Not directly applicable but indirectly if a Government (Khas) Agricultural (khas) land to land less families family becomes landless in the process of Land acquisition The Building Construction Act 1952 Ministry of Works • This act provide for prevention of haphazard construction of Applicable and subsequent amendments building and excavation of tanks which are likely to interfere with the planning of certain areas in Bangladesh The Factories Act, 1965 Bangladesh Ministry of Labour • This Act pertains to the occupational rights and safety of Applicable Labour Law, 2006 factory workers and the provision of a comfortable work environment and reasonable working conditions Ozone Depleting Substances Ministry of Environment and • Ban on the use of Ozone depleting substances Applicable (Control) Rules, 2004 Forests • Phasing out of Ozone depleting substances Noise Pollution (Control) Rules Ministry of Environment and • Prevention of Noise pollution Applicable 2006 Forests • Standards for noise levels Source: Websites of DOE, Legislative and Parliamentary Affairs Division:: Bangladesh Laws and Bangladesh Board of Investment: Business laws 32 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 2.4 ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK RELATED TO ENVIRONMENT IN BANGLADESH The Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) is the nodal agency in the administrative structure of the GOB, for overseeing all environmental matters relating to national environmental policy and regulatory issues in the country. The MoEF oversees the activities of the following technical/implementing agencies: • Department of Environment (DOE); • Forest Department (FD); • Bangladesh Forest Industries Development Corporation (BFIDC); • Bangladesh Forest Research Institute (BFRI); and • Bangladesh National Herbarium (BNH). Other Related Organizations There are several other organizations under the administrative framework which would govern social and environmental functions related to the proposed Project, namely: • Forest Department; • Ministry of Land: Land reform and land acquisition directorate; • Ministry of water resources: Bangladesh Water Development Board; and • Local Government Engineering Department (LGED). 2.4.2 Department of Environment (DOE) The DOE has been placed under the MoEF as its technical wing and is statutorily responsible for the implementation of the Environment Conservation Act, 1995. The Department was created in 1989, to ensure sustainable development and to conserve and manage the environment of Bangladesh. The principal activities of the DOE are: • Defining EIA procedures and issuing environmental clearance permits the latter being the legal requirement before the proposed Project can be implemented; • Providing advice or taking direct action to prevent degradation of the environment; • Pollution control, including the monitoring of effluent sources and ensuring mitigation of environmental pollution; • Setting the Quality Standards for environmental parameters; • Declaring Ecologically Critical Areas (ECAs), where the ecosystem has been degraded to a critical state; and • Review and evaluation of Initial Environmental Examinations (IEEs) and EIAs prepared for projects in Bangladesh. Environmental Clearance Process As mentioned in the Section 2.3.2, ECR has classified projects to be assessed by the DOE in four categories based on the severity of impacts on IECs: • Green: Nil; • Orange A: minor; 33 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant • Orange B: medium; and • Red: severe. The applicability of Environmental clearance and the process in Bangladesh is described in Figure 2.4-1. The EIA process consists of three stages, screening, IEE, and detailed EIA: • Projects categorized as Green and Orange-A requires no IEE or EIA for environmental clearance however, the proponent has to submit an application in a prescribed format along with specified documents; • Projects categorized as Orange-B require an IEE to be submitted to the DOE along with an application in a prescribed format and other specified documents; and • Red category projects require both IEE and EIA. An IEE is required for the location clearance and an EIA is required for the environmental clearance. As per the ECR 1997, power plants and the subject project fall under the Red category as they fall within the following: • Item 6: power plants; and • Item 64: construction/ replacement/ extension of natural gas pipelines. The process for obtaining an Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) for the proposed Project is outlined in Figure 2.4-2. 34 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 2.4-1 DOE Environmental Clearance Applicability and Procedure APPLICATION TO DOE GREEN ORANGE A ORANGE B RED The application should The application should The application should The application should include: include: include: include: i. General information: i General information; i Feasibility study report i Feasibility study report ii. Description of raw ii Description of raw (for proposed project; (for proposed project; material & finished material & finished ii Initial environmental ii Initial environmental products; products; examination (IEE) examination (IEE) iii. An NOC iii An NOC’ iv Process flow report (for proposed report and diagram, layout plan project); environmental impact effluent disposal. iii Environmental assessment (EIA) report management plan (for proposed project); (EMP report (for iii Environmental Obtaining environmental existing project); management plan clearance Obtaining site clearance iv An NOC; v Pollution (EMP report (for minimization plan; existing project); vi Outline of relocation iv An NOC; plant etc. v Pollution minimization plan; Such a clearance will be Applying for vi Outline of relocation subject to renewal after plant etc. each three-year period environmental clearance Obtaining site clearance Applying for Obtaining site Environmental Clearance environmental clearance Applying for environmentalclearance Obtaining Environmental Such a clearance will be clearance subject to renewal after Obtaining environmental one year period clearance Such a clearance will be subject to renewal after Such a clearance will be one year period subject to renewal after one year period Obtaining site clearance 35 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 2.4-2 Flowchart of EIA Process Applicable to the Proposed Project Application for Site Clearance to DOE Supported by: • Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) Checklist; • Proposed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the EIA Study; • Treasury Chalan; • No Objection Certificate from the Local Authorities; Returned to • Land Lease Agreement, Gas Supply Agreement Applicant for • Mouza Map Modification Not Accepted Review of Application by DOE Regional Office Accepted Forwarded to DOE Head Office Site Clearance Granted by DOE Location Clearance Certificate (LCC) awarded, subject to conditions and ToR approved for EIA Study Preparation of EIA Report Including: • Baseline Data Collection for Environmental and Social Components • Impact Analysis Returned to • Environmental Management Plan Applicant for • Risk and Disaster Management Plan, etc. Modification Submission of EIA to DOE As per approved ToR Not Accepted Review of EIA Report by DOE Accepted Environmental Clearance Granted by DOE EIA approved and environmental clearance certificate awarded 36 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 2.4.3 Status of Project Approval from DOE The Project has received ECR from the DOE on 31st March, 2014 subject to conditions to be fulfilled during the plant operation. The management of the plant MCPL is determined to fulfill the conditions attached to EIA clearance. This ESIA Report is a revised version of EIA report prepared for re-financing of the project under IPPF project funded by World Bank to fulfill the safeguard requirements of World Bank. 2.5 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS RELATED TO LAND ACQUISITION IN BANGLADESH The administrative set up for land acquisition has two tiers under the Ministry of Land Administration. At the Division level, there is an Additional Commissioner dealing with land administration under the Commissioner. At the district level, there is an Additional Deputy Commissioner in charge of land administration. Under him, there is at least one Land Acquisition Officer and several Assistant Land Acquisition Officers. The number of officers depends on the size of the District. Non-gazette officers in the land administration include Kanungos and surveyors. 2.6 PROJECT RELEVANT INTERNATIONAL TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS Bangladesh is party to a number (30) of international environmental convention, treaties and agreements. The Project relevant international treaties and conventions relevant to the project signed, ratified and in the process of ratification by Bangladesh are detailed in Table 2.6-1. Table 2.6-1 Project Relevant International Treaties and Conventions Environment related International convention and Treaties Status International Plant Protection Convention (Rome, 1951.) 01.09.78 (ratified) International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution of the Sea by Oil 28.12.81 (entry into force) (London, 1954 (as amended on 11 April 1962 and 21 October 1969.) Plant Protection Agreement for the South East Asia and Pacific Region (as 04.12.74 (accessed) (entry into force) amended) (Rome, 1956.) International Convention Relating to Intervention on the High Seas in 04.02.82 (entry into force) Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties (Brussels, 1969.) Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as 20.04.92 (ratified) Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar, 1971) ("Ramsar Convention"). Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and natural 03.08.83 (accepted)03.11.83 (ratified) Heritage (Paris, 1972.) Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna 18.02.82 (ratified) and flora (Washington, 1973.) ("CITES Convention") United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (Montego Bay, 1982.) 10.12.82 (ratified) Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer (Vienna, 1985.) 02.08.90 (accessed) 31.10.90 (entry into force) Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (Montreal 02.08.90 31.10.90 (accessed) (entry into force) 1987.) London Amendment to the Montreal Protocol on substances that Deplete 18.03.94 (accessed) 16.06.94 (entry into force) the Ozone Layer (London, 1990) Copenhagen Amendment to the Montreal protocol on Substances that 27.11.2000 (accepted) 26.2.2001 (entry into 37 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Environment related International convention and Treaties Status Deplete the Ozone Layer, Copenhagen, 1992 force) Montreal Amendment of the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete 27.7.2001 (Accepted) 26.10.2001 (Entry into the Ozone Layer, Montreal, 1997 force) Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of 01.04.93 (accessed) Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal (Basel, 1989.) International Convention on Oil Pollution Preparedness, Response and 30.11.90 (signed) In the process of Cooperation (London, 1990.) ratification United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, (New York, 09.06.92 (signed) 15.04.94 (ratified) 1992.) Convention on Biological Diversity, (Rio De Janeiro, 1992.) 05.06.92 (signed) 03.05.94 (ratified) International Convention to Combat Desertification, (Paris 1994.) 14.10.94 (signed) 26.01.1996 (ratification) 26.12.1996 (entry into force) Convention on the Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of 03.10.79 (accessed) (entry into force) Environmental Modification Techniques, (Geneva, 1976.) Agreement Relating to the Implementation of Part XI of the United Nations 28.07.96 (signed) Convention on the Law of the Sea of 10 December 1982 (New York, 1994.) Convention on the Prohibition of the Development, Production, 14.01.93 (signed) Stockpiling and Use of Chemical Weapons and on their Destruction (Paris, 1993.) Convention on persistent Organic Pollutants, Stockholm 23.5.2001 (signed) 12.03.2007 (ratified) Kyoto protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate 21.8.2001 (accessed) Change Source: DOE 2.7 World Bank REQUIREMENTS Any project that would be implemented with financial assistance from the World Bank, the WB requires that the project needs to follow its operational policy. In 1989 the World Bank adopted “Operational Directive (OD) 4.00–Annex A: Environmental Assessment”, Environmental Assessment (EA) has become a standard procedure for Bank financed investment projects. The directive was amended as OD 4.01 in 1991 and was converted into Operational Policy (OP) 4.01 (Annex-II) in 1999 (World Bank, 1999). According to the World Bank policy, the primary responsibility for the Environmental Assessment (EA) process lies with the borrower. The Bank‟s role is to advise borrowers throughout the process and ensure that practice and quality are consistent with EA requirements and that the process is integrated effectively into project preparation and implementation. OP 4.01 (Annex-I) provides the principles and procedures for implementing the EA process. It states that the purpose of EA is to improve decision making and to ensure that the project options under consideration are environmentally sound and sustainable. The OP further notes that the EA is a sufficiently flexible process to allow environmental issues to be addressed in a timely and cost-effective fashion during project preparation and implementation and to help avoid costs and delays due to unanticipated environmental problems. The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines of the International Finance Corporation (IFC) of the World Bank Group are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) (2007). These 38 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant General EHS Guidelines are designed to be used together with the relevant Industry Sector EHS Guidelines which provide guidance to users on EHS issues in specific industry sectors. The generally achievable performance levels and measures in new facilities using the existing technologies at a reasonable cost are provided in the EHS Guidelines. Site specific targets with an appropriate time frame are first established in applying the EHS Guidelines. As noted earlier, according to the World Bank (1999a) operational policy OP 4.01, this project has been classified as an Environmental Category-A project. Category-A projects are expected to have significant impacts that may be sensitive, diverse or unprecedented and require full EA. World Bank‟s Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook (WB, 1999a)) has been consulted extensively particularly on air emission and wastewater discharge standards in assessing air and water quality impacts as well as noise level due to proposed plant construction and operation. Other relevant documents (WB, 2004a, and b) of the World Bank have also been consulted, particularly for assessment of social impacts. 2.8 IFC PERFORMANCE STANDARDS The Performance Standards (PS) (January 2012) established by IFC stipulates that the Project shall meet certain requirements throughout the life cycle of an investment by IFC or other relevant financial institution such as other DFIs (e.g. DEG, FMO) or commercial banks, which are signatory to the Equator Principles, 2006. 2.8.1 Brief on IFC Performance Standards, 2012 A brief description of the Performance standards is provided in Table 2.8-1. Table 2.8-1 IFC Performance Standards Performance Standards Specific Areas Performance Standard 1 Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts Performance Standard 2 Labour and Working Conditions Performance Standard 3 Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention Performance Standard 4 Community Health, Safety and Security Performance Standard 5 Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement Performance Standard 6 Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources Performance Standard 7 Indigenous Peoples Performance Standard 8 Cultural Heritage IFC Performance Standards, January 2012 These PS and guidelines provide ways and means to identify impacts and affected stakeholders and lay down processes for management and mitigation of adverse impacts. A brief on the requirements as laid down in the performance standards is described in the following subsections. 2.8.2 Major Tenets of IFC Performance Standards 39 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant This sub section tries to provide the requirements of the specific PS, so as to set up the context for matching the requirements of these PS during the various stages of the life cycle of the Project. PS 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts The PS 1 requires Social and Environmental Assessment and Management Systems for managing social and environmental performance throughout the life cycle of this Project and runs through all subsequent PSs. The main elements of PS 1 include: • A Social and Environmental Assessment to understand the social and environmental impacts and risks; • A Management Program for mitigating the impacts and minimizing the risks identified in the assessment; • Establishing and ensuring organizational capacity and requisite trainings to the staff to implement the Management Programme; • Engagement with the community to ensure free prior informed consultation (FPIC), community grievance redress constructive relationship all through the project life cycle; and • Adequate monitoring and reporting systems to measure and report the effectiveness of the Management Programs. The social and environmental performance is a continuous process to be initiated by the management and would involve communication between the organization, its workers and local communities directly affected by the Project. The PS requires that Project proponent initiate regular assessment of the potential social and environmental risks and impacts and consistently tries to mitigate and manage strategy on an ongoing basis. PS 2: Labour and Working Conditions The economic growth through employment creation and income generation is recognized and balanced protecting the basic rights of workers. PS 2 is guided by the various conventions of International Labour Organization (ILO) and outlines the minimum requirements of working conditions, protection to the workforce (including issues of child and forced labour) and ensuring occupational health and safety of both its „employees‟ as well as „non employees‟ working through contractors. The PS requires: • Establishment of a sound worker-management relationship; • Encouraging equal opportunity and fair treatment of workers; • Promoting compliance with national labour and employment laws; and • Promoting healthy and safe working conditions for workers. PS 2 requires project proponents to conduct its activities in a manner consistent with the four core labour standards (child labour, forced labour, non discrimination, and freedom of association and collective bargaining). In addition, PS 2 also addresses other areas such as working conditions and terms of employment, retrenchment, and occupational health and safety issues. Some of these requirements refer to the applicable national law. Whereas national law establishes standards that are less stringent than those in PS 2, or are silent, the project proponent is expected to meet the requirements of PS 2. 40 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant PS 3: Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention PS 3 outlines the approach to pollution prevention and abatement in line with internationally disseminated technologies and practices with objectives to: a) avoid or minimize adverse impacts on human health and the environment by avoiding or minimizing pollution from activities; and b) promote the reduction of emissions that contribute to climate change. PS 3 requires a project to avoid, minimize, or reduce adverse impacts on human health and environment by adopting pollution preventive and control technologies throughout the Project life cycle. PS 3 outlines a project approach to Pollution Prevention and Abatement (PPA) in line with internationally disseminated technologies and practices. It describes the measures to take into account the potential impact of emissions on the ambient conditions (such as ambient air quality) and seek to avoid or minimize these impacts within the context of the nature and significance of pollutants emitted. PS 4: Community, Health, Safety and Security PS 4 concentrates on the responsibility that must be undertaken by the client to avoid or minimize the risks and impacts to the community‟s health, safety and security that may arise from project activities. PS 4 require a project to evaluate risks and impacts to the health and safety of the affected community during the Project life cycle and establish measures to avoid minimize and reduce risks and impacts from the Project. PS 4 recognizes that project activities, equipment, and infrastructure often bring benefits to communities including employment, services, and opportunities for economic development. However, projects can also increase the potential for community exposure to risks and impacts arising from equipment accidents, structural failures, and releases of hazardous materials. The performance standard details out project proponents responsibility to avoid or minimize the possible risks and impacts to community health, safety and security that may arise from project activities. PS 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement The objectives of this PS are to: • Avoid or at least minimize the involuntary resettlement wherever feasible by exploring alternative project designs; • Mitigate adverse social and economic impacts from land acquisition or restrictions on affected persons‟ use of land by: - Providing compensation for loss of assets at replacement cost; and 41 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant -Ensuring that resettlement activities are implemented with appropriate disclosure of information, consultation, and the informed participation of those affected. • Improve or at least restore the livelihoods and standards of living of displaced persons; and • Improve living conditions among displaced persons through provision of adequate housing with security of tenure at resettlement sites. PS 5 require a project to consider various processes and systems to avoid /minimize social and economic impacts related to land acquisition and resettlement. This PS applies to physical or economic displacement resulting from the following types of land transactions: • Type I: Land rights for a private sector project acquired through expropriation or other compulsory procedures; • Type II: Land rights for a private sector project acquired through negotiated settlements with property owners or those with legal rights to land, including customary or traditional rights recognized or recognizable under the laws of the country, if expropriation or other compulsory process would have resulted upon the failure of negotiation; and • This PS does not apply to resettlement resulting from voluntary land transactions (ie market transactions in which the seller is not obliged to sell and the buyer cannot resort to expropriation or other compulsory procedures if negotiations fail). The impacts arising from such transactions shall be dealt with as under PS1, though sometimes, when risks are identified, the project proponent may decide to adhere to PS 5 requirements even in willing buyer-seller cases. PS 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources PS 6 aims at protecting and conserving biodiversity, the variety of life in all its forms, including genetic, species and ecosystem diversity and its ability to change and evolve, is fundamental to sustainable development. The components of biodiversity, as defined in the Convention on Biological Diversity, include ecosystems and habitats, species and communities, and genes and genomes, all of which have social, economic, cultural and scientific importance. This PS addresses how clients can avoid or mitigate threats to biodiversity arising from their operations as well as incorporate sustainable management of renewable natural resources. PS 6 recognizes that protecting and conserving biodiversity- the variety of life in all its forms, including genetic, species and ecosystem diversity- and its ability to change and evolve, is fundamental to sustainable development. It reflects the objectives of the Convention on Biological Diversity to conserve biological diversity and promote use of renewable natural resources in a sustainable manner. PS 7: Indigenous Peoples PS 7 acknowledges the possibility of vulnerability of indigenous people owing to their culture, beliefs, institutions and living standards, and that it may further get compromised by one or other project activity throughout the life cycle of the project. The PS underlines 42 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant the requirement of avoiding / minimizing adverse impacts on indigenous people in a project area, respecting the local culture and customs, fostering good relationship and ensuring that development benefits are provided to improve their standard of living and livelihoods. PS 7 recognizes that Indigenous Peoples, as social groups with identities that are distinct from dominant groups in national societies, are often among the most marginalized and vulnerable segments of the population. The term “indigenous people” is more clearly defined in the IFC Guidance Note for PS 7. Objectives of PS 7 underscore the need to avoid adverse project impacts on Indigenous Peoples‟ communities living in the project‟s area of influence, or where avoidance is not feasible, to minimize, mitigate or compensate for such impacts through mechanisms that are tailored to their specific cultural characteristics and expressed needs of the Indigenous Peoples, in a manner commensurate with the scale of project risks and impacts. PS 8: Cultural Heritage PS 8 aims to protect the irreplaceable cultural heritage and to guide clients on protecting cultural heritage in the course of their business operations. In addition, the requirements of this PS on a project‟s use of cultural heritage are based in part on standards set by the Convention on Biological Diversity. PS 8 recognizes the importance of cultural heritage with an objective to: • Protect cultural heritage from the adverse impacts of project activities; • Support its preservation; and • Promote the equitable sharing of benefits from the use of cultural heritage in business activities. The PS requires the project proponent to comply with relevant national law on the protection of cultural heritage, including national law implementing the host country‟s obligations under the Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage and other relevant international law. 2.8.3 IFC Project Categorization As part of its review of a project‟s expected social and environmental impacts, IFC uses a system of social and environmental categorization. This categorization is used to reflect the size of impacts understood as a result of the client‟s social and environmental assessment and to specify IFC‟s institutional requirements. Similar to ADB, the IFC categories are: • Category A Projects: Projects with potential significant adverse social or environmental impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented; • Category B Projects: Projects with potential limited adverse social or environmental impacts that are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible and readily addressed through mitigation measures; • Category C Projects: Projects with minimal or no adverse social or environmental impacts, including certain financial intermediary (FI) projects with minimal or no adverse risks; • Category FI Projects: All FI projects excluding those that are Category C projects. 43 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant IFC therefore categorizes project primarily according to the significance and nature of impacts. IFC defines the project's area of influence as the primary project site(s) and related facilities that the client (including its contractors) develops or controls; associated facilities that are not funded as part of the project (funding may be provided separately by a client or a third party including the government), and whose viability and existence depend exclusively on the project and whose goods or services are essential for the successful operation of a project; areas potentially impacted by cumulative impacts from further planned development of a project; and areas potentially affected by impacts from unplanned but predictable developments caused by the project that may occur later or at a different location. The area of influence does not include potential impacts that would occur without a project or independently of a project. Categorization of the Proposed Project With reference to the IFC‟s environmental and social screening criteria, it is anticipated that the proposed Gas-fired Power Plant Project will fall under Category A for the following reasons: • Unprecedented: The project is a Greenfield project. The regional/spatial setting of the Project has virtually no precedence of industrial activity in the immediate vicinity. Although Ashugonj Fertilizer Factory (AFF) adjacent to site and its impacts are therefore unprecedented, cumulative and irreversible, and change the landuse of the area significantly in the long run; • Cumulative: A similar capacity plant by BPDB is proposed in the immediate vicinity, although as mentioned above its schedule for development is currently unclear. Cumulative impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic environmental conditions are therefore anticipated at some point in future; • Irreversible: Environmental impacts of the project are anticipated during the construction and operation of the power plant and the laying of the natural gas pipeline. The irreversible impacts will encompass air emissions and air quality, noise and vibration, water supply and wastewater discharge, erosion and runoff, impacts on drainage, impacts on fisheries, health and safety impacts, traffic management, gas pipeline risks and solid wastes; • Diverse:The diverse nature of activities related to the power plant will have impact; • Power:The proposed project will support in providing reliable electricity for domestic use, small and medium size industrial activities and generation of employment opportunities. In addition, it is proposed that surplus power be provided for other parts of the country. 2.8.4 IFC EHS Guidelines During the design, construction, and operation of the project the borrower/client will apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group‟s Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines. These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. For this purpose IFC EHS guidelines are recommended. 44 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) General Guidelines (April 30, 2007) will be applicable for this Project. In addition to that, IFC‟s Sector specific EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants (December 19, 2008) will also apply. 2.9 APPLICABLE EHS STANDARDS The EHS standards as stipulated in ECR 1997 and amendments of DOE as well as in the IFC EHS guidelines (General and Thermal Power Plant specific) for air quality, surface and ground water quality, ambient noise levels, emissions and effluent discharge have been presented in the environmental baseline section (Chapter 5) as well as in impact assessment section (Chapter 6) for comparison with the baseline conditions and predicted impacts, respectively. 45 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT 3.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT Construction of 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant at Ashugonj, Brahmanbaria isanatural gas based power generation plant. The power plant is designated for continuous base load operation. It can also be used in Stand-by mode.The operation principle is according to electrical demand. The control of electrical production bases on parallel with grid operation. Auxiliary cooling is arranged with air-cooled radiators and auxiliary cooling system is dimensioned for power without heat production.Electric power will be generated by gas generating set. The engine is capable of running at rated output continuously. For other conditions the power will be adjusted. 3.2 LOCATION & APPROACH ROAD OF THE PROJECT The concerned power plant named Midland Power Co. Ltd. is being established at Ashugonj in Brahmanbaria district. The selected site for Midland Power Co. Ltd. is nearly 5-6 km away from Brahmanbaria district city centre. The proposed site of the project is on the south side of Dhaka-Sylhet highway and very close to the Ashugonj Fertilizer and Chemical Complex Ltd. (AFCCL). Northern side of the project there are Govt. SILO and after that Dhaka-Sylhet highway and Bhairab Meghna Bridge exist. Eastern side of the project there is Govt. establishment (GTCL), approach road to AFCCL and after that vacant land exists. Meghna River is very adjacent to the western side of the project. Bhairab Railway Station is about 1.5- 2 KM away towards northwest from the project site. The project site will enjoy the infrastructural facilities such as electricity, water, telecommunication, etc. The access to the project site, project location sketch map and layout plan of the project with its surroundings has been shown in Fig-3.2-1&Fig-3.2-3. Project site is well connected with the national road linking system. A satellite image describing the project location considering the existing scenario inscribed within 5km radius is shown in Figure 3.2-2. 3.2.1 ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECTION FOR POWER EVACUATION MPCL will establish a substation in their project compound. This substation will be connected from gas engine generator and then the generated electricity will be transmitted from the substation to the PGCB grid through 4.2Km transmission line. MPCL will be responsible to construct this transmission line. Figure-3.2-1 shows the electrical interconnection for power evacuation with green lined diagram. It may be proposed for EMP and ECR with due approval of TOR from DOE. 3.2.2 FUEL TRANSPORTATION The fuel of the power plant (Natural gas)will be collected from nearby Gas Valve station of GTCL which is 1.05 km away from the RMS of the MPCL compound. MPCL will be responsible for the installation of this pipeline. The black line diagram of Figure-3.2-1 shows 46 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant the fuel transportation of the proposed power plant. It may be proposed for EMP and ECR with due approval of TOR from DOE. 3.3 PROJECT INFORMATION IN BRIEF The basic data of the project are furnished in Table-3.3-1. Table-3.3-1: Basic data of "Midland Power Co. Ltd." 1. Name of the Project : Midland Power Co. Ltd 2. Type of Industry : Power Generation Company 3. Project Proponent : Mr. Feroz Alam, Managing Director 4. Contact Address : YOUTH TOWER, 822/2, Rokeya Sarani, Dhaka-1216. 5. Project Location : Ashugoanj, Brahmanbaria. 6. Total Area of the project : 3.76 acres 7. Name of the Raw Materials : Natural Gas 8. Quantity required (raw material) : 12 MMCFD 9. Final Product : Electricity 10. By-product, if any : None 11. Plant Capacity : 51 MWH 12. Project Cost : TK. 24533.19 Lac 13. Engine Manufacturer : Rolls Royce-Norway 14. Engines : Bergen 15. Fuel Requirement : 12 MMCFD (Natural Gas) 16. Fuel Source : Bakhrabad Gas System pd., Ltd. Feni 17. Water source : Deep Tube- Well 18. Water requirement : 5000 L/day 19. Waste water generation : 2000 L/day 20. Gaseous emission : 31484 ft3 / min 21. Gaseous emission procedure : Exhaust Manifold (20m high exhaust stack) 22. Date of Commencement : January 2012 23. Date of Completion : September 2012 24. Total Manpower : 70 Persons 47 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Electrical Interconnection for Power Evacuation 48 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure3.2-1 Project Location Map 49 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 3.2-2 Project Location in Satellite Image Figure 3.2-3 Layout Plan of the Project Area 50 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 3.4 PRESENT STATUS OF THE PROJECT The construction work for developing infrastructure for the project started in January, 2012. The site development work for construction of major items for development during construction phase of factory building, office building, guard house, water pump house, etc and construction of drainage and sewer lines also started as well.The power plantis in operation from 7 December 2013. Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) from the Department of Environment (DOE) was issued for this project in 31March 2014. The issued ECC is annexed in Annex-II of this report. This ESIA report is prepared for the World Bank considering the no project scenario and therefore important environmental and social issues of Construction & Operation Phases of the project are carefully taken care of for assessment. 3.5 RESOURCES AND UTILITIES a) Gas The project at full capacity shall require approximately 12 MMCFD for its Gas Generator, etc. The project will have gas connection from Bakhrabad Gas System Ltd. For which necessary arrangements for getting the gas connection has been done. The main gas delivery line and riser point of 'Bakhrabad Gas System Ltd.' exists very near from the project premise. b) Water The plant will not consume water for its operation as the gas engine has a dry low NO x control and all cooling operations will be performed by air. Water consumption will only be in the form of domestic water consumption by the plant's personnel. The water will be supplied from Deep Tube well to be drilled on and around the site. It has been estimated that nearly 5,000 liter/day water will be required for domestic purposes. Water will be stored in underground reservoir and lifted to overhead tank by pump and motor. c) Labour force required During Construction Phase The major construction works include construction of factory building, office building, water pump house, and construction of, wares house, etc. The construction works of the project is expected its completion within 09 months period. During factory erection and setting up of machinery a good number (about 200) of skilled; semi-skilled and daily wage labors will get job opportunity in the project. In addition to that this project will create employment opportunity to a number of persons indirectly by giving business to them. During Operation Phase This project will create direct job opportunity for about 70 people in various official capacities. 3.6 POWER GENERATION METHOD Electrical supply and distribution is as follows- 51 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant  Gas Engine is connected directly to generator by a flexible coupling  Generator is cabled to medium voltage switchgear  Medium voltage current is led to low voltage switchgear station service station  transformer  Direct current system is for medium voltage switchgear operations and for instrumentation. Station will be delivered with an auxiliary cooling arrangement by dry cooler. The start-up and loading time of the engine depends on the preheating level of the engine. When properly preheated, the engine can be loaded to full power within minutes. If the Gas Engine is in cold condition, it can be started after the pre-lubricating oil pump has reached the required pressure. It shall normally not be loaded faster than what mentioned in the operating manual. Faster loading is possible in case of emergency. 3.7 PLANT OPERATION The operation of the generating set and the auxiliaries needed is carried out from the turbine control computer in a separate control room. The operation method is automatic with automatic synchronizing. Also the whole plant is controlled and monitored from this screen. The power plant control and supervision system is designed for unattended operation with a daily control and check-up routines. Control and supervision system is based on PLC and computer units. System allows full control and supervision of all significant parameters in the plant, sends necessary alarm signals and takes care of the plant history recordings. Remote monitoring from the clients other control facility or automation system can be integrated into the system. Protection of the plant is designed against hazardous faults like loss of lubricating oil pressure. From the alarm central the operators can see the most important temperatures and pressures as well as alarms before shutdowns. The power station and the control system have been designed to operate parallel with the grid. Plant can also be operated in island mode. 3.8 PROJECT COST AND FUNDING The total cost for site development, infrastructure development, and machinery procurement and installation costs including trial run cost for the entire industrial project has been estimated to be Tk 24533.19 lac. The yearly environmental monitoring cost of construction and operation phase of the project would be around Tk. 27 lac and around Tk. 43 lac respectively. Cost for the environmental management system and safety & occupational health of the staff during the operation phase would be Tk. 10 lac per annum.The fund for the project is organized by the proponent from equity participation and borrowed from commercial bank i.e. Standard Chartered Bank. 52 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER 4: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 4.1 GENERAL The purpose of the analysis of alternatives as part of the ESIA process is to select best among all possible project options. The assessments and recommendations made by the EIA team are presented below. 4.2 SITE SELECTION The critical and attentive issues for selection of power plant site are taken care of is listed below:  Avoiding the following twelve (12) Ecologically Critical Areas: Human Settlements, Forest Sanctuaries, National Parks, Game Reserves, Mangroves, Forest Areas, Wetlands, Wildlife Habitats, Archaeological Sites, Ancient Monument Sites, Biodiversity Areas and Similar Other Areas.  Preference of Non-productive Land: The non-productive land as an alternative just near the proposed agriculture land is preferable for environmental soundness. The power plant land is a privately owned land and has no dispute with the locality. More on the land is out of the DOE identified twelve ecologically critically areas. The site is well located considering the following:  Easy access  Close proximity to organized industrial zone  Close proximity to the already existing national electric transmission lines  Close proximity to the already existing natural gas transmission lines 4.3 TECHNOLOGY OPTIONS Gas Engine power plants are self-contained, light weight and they do not require bulk water. They can be quickly installed at a lower cost than other types of power plants. Gas Engine units are high speed, low vibration quick start machines suitable for peaking power plants. These units require less space, have lower installation and maintenance cost and have simple lubrication and ignition system. Specific fuel consumption does not increase with time in Gas Engine Plants as rapidly as other IC engine based power plants. Also, poor quality of fuel can be readily used in Gas Engines. Their disadvantages are poor part load efficiency, special metal requirements, special cooling methods and short life. Gas Engine power plants are the most suitable plants that can be installed at selected load centers with fewer auxiliaries. Gas Engines can be brought on load quickly and surely. Table 4.3-1 Summary of alternative site assessment Sl. Issues Justification for the Selected Site No. 1 Land Availability Proposed site is the private land of MPCL 2 Land Acquisition No land acquisition is required 53 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Sl. Issues Justification for the Selected Site No. 3 Land Development Minor improvements required 4 Logistics Support No logistic support available. New logistic network is (Technical and required to be developed. nontechnical) 5 Proximity to Load Center Fairly close the main load center 6 Mode of Communication  Good connectivity by roadway  Excellent water transport connectivity. Situated on the bank of the Meghna River. Waterway connectivity is essential for transporting heavy machineries.  Close to the Bhairab Meghna Rail Bridge. 7 Transmission Line  Existing transmission lines can be utilized 8 Gas Line  Closer to the gas Valve Station i.e. 1.05Km only and can be developed with marginal investment 9 Environmental Impact Given modern technologies (i.e. use of Dry Low NOx technology in this project is likely to reduce NOx emission significantly)for control of noise, vibration and air pollution,environmental impact is expected to marginally increase. Annex-XVprovidedthe Manufacturer's Specification of Engines with Emission Levels. NOx level indicates in the Specification is 250 mg/Nm3which is higher than that of WB requirement of 200 mg/Nm3. This level is the max level mentioned in the specification but the monitored level is always around 100 mg/Nm3 which is automatically monitored and recorded. 10 Time for implementation New power generation facilities can be established and made operational within a short time Summary on Comparative Technology Use: For gas fired small power plants, the advantage of spark ignition internal combustion engine generators is now well established in Bangladesh. So, the technology choice has been limited to such engine based plants from different sources.As per project requirements, the commercial department collected offers for gen-sets and its associated plant equipment from the following gen-set manufacturer: 1. Rolls-Royce Marine AS, Norway 2. Wartsila Finland OY 3. GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co. OG, Austria 4. MWM GmbH, Germany. After evaluation it had been perceived that the Rolls Royce engine is the most effective for the project. The average revenue earning/cost savings per kWh found highest among others, that is 0.3113 tk/kWh after adjustment of all expenses. After negotiation with the Equipment manufactures considering the price, delivery period, reputation, after sales service and world Renowned Brand by the Executive Committee finally selected Rolls-Royce as a Main Equipment Supplier for this project. Technical Comparison with Investment Analysis of MPCL is annexed in Annexure-XVIII. 54 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 4.4 NO PROJECT SCENARIO Bangladesh is facing a major electrical power shortage for the last one decade. The shortfall aggravated during the last 2-3 three years and the total power scenario is very complex one. The supply demand situation in this sector will drastically hamper the development in all sectors of life including those in agricultural, industrial, commercial and domestic sectors. Particularly, the agricultural sector and the industrial sector productivity stoppage may lead to catastrophic disaster in the country in future. There is no alternative than to add more power generating units to the existing power system of Bangladesh within a shortest possible time frame. This is due not only to the increase in demand, but also due to aging of the existing power generating units most of which will near their life cycle very shortly. Both, base load and peaking plants are necessary to be added to the system, so that the whole system can run economically and efficiently. Technically a gas fired power plant is necessary to have more energy efficient power generation systems with higher output. Considering the nature of the peaking demand the proposed gas fired power plant seems to be the most suitable option. CHAPTER 5: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL BASELINE DATA 5.1 INTRODUCTION 5.1.1 STUDY OVERVIEW This section discusses the existing conditions within the project study area, covering both the natural and social environments. The analysis was completed through the use of a combination of secondary data sources in addition to extensive on-ground reconnaissance and baseline studies. The assessment is divided into three broad categories:  Physical Environment;  Biological Environment; and  Socio-economic Environment 5.1.2 Site Overview The Midland power plant is loacated on the left bank of Meghna River at Char Chartala union in Ashuganj upazila of Brahmanbaria district and approximately 2.40 km southern side of the Dhaka - Sylhet highway. Ashuganj fertilizer factory is located in the southern side and Gas Transmission Company limited is in the northern side of the power plant. The rural settlement is presented adjacent to the plant boundary. The 5 km study area map is shown in Figure 5.1-1. 5.1.3 Objectives and Methodology 55 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant The primary objective of the environmental and social baseline condition study is to provide an environmental and social baseline against which potential impacts from the operation of power plant can be compared. The methodology adopted for collecting the baseline data was as follows: • Study area of 5 km radial zone from the centre of the power plant location was selected for the baseline studies. • The environmental and social field monitoring and survey was carried out during the period of September 2014 to October 2014. • Primary data collection was through environmental monitoring and field survey for water, air, noise and ecology. • Social baseline of the study area was captured through social surveys involving field consultations, interviews, meeting with stakeholders, discussions with government departments and secondary data review etc. • Secondary data was collected from government reports, academic institutes, websites, published literature, interactions with government department and stakeholders etc. 56 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 5.1-1: 5 km Study Area Map 5.2 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 5.2.1 CLIMATE 5.2.1.1 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS Several climatic zones occur within Bangladesh, with the study area falling within the south central zone as illustrated in Figure 5.2-1. The climate of Bangladesh is heavily influenced by the Asiatic monsoon pattern that creates three distinct seasons within the study area: 1. Pre-monsoon hot season (from March to May); 2. Rainy monsoon season (from June to October); and 3. Cool dry winter season (from November to February). Mean daily maximum temperature rarely exceeds 32°C, and mean daily minimum temperature is approximately 10°C. Average humidity is relatively high, often exceeding 80%, and most rainfall occurs in summer. Fog is very common in winter (Rashid, 1977). High temperatures and thunderstorms characterize the pre-monsoon, hot season. April is 57 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant the hottest month in the country, with mean temperatures ranging from 27°C in the east and south, to 31°C in the west-central part of the country. After April, increasing cloud cover reduces the temperature. Wind direction is variable during this pre-monsoon season, especially in the early stages of the season. Rainfall during this period, mostly caused by thunderstorms, can account for 10 to 25% of the annual total (Rashid, 1977). The summer monsoon season is typified by Southerly or South-westerly winds, very high humidity and heavy rainfall, as well as long periods of consecutive days of rainfall. These conditions are caused by tropical depression weather systems entering the country from the Bay of Bengal. About 80% of the annual precipitation occurs during the five-month monsoon season from May to September (Rashid, 1977). Low temperatures, cool air blowing from the west or northwest, clear skies and low levels of rainfall characterize the dry season. The average temperature in January varies from 17°C in the northwest and north-eastern parts of the country to 20°C to 21°C in the coastal areas. Minimum temperatures in the extreme northwest in late December and early January reach between 3°C to 4°C. Long-term average climatic data collected at the nearby Comilla weather station (2004 to 2013) reflect the monsoonal effects on climate in this region (Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka 2014):  Mean maximum temperature (35.50C)  Mean daily minimum temperature (60C)  Mean annual relative humidity 81%  Mean annual rainfall (2016 mm) 58 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 5.2-2: Climatic Zones of Bangladesh 59 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.2.1.2 RAINFALL AND HUMIDITY The monthly and yearly rainfall recorded at the Comilla weather station is shown in Error! Not a valid bookmark self-reference.andError! Reference source not found.2) The records show that average monthly rainfall is highest from April through to September. The highest annual rainfall (2,497 mm) recorded within the last 10 years was in the year of 2007, while the lowest annual rainfall (1,578 mm) was recorded in 2010. Table 5.2-1: Total Monthly and Annual Rainfall (mm), Comilla Weather Station Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual 2004 0 4 6 175 186 654 311 183 686 218 1 0 2424 2005 6 2 249 157 193 259 403 410 395 349 0 1 2424 2006 0 0 0 117 607 402 151 226 300 94 1 0 1898 2007 0 20 21 179 153 548 654 221 339 280 82 0 2497 2008 30 11 26 34 282 330 457 375 247 265 0 0 2057 2009 0 0 3 48 295 235 573 427 145 98 0 0 1824 2010 0 13 30 23 343 417 94 125 241 277 0 15 1578 2011 0 0 28 76 351 346 273 501 233 76 0 0 1884 2012 16 1 13 195 209 442 282 373 178 115 102 3 1929 2013 0 3 30 28 467 214 276 243 255 124 0 3 1643 Average 6 6 19 88 338 367 345 311 242 166 23 2 2016 Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. 400 350 Monthly Average Rainfall (mm) 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Month Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. Figure 5.2-2: Average Monthly Rainfall (2004-2013), Comilla Weather Station Relative humidity remains fairly constant from January to December, though on average it is higher in April to October as shown in Error! Not a valid bookmark self- reference.andFigure3. This observed change in humidity correspond with the pre-monsoon and dry seasons within the study area. 60 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 5.2-2: Average Monthly Relative Humidity (%), Comilla Weather Station Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2004 83 74 79 83 78 85 87 84 87 79 78 78 2005 77 76 82 79 80 84 85 87 86 84 80 77 2006 79 79 73 78 80 85 85 83 85 83 81 79 2007 77 77 72 82 82 86 88 85 86 82 82 80 2008 79 73 81 78 79 86 86 86 83 83 78 83 2009 79 74 76 79 80 83 86 86 83 82 77 80 2010 78 71 77 81 81 87 84 84 86 83 79 77 2011 76 69 75 78 83 86 85 86 85 81 77 81 2012 78 71 76 82 80 85 86 84 86 83 79 84 2013 74 69 76 79 86 82 84 86 85 85 79 81 Average 78 73 77 80 81 85 86 85 85 83 79 80 Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. 90 Monthly Average Humidity (%) 85 80 75 70 65 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Month Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. Figure5.2-3: Average Monthly Humidity (2004-2013), Comilla Weather Station 5.2.1.3 Temperature The monthly average minimum and maximum temperatures recorded at the Comilla weather station are presented below in Error! Not a valid bookmark self- reference.andTable 5.2-4respectively. The lowest average temperature recorded in the past 10 years was in January 2013 (6.0°C). The highest average temperature reached 35.5°C in June 2012. Throughout the year the highest temperatures are generally in March through October, and the lowest temperatures are from December to February (Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. Figure5.2-4). 61 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 5.2-3: Average Monthly Minimum Temperature (ºC), Comilla Weather Station Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2004 12.9 14.8 20.9 22.4 25.1 25.0 25.5 25.4 25.1 23.1 17.2 14.5 2005 12.4 16.4 21.1 22.7 23.5 26.1 25.5 25.5 25.4 24.2 18.1 14.0 2006 12.2 18.5 20.1 23.0 24.4 25.6 25.8 25.6 25.2 24.2 19.1 13.3 2007 11.1 16.0 18.1 22.7 24.9 25.3 25.4 26.1 25.5 23.3 20.0 14.4 2008 13.2 14.1 20.5 22.9 23.9 25.2 25.6 25.5 25.3 23.2 18.4 15.9 2009 13.6 15.6 20.4 24.2 24.3 25.9 25.5 25.9 25.6 23.0 19.0 13.3 2010 11.0 14.7 22.0 25.2 24.7 26.1 26.3 26.3 25.6 24.7 20.0 13.8 2011 8.4 12.6 14.0 20.0 21.7 23.4 24.2 24.0 24.6 21.3 16.3 10.7 2012 9.4 10.6 16.6 18.8 20.6 23.0 25.0 25.2 24.8 19.6 13.6 9.4 2013 6.0 13.4 15.5 20.0 19.5 25.8 25.2 25.1 24.2 20.0 15.2 10.7 Average 11.0 14.7 18.9 22.2 23.3 25.1 25.4 25.5 25.1 22.7 17.7 13.0 Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. Table 5.2-4: Average Monthly Maximum Temperature (ºC), Comilla Weather Station Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 2004 24.0 27.8 30.8 31.6 34.0 32.0 31.6 32.6 30.9 30.9 29.5 27.3 2005 24.8 28.6 30.5 33.5 33.1 33.4 31.8 31.5 32.5 31.2 29.3 27.6 2006 25.6 30.2 32.0 33.2 33.1 32.6 32.0 32.9 32.0 32.1 29.1 27.0 2007 24.4 26.9 30.2 32.0 33.6 31.9 30.7 32.2 31.7 31.4 29.1 25.9 2008 24.8 25.9 30.6 33.5 33.8 31.6 31.0 31.7 32.7 30.9 29.8 26.5 2009 26.0 28.9 31.7 33.8 34.0 33.4 31.8 32.5 33.2 32.2 30.3 26.1 2010 24.5 28.1 32.0 33.3 33.5 31.9 32.7 33.4 32.8 32.3 30.2 26.4 2011 27.5 29.3 32.5 33.6 34.5 35.0 34.8 35.1 35.0 33.4 31.5 30.5 2012 27.5 30.5 33.2 34.6 35.0 35.5 34.0 33.6 34.6 32.8 31.4 27.0 2013 28.0 30.8 33.4 34.1 33.5 35.0 35.0 34.2 35.0 33.8 30.8 30.2 Average 25.7 28.7 31.7 33.3 33.8 33.2 32.5 33.0 33.0 32.1 30.1 27.5 Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 Maximum 5 Minimum 0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Source: Bangladesh Meteorological Department, Dhaka. Figure 5.2-4: Average Minimum and Maximum Temperatures (2004-2013), Comilla Weather Station 62 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.2.1.4 Wind Speed and Direction Data about wind speed and direction for the period from 2004 to 2013 as collected from Meteorological Department are attached hereto Table 5.2-14.2-5. The data indicates that the maximum wind speed recorded as 25 knots in the month of October, 2007. The prevailing wind direction is South and South-east in most part of the year. Monthly and seasonal wind roses based on the meteorological data collected from BMD for Comilla observatory are presented in Figure5.2-5. Annual wind roses are shown in Figure5.2-6. 63 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 5.2-1: Monthly & Yearly Maximum Wind Speed in Konts & Direction in Degree at Comilla Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm Sp Dr Tm 2004 8 31 6 12 18 6 20 18 6 20 18 12 18 18 6 16 22 12 18 18 6 14 18 12 12 13 12 20 18 18 10 36 6 6 36 6 2005 15 31 9 15 18 9 15 5 9 15 22 18 15 5 9 15 18 3 14 18 9 14 18 12 12 18 15 10 18 12 8 36 9 9 31 9 2006 10 34 9 16 18 6 14 31 9 15 18 6 16 18 18 17 18 21 14 18 9 8 18 9 8 18 6 5 21 12 5 36 12 4 31 6 2007 6 29 9 7 18 6 8 31 6 15 21 15 18 27 15 10 18 9 10 18 15 9 18 12 8 23 6 15 7 18 25 18 0 5 36 6 2008 6 36 15 20 9 12 16 23 18 11 5 12 12 18 9 13 18 9 12 18 9 11 16 9 8 18 12 21 18 3 4 36 9 4 36 6 2009 5 23 9 6 31 9 8 23 15 13 18 6 13 18 9 8 27 6 11 23 18 5 18 15 7 18 6 5 18 9 4 36 9 3 36 9 2010 4 36 3 4 36 9 10 18 6 17 18 9 14 27 15 9 31 21 6 18 12 8 18 9 5 18 6 6 18 12 3 36 3 4 36 9 2011 10 18 9 6 18 9 14 18 9 7 31 15 5 18 9 6 18 9 6 18 12 6 18 9 8 18 9 4 20 18 3 36 6 3 36 9 2012 4 36 6 4 36 6 7 18 6 8 20 9 13 18 6 8 18 12 8 18 9 5 18 18 5 18 18 5 18 6 4 36 12 4 36 15 2013 7 31 9 8 33 9 6 22 15 15 31 18 13 16 9 12 18 6 9 18 9 9 13 9 8 18 6 9 18 6 4 36 9 4 31 9 64 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant January February March April May June Figure 4.2-5: Monthly Wind Rose Diagram (2013), Comilla Weather Station 65 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant July August September October November December Figure 5.2-5: Monthly Windrose Diagram (2013), Comilla Weather Station (Continued) 66 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Pre-Monsoon (March-May) Monsoon (June-September) Winter (October-February) Annual Figure5.2-6: Seasonal and Annual Wind Rose Diagram (2013), Comilla Weather Station 67 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.2.2 LAND USE The power plant is located in the industrial belt along the river Meghna. The area on the north- west side of the Midland power plant is mainly used as river landing site for paddy business, stone, sand bricks and breaking yard. In the Southern side is Ashuganj fertilizer factory and staff quarter. The land use pattern in the area is of mixed type having industrial, commercial and residential uses. Erratic development of housing and industries, imprudent alignment of roads and commercial places and some pockets of good agricultural land are common features of the existing topography surrounding the project area. 5.2.3 GEOLOGY AND SOILS Geology of Bangladesh is generally dominated by poorly consolidated sediments deposit over the past 10,000 to 15,000 years (Holocene age). The geology of the study area consists of Quaternary deltaic sediments, which have been strongly influenced by tectonic movements on deep-seated faults. The area lies on a tectonic block, which has been uplifted relative to the surrounding areas. The soil profile of the study area consists of about 12m thick clay deposit followed by sand, clay and progressively coarser sand as depth increases. In terms of crop production, the soils of Bangladesh can be categorized into three main classes; floodplain, terrace and hill soils. Soils are mainly grey loamy on the ridges and gray to dark gray clayey in the basins. Gray sands to loamy sands with compact silty topsoil‟s occupy areas of the old Brahmaputra Char floodplain or alluvial soils. In adjoining southern part soil mainly comprises sandy barns and sandy clay barns and tends to be gray to dark gray in poorly- drained basins and brown on higher and better drained land. 5.2.4 NATURAL HAZARDS 5.2.4.1 INTRODUCTION Bangladesh can be regarded as being susceptible to natural calamities. This is due to its unique combination of physiographic, morphological and other natural features, which have lead to direct loss of life and physical property on a massive scale. Natural calamities experienced include floods, cyclones and storm surges, and earthquakes. 5.2.4.2 FLOODING Every year near about one-fifth of Bangladesh undergoes flood during the monsoon season. A flood season in Bangladesh may start as early as May and can continue until November. Floods of Bangladesh can be divided into three categories: (i) monsoon flood - seasonal, increases slowly and decreases slowly, inundate vast areas and causes huge loss to the life and property; (ii) flash flood-from sudden torrential flows, following a brief intense rainstorm or the bursting of a natural or manmade dam or levee; and (iii) tidal flood - short duration, height is generally 3-6m, prevents inland flood drainage. 68 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant It has been observed that, the existing power plant area has never been inundated by flood water. 5.2.4.3CYCLONE AND STORM SURGES Devastating cyclones hit the coastal areas of Bangladesh almost every year usually accompanied by high-speed winds, sometimes reaching 250 km/hr or more and 3-10 m high waves, causing extensive damage to life, property and livestock. Because of the funnel shaped coast, Bangladesh repeatedly becomes the landing ground of cyclones formed in the Bay of Bengal. The existing power plant site is far from the coastal belt, the likely impact of cyclones is relatively small. 5.2.4.4 SEISMICITY Bangladesh is situated in one of the most tectonically active regions in the world. Here three major tectonic plates (the Indian Plate, the Tibet Sub-Plate, and the Burmese Sub- Plate) collide and thrust over each other. Earthquakes occur frequently in the wider region. Bangladesh can be divided into three Seismic Zones, as described by the ranges of the seismic coefficient. Zone I is the most severe area for earthquake intensity and frequency and Zone III is the least severe (BNBC, 1993). The study area falls in Zone II (0.15) i.e. medium intensity seismic zone. The location of the power plant, relative to the seismic zones is provided in Figure 5.2-7. 69 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 5.2-7: Seismic Zones of Bangladesh (BNBC, 1993) 5.2.5 WATER RESOURCES Bangladesh and the western portion of the Indian State of Bengal are located within the „Bengal Basin‟. According to Rahman et al (2003), this basin includes the world‟s largest river delta, which is 140,000 square kilometers (the Ganges-Padma, Jumna-Brahmaputra- Tista and 70 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Meghna rivers and numerous tributary complexes) and the world‟s largest submarine fan complex (the Bengal Fan). These river systems carry a combined annual sediment load of 1.5 to 2.4 billion metric tons.. Bangladesh has an average annual surface flow of approximately 1,073 million acre feet (MAF), of which about 870 MAF (93%) are received from India as inflow and the remaining 203 MAF (7%) as rainfall. This water is enough to cover the entire country to a depth of 9.14m. About 132 MAF (65% of rainfall and 12% of total) is lost to evaporation each year (114.30 cm), the remainder flows out to the Bay of Bengal. Water sampling and analysis was undertaken to understand the overall baseline water quality characteristics of the surface and groundwater in the study area. Samples were taken from representative selected water body and groundwater sources representing different parts of the study area. The surface water sampling was collected from the Meghna River which is adjacent to the power plant. Groundwater sampling locations were selected to obtain a representative water sample from various zones within the study area. The samples were collected from existing ground water sources. A total of 3 samples, One (1) surface water and two (2) ground water samples were collected. Detail of the sampling location is provided in Table 5.2-6and depicted in Figure 5.2-8. Table 5.2-6: Details of Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations Sl. Sampling location Sampling Code Geographic location 24° 1'46.20"N 1. Meghna River SW1 90°59'8.11"E 24° 1'41.70"N 2. Power Plant Area GW1 90°59'17.56"E 24° 1'38.66"N 3. Char Chartala Village GW2 90°59'21.76"E The samples were analyzed for parameters covering physico-chemical characteristics. Water samples were collected in a 250 ml sterilized clean PET bottle for complete physio- chemical tests. The samples were analyzed as per standard procedure/method given in Standard Method for Examination of Water and Wastewater Edition 20, published by APHA. Details of the analysis method and protocol are presented in Table 5.2-7. 71 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 5.2-8: Surface and Ground Water Sampling Locations Table 5.2-7: Methods for Water Analysis Sl. Parameter Test method (APHA) 1. Temperature (°C) Digital thermometer 2. TDS (mg/l) Digital TDS meter 3. EC (µmhos/cm ) Digital EC meter 4. DO (mg/l) Digital DO meter 5. pH Digital pH meter 6. Salinity (ppt) Digital Salinity meter 7. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) (mg/l) 2340.C 8. Chloride (Cl-) (mg/l) 4110.B 9. Iron (Fe) (mg/l) 3113.B 10. Calcium 3113.B 5.2.5.1 SURFACE WATER RESOURCES The nearby surface water source in the existing power plant is the Meghna River. Upstream of the site, the Upper Meghna meets the Old Brahmaputra River at Bhairab Bazar and downstream, it joins the Padma River near Chandpur. This is a meandering river with braided characteristics. It flows along the western part of the Brahmanbaria District boundary and hassignificant influence on the drainage of the Brahmanbaria District. There is a notable change in the flow characteristic of the Meghna River between wet and dry seasons and with lower flow levels in the river. Tidal influence becomes more pronounced in the dry season. During the monsoon, the Meghna River dominates flood extent in the District. It is apparent that Meghna River is the primary source of prolonged monsoon flooding in Brahmanbaria District. 72 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.2.5.2 SURFACE WATER QUALITY The surface water Quality was compared with the Bangladesh ECR standard for best practice based classification criteria. Table 5.2-8shows the analysis results. Some of the water analysis parameters are discussed below in detail: pH pH of the Meghna River is within the permissible limits of 6.5 to 8.5. Dissolved Oxygen (DO) The DO of the sample of Meghna River is 6.7 mg/l and thus meets the surface water classification for different usages. Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) The BOD level is 3.0 mg/l for the Meghna River and thus is well below the permissible limits. Comparison of the data with the surface water quality standards of government of Bangladesh reveal the fact that water of the water bodies are fit for supply after conventional treatment, Water usable by fisheries, Industrial process and cooling industries and Water usable for irrigation. 73 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 5.2-8: Surface Water Quality Analysis Sampling Bangladesh Standard* Location Source of Source of drinking drinking water Water usable by Characteristics Unit water for for Water usable for Water usable various process Water usable SW1 supply after supply only recreational activity by fisheries and cooling for irrigation conventional after industries treatment disinfecting BOD5 mg/l 3.0 2 or less 3 or less 6 of less 6 of less 10 or less 10 or less Calcium mg/l 3.8 - - - - - - COD mg/l 8.0 - - - - - - Chloride mg/l 3.5 EC µmhos/cm 128 - - - - - - DO mg/l 6.7 6 or above 5 of more 6 or more 5 or more 5 or more 5 or more Iron mg/l 0.1 - - - - - - pH - 6.7 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 Phosphate 0.7 Salinity ppt Nil - - - - - - Temperature ºC 28.4 - - - - - - TDS mg/l 78 - - - - - - Total Hardness mg/l 19.3 - - - - - - Turbidity NTU 60 - - - - - - (Source: Laboratory Analysis, Department of Soil, water and Environment, University of Dhaka and EQMS laboratory, SamplingDate: 28/9/14) * Bangladesh Environment Conservation Rules, 1997- Schedule 3 (Standards for inland surface water) 74 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.2.5.3 GROUND WATER Groundwater aquifers in Bangladesh are constantly recharged by major river systems and by infiltration of rainwater. Groundwater is usually available within 5 m below ground surface (mbgs). This level fluctuates seasonally but approaches close to the surface in most parts ofthe country from July to September. At Ashuganj, the groundwater level is about 6 mbgs surface during the dry season, with levels returning to their normal position before the end of the monsoon season. This fall in ground levels is an entirely natural process that arises because of the hydrological link with the river. The groundwater present in the project area is at three distinct levels:  An upper silty clay cover of less than 20 m thicknesses, along the borders of the NCR. The maximum thickness ranges from 50 to 100 m.  A middle composite aquifer of fine to very fine sands, varying in thickness from 30 m to 60 m along the border of the NCR. In the centre of the region, the aquifer is less than 10 m thick. Although it is a good aquifer, its irrigation development potential is poor, because its sands are too fine for slotted well screens and for providing high discharge rate. However, it is used as a source of supply for HTWs and MOSTIS.  The lowest and main aquifer consists of medium, medium-to-fine or medium-to- coarse sand with layers of clay and silt extending to 30-60m. The coarser-grained structure of this aquifer is suitable for large-scale groundwater development with screened wells. Most tube wells within the main aquifer are less than 150 m deep. The results of two groundwater samples are shown in Table 5.2-9. Table 5.2-9: Ground Water Quality Analysis Result Sampling code Sl. Parameters Bangladesh Standard GW1 GW2 1. Arsenic (As) (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 0.05 mg/l 2. Chloride (Cl-) (mg/l) 172.6 160.4 150-600 mg/l 3. Conductivity (µmhos/cm ) 140 132 - 4. Fluride (F) (mg/l) 0.20 0.18 1 mg/l 5. Fecal Coliform (mg/l) 0 0 - 6. Iron (Fe) (mg/l) 0.40 0.70 0.3-1.0 mg/l 7. Lead (Pb) (mg/l) <0.05 <0.05 0.05 mg/l 8. pH 6.8 7.0 6.5-8.5 9. Temperature (°C) 26.6°C 26.3 °C 20-30 °C 10. Total Coliform (mg/l) 0 0 - 11. Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 340 320 1000 mg/l (Source: Laboratory Analysis, Department of Soil, water and Environment, University of Dhaka and EQMS laboratory) 75 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.2.6 AIR QUALITY 5.2.6.1 NATIONAL CONTEXT Within Bangladesh there are two major sources of air pollution: industrial emissions and vehicular emissions. Industrial sources include power generation, fertilizer factories, mills (sugar, paper, jute and textile), brick kilns, tanneries, chemical and pharmaceutical industries and the burning of solid waste. Emissions from these various sources contribute to the formation of the smog that regularly shrouds the major cities (Rahman et al, 2005). Pollutants emitted from industrial sources include hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, and chlorine; all of which can result in health complaints such as skin irritation, headaches and nausea. Sustained exposure to these pollutants can result in other severe health effects such as severe respiratory health issues and birth defects (Rahman et al, 2005). In Bangladesh – where some 89% of the population use solid fuel – air-quality related deaths were estimated to be over 56,000 in 2007 alone (WHO, 2007). With increasing rates of urbanization, it is anticipated that vehicular ownership and usage will also increase, leading to a continued decline in air quality. DoE has identified two-stroke engines as a major polluter, and now discourages their use within Dhaka (Rahman et al, 2005). Within the rural areas of Bangladesh, the main sources of air pollution are brick kilns and domestic heating and cooking – with wood, coal, diesel and bio-fuel (often manure) used as sources of energy (UNEP, 2002). It is therefore likely in rural areas that the principal air contaminants are particulate matter and volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Rural areas often also experience problems, particularly in the dry season, with dust generation due to construction, transport and agricultural activities such as tilling, threshing and plowing. 5.2.6.2 METHODOLOGY FOR AIR QUALITY MONITORING The existing ambient air quality of the study area was monitored at three locations (September 2014- October 2014) and at the plant gate (January 2015-February-2015) during the monitoring period. The monitoring parameters included Particulate Matter (SPM PM10 and PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Carbon Monoxide (CO). All the parameters were monitored on 24-hourly basis except Carbon Monoxide (CO) during the duration of the study. The particulate and gaseous samples collected during the monitoring have been analyzed as per the procedures specified in Table 5.2-10. The geographical locations of the ambient air quality monitoring locations has been presented in Table 5.2-11 and depicted in Figure 5.2-9. Table 5.2-10: Methodology for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Sl. Parameter Analysis procedure 1. SPM Gravimetric method 2. PM10 AirMetric MiniVol sampler 3. PM2.5 AirMetric MiniVol sampler 4. SO2 Colorimetric method at 560nm using spectrophotometer (West-Gaeke method) 5. NOx Colorimetric method at 540 nm using spectrophotometer (Jacob and Hochheiser method) 76 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 6. CO Digital CO meter Table 5.2-11: Ambient Air Quality Sampling Location Sl. Sampling Station Station Code Geographic Location 1 Inside the Midland power plant boundary AQ1 24° 1'41.23"N 90°59'18.11"E 2 Midland Staff Quarter, Char Chartala AQ2 24° 1'23.35"N 90°59'33.35"E 3 Infront of food Sillo gate, Char Chartala AQ3 24° 2'15.08"N 91° 0'1.47"E 4 At the Plant Gate - 24° 1'39.66‟ N 90° 59'19.5‟ E Figure 5.2-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 77 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.2.6.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA The monitored ambient air quality is summarized in Table 5.2- and results are annexed in ANNEX III. Table 5.2-12: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area `Ambient Air Pollutants Concentration Location Observed (g/m3) SO2 NOx CO Maximum 27.5 42.6 340 AQ1 Minimum 18.2 26.7 175 Average 22.2 34.6 255.8 Maximum 13.8 25.5 120 AQ2 Minimum 9.45 16.3 80 Average 11.6 20.6 983 Maximum 11.3 20.5 90 AQ3 Minimum 8.02 10.3 40 Average 9.67 15.6 65 24-Hourly 365 - - Bangladesh Standard** 8-Hourly - - 10,000 Annual 80 100 - WHO 24-Hourly 20 - 10,000 Annual - 40 - **The Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards have been taken from the Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 which was amended on 19th July 2005 vide S.R.O. No. 220-Law/2005. ***Who Ambient Air Quality Guideline Values (2005 and 2000), which are also being referred in the World Bank and IFC’s Genera l Guidelines (2007) Table-5.2-13 Ambient PM10, PM2.5Concentrations as per NAAQS as determined in recent measurements with the plant in operation (Annex- XIX) Polluta Averagi Who Proposed Measured Concentration nt ng Time Bangladesh Guidelines Standards PM10 24 hour --- 150 g/m3 191 48 g/m3 Annual --- 50 g/m3 105 56 g/m3 PM2.5 24 hour --- 65 g/m3 146  36 g/m3 Annual --- 15 g/m3 54  32 g/m3 78 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant N.B.: It should be noted here that the PM data are sampled and tested by the Reputed Atomic Energy Center, Dhaka (AECD) laboratory. Dr. Bilkis Ara Begum, Chief Scientific Officer, Chemistry Division, Atomic Energy Centre, Dhaka has tested and analyzed the data with due diligence. The analysis of data are annexed in Annexure-XIX. 5.2.6.4 ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION OF RESULTS PM2.5&PM10 Table 5.2-13 represents the ambient PM10, PM2.5, concentrations as per NAAQS as determined using extrapolation procedure.  The PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations are higher than the yearly average Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards and also for 24 hour standards except for the wet season. The contribution of the plant to the cumulative level of air pollutants in the airshed is presumed to be low based on the size and number of other plants in the area. SO2 The 24-hourly SO2 concentration was recorded in the range of 8.02 – 27.45 µg/m3. Average concentration of SO2 are reported slightly higher due to the industrial setup. During the monitoring period, the maximum SO2 concentration is reported at power plant site as 27.45 µg/m3. SO2 concentrations at all the monitoring locations were reported well below 365 µg/m3, which is a 24-hourly National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) for SO2 in Bangladesh. The results were also compared with the WHO guideline values for SO2 and it is noted that the average SO2 concentrations at AQ2 and AQ3 are less than the stipulated guideline value (20 µg/m3), whereas average concentrations at AQ1 is within the interim target-2 (50 µg/m3). NOx The 24-hourly NOx concentration was recorded in the range of 10.3 – 42.6 µg/m3. Average concentration of SO2 are reported slightly higher due to the industrial setup. During the monitoring period, the maximum NOx concentration is reported at power plant site as 42.61 µg/m3.There are no stipulated standards for 24-hourly Nox concentration in Bangladesh and also there is no WHO guideline value for the same. The annual Bangladesh standard and WHO guideline value for NOx are 100 µg/m3 and 40 µg/m3 and present average concentrations at all the locations are well below these values. CO The 8-hourly CO concentration was recorded in the range of 40.0 – 340 µg/m3. Average concentrations of CO are reported low at all the monitoring locations while comparing with the Bangladesh Standards as well as WHO guideline (10 mg/m3). 5.2.7 NOISE LEVEL Excessive noise is a potential issue for both human and biological receivers and can cause a range of negative issues, from mild annoyance and moderately elevated levels of agitation to 79 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant significant disturbance of behavioral patterns and, in severe cases, temporary or permanent hearing loss. According to the World Health Organization Guidelines for Community Noise (1999), daily sound pressure levels of 50 decibels (dB) or above can create discomfort amongst humans, while ongoing exposure to sound pressure levels over 85 dB is usually considered the critical level for temporary hearing damage. Table 5.2-14 shows the Schedule 4 of the ECR sets the acceptable noise level criteria for various land uses in Bangladesh and World Bank general EHS guideline standard for noise level. Table 5.2-14: Standards for Noise (EQS) Sl. Area Category Bangladesh Guidelines (dBA) World Bank general EHS Guidelines Day1 Night1 Day2 Night2 1. Silent Zone 50 40 - - 2. Residential Zone 55 45 55 45 3. Mixed Area 60 50 - - 4. Commercial Area 70 60 70 70 5. Industrial Area 75 70 70 70 Source: Sound Pollution (Control) Rules-2006, Bangladesh, EHS Guidelines for General Environmental Guidelines, April 2007, WBG 1. GoB ―day‖ is 06:00-21:00; GoB ―Night‖ is 21:00-06:00 2. WBG ―day‖ is 07:00- 22:00, WBG ―Night‖ is 22:00-07:00 5.2.7.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL IN THE PROJECT STUDY AREA Noise levels were recorded at Nineteen locations in the study area during the monitoring period. Noise levels were recorded in the form of sound pressure levels with the help of a digital sound level meter. Noise level were recorded for two hours at day and night time in the closest settlement area indicated as NL17, NL18 and NL19 monitoring locations and rest of the locations were recorded for 20 minutes both day and night times. The details of noise monitoring locations are given in Table 5.2-1515and depicted in Figure 5.2-10. The purpose of ambient noise level measurement was to determine sound intensity at the monitoring locations. The sound level is recorded in form of A-weighted equivalent continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values with the use of A-weighting noise measuring instrument. Table 5.2-15: Details of Ambient Noise Monitoring Locations Sl. Code Location Geographic Location Setting Location 1. NL1 South-west corner of the 24° 1'37.79"N plant boundary Industrial 90°59'13.38"E 2. NL2 North-west corner of the 24° 1'42.68"N plant boundary Industrial 90°59'17.54"E 3. NL3 North-east corner of the 24° 1'40.34"N plant boundary Industrial 90°59'20.57"E 4. NL4 South-east corner of the 24° 1'36.35"N plant boundary Industrial 90°59'15.92"E 80 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Sl. Code Location Geographic Location Setting Location 5. NL5 North side of the plant 24° 1'41.91"N boundary Industrial 90°59'18.49"E 6. NL6 North side of the plant 24° 1'41.46"N boundary Industrial 90°59'19.09"E 7. NL7 North side of the plant 24° 1'41.00"N boundary Industrial 90°59'19.67"E 8. NL8 East side of the plant 24° 1'39.43"N boundary Industrial 90°59'19.82"E 9. NL9 East side of the plant 24° 1'38.94"N boundary Industrial 90°59'18.86"E 10. NL10 East side of the plant 24° 1'37.37"N boundary Industrial 90°59'17.07"E 11. NL11 South side of the plant 24° 1'36.73"N boundary Industrial 90°59'15.15"E 12. NL12 South side of the plant 24° 1'37.14"N boundary Industrial 90°59'14.25"E 13. NL13 Adjacent to the engine room 24° 1'39.96"N (Western side) Industrial 90°59'15.79"E 14. NL14 In front of the engine room 24° 1'39.62"N (east side) Industrial 90°59'17.16"E 15. NL15 Infront of the engine room 24° 1'40.47"N (east side) Industrial 90°59'17.67"E 16. NL16 Halima Begum‟s House, 24° 1'35.05"N Char Chartala Industrial 90°59'27.42"E 17. NL17 Habibur Rahman House, 24° 1'39.42"N Char Chartala Industrial 90°59'21.69"E 18. NL18 Akter Mia‟s House, Char 24° 1'37.66"N Chartala Industrial 90°59'21.03"E 19. NL19 Khorshed Mia‟s House, Char 24° 1'36.70"N Chartala Industrial 90°59'16.84"E 81 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 5.2-10: Noise Level Monitoring Locations 82 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Detail noise levels are presented in Table 5.2-16. Table 5.2-16: Noise level in and around the Proposed Project Site Location Normalized Noise Data (dB) Applicable Standard * (dB(A)) Day Night Day Night NL1 63.0±3.0 60.0±2.82 75 70 NL2 65.8±3.09 75 70 69.0±3.2 NL3 50.3±2.37 75 70 51.2±2.4 NL4 58.0±2.73 75 70 61.3±2.9 NL5 62.0±2.91 75 70 63.6±3.0 NL6 59.0±2.77 75 70 61.8±2.9 NL7 52.6±2.47 75 70 53.2±2.5 NL8 53.3±2.50 75 70 55.6±2.6 NL9 63.7±2.99 75 70 64.9±3.1 NL10 58.6±2.75 75 70 59.0±2.8 NL11 60.1±2.82 75 70 60.5±2.8 NL12 60.4±2.84 75 70 60.9±2.9 NL13 64.9±3.05 75 70 66.3±3.1 NL14 66.3±3.12 75 70 67.0±3.1 NL15 62.7±2.95 75 70 65.2±3.1 NL16 53.4±2.51 75 70 56.3±2.6 NL17 58.6±2.75 75 70 59.6±2.8 NL18 56.9±2.68 75 70 57.9±2.7 NL19 61.9±2.91 75 70 62.5±2.9 Source: Field Survey by EQMS (September, 2014) *Environmental Conservation Rules, 1997 (Schedule 4) (subsequent amendment in 2006) Table 5.2-16 summarizes the measured ambient noise levels at each monitoring location. The project area falls into Industrial zone according to Bangladesh Environmental Quality Standard ECR‟97 categorization. Noise levels of all locations were within the standard limit of ECR‟97 (subsequent amendment in 2006). Normalization of Noise level is annexed in Annexure-XX. 5.3 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 5.3.1 OVERVIEW The countries of South and Southeast Asia are considered by the IUCN as regions of high species diversity. A large number of native plants, including 3,000-4,000 species of woody 83 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant flora, have been recorded from Bangladesh. The country lies at the meeting point (tecotonal region) of several floristic provinces, including the Manipur-Khasia, Bengal and North Burman provinces within the Indo-Malayan realm (IUCN, 2002). The entire floodplain of Bangladesh was once well forested, but most of the native forests have disappeared in recent decades due to mounting pressure from human populations. The floodplain land has long been subject to cultivation, the most dominant land use within the study area. Thus only scattered patches of native trees, wetlands and associated fauna habitat remain in isolated locations within the terrestrial environment (IUCN, 2002). In many parts of the country, the abundance of plantations and groves of trees around villages creates an aspect of discontinuous forest (Wahab, 2008). The river systems within the study area are used as local transport routes and are also important for fishing and fish farming. The freshwater watercourses also provide an important nursery ground for native fish. In addition, a number of fish ponds and freshwater wetlands occur within the study area. These areas provide diverse habitats for many freshwater aquatic flora and fauna. The natural forests of Bangladesh have been subject to rapid depletion in recent years. Forests have been declining at a rate of 2.1% annually from the early 1980s. It was estimated in 1999 that only about 6% of the total area of the country merits the term „forested‟ (Salam, et. al. 1999). Traditionally "sal" and mixed evergreen forests used to cover vast areas in the centre and east of Bangladesh. Most of the forests, which are considered of low productivity, have been replaced for tree monoculture plantations using eucalyptus and rubber among other species. Most of this forest land has been denuded, degraded, and occupied by forestry companies or displaced people (IUCN, 2002). Figure 5.3-1and Figure 5.3-2 shows the location of the existing power plant in relation to the country‟s forest and protected areas. The maps illustrates that no protected habitats or reserve forests occur within 50 km of the plant. 84 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 5.3-1: Forest Areas of Bangladesh 85 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Figure 5.3-2: Protected Areas of Bangladesh 86 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.3.2 BIO-ECOLOGICAL ZONE Twenty-five bio-ecological zones have been delineated within Bangladesh by the IUCN. Six parameters were used to determine the areas including: physiography, soil, rainfall and temperature, floral distribution, faunal distribution and flood depth (IUCN 2002). The project site occurs in the Meghna Floodplain bio-ecological zone (4e) as shown in Figure 5.3- 3. Figure 5.3-3: Bio-ecological zone of the study area 87 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Meghna Floodplain Bio-ecological zone A major part of the Meghna floodplain was created by the deposition of sediments brought in by the old Brahmaputra river, before it changed its course to the west of the Madhupur sal tract some 200 years ago. The rest of the sediments were laid down principally by the Meghna river itself and by some minor rivers draining down from the Tipperah hills. This floodplain occupies a low-lying landscape of chars and many broad meandering channels. This zone is mostly affected by seasonal flooding while riverbank erosion is considered the major environmental hazard (Brammer, 1996). The luxuriant growth of palms is the dominant characteristic feature of the vegetation type of this zone. The Betel nut (Areca catechu) is increasingly visible as the dominant tree species towards the western section of this zone, and grows almost in the form of forests along the Meghna above Lakshmipur. It is invariably accompanied by the Mandar (Erythrina indica), a thorny tree species, that serves to shade the young betel nuts. The Coconut (Cocos nucifera) is also very commonly found in the western part of this zone and on the chars. The Toddy palm (Borassus flabellifer) and Date palm (Phoenix sylvestris) are also to be seen in most parts. The Mahogany (Swietenia mahagoni) and Teak (Tectona grandis) planted at the roadsides have, on the other hand, matured well. This zone also produces several varieties of cane, a good deal of bamboo and thatching grass (Khan, 1977). It is evident from old accounts that a few hundred years ago, this zone had, like many other places in Bangladesh, more forest cover than it has today; consequently, faunal diversity was also richer than it is today. Webster (1911) mentioned that the different species of deer, tiger and buffalo, which were well represented in the past, became scarce during the last few decades. Prominent mammalian species, which were found in this zone, are several species of bats, different species of monkeys, pangolins, etc. Moreover, several species of raptorial birds were found in this zone which included: the Red-headed vulture (Sarcogyps calvus), White-rumped vulture (Gyps bengalensis), Crested serpent eagle (Spilornis cheela), Short-toed snake eagle (Circaetus gallicus), etc. All these species are now either extinct or threatened (Khan, 1977). The bio-ecological zone has been separated into two broad ecosystem types that occur within the study area. These are:  Terrestrial; which represents the flora and fauna that occurs in land based areas that remain relatively unaffected by inundation associated with the monsoon; and  Aquatic; which includes the flora and fauna associated with water bodies in the study area, including Meghna River, situated adjacent to the Power Plant. 5.3.3 ADOPTED METHODOLOGY This section deals with the methodology for biodiversity assessment of Flora (tree, shrubs, and herbs) and Fauna (birds, reptiles, amphibians, mammals) as well as the surrounding ecosystems. Most of the field work within the Project study area addressed these groups although each group was dealt with different approaches and requirements. A four person multidisciplinary team was organized to deal with these various aspects. The status of the 88 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant flora and fauna of the study area (both terrestrial and aquatic environments) was determined by:  Reconnaissance survey of project area and surrounding area  Interviews and discussion with local informants  Review of IUCN-Bangladesh Red Data Book relevant to the area, and  Through different secondary sources. 5.3.4 FLORAL COMPONENT Reconnaissance field surveys were made to assess the various vegetation types/ecosystems present within the project impact zone. Once established, the target areas were extensively surveyed and a species assessment was made. To facilitate the identification of the maximum number of species, several visits were made. The study area (both directly and indirectly impacted area) occupies both terrestrial as well as aquatic ecosystems. 5.3.4.1 TERRESTRIAL FLORA There is no designated forest in the project site and this area is dominated by industrial and commercial establishments. Terrestrial plant species is not so diverse. No endangered or threatened were found in the study area. Only common plant species were found in the study area with herbaceous vegetation. As a result of past and continued land use within the study area, there are three main terrestrial ecological communities within the study area. They are:  Agricultural Land;  Homestead Plantation;  Road side vegetation Agricultural Land The study area contain low crop field. The agricultural area provide important hunting and feeding grounds for birds and other wildlife. Species such as the rat (Mus booduga) and rat (Rattus rattus). Thus, predatory birds such as Black kite (Milvus migrans) and House Crow (Corvus splendens) are commonly found foraging in the agricultural areas around the study area. Agricultural vegetation has the lowest diversity of all ecosystem types within the study area. Several weed species occur within this area including Alternanthera sessilis, Amaranthus spinosus, Cynodon dactylon, Polygonum sp., and Oxalis corniculata. Thirteen crop field species were found within the study area these are shown in the ANNEX IV. Homestead Plantation Homestead vegetation within the study area is generally in moderate condition. Most of the houses around in the study area are surrounded by locally cultivated plants. Common homestead vegetation includes Aam (Magnifera indica), Kanthal (Artocarpus heterophyllus), 89 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Supari (Areca catechu), Mehogani (Swietenia mahagoni), Kola (Musa sp.) and Jam (Syzygium cumini). Among the shrubs Datranga (Melastoma malabathricum) and Vat (Clerodendrum viscosum) are the most common species. Such vegetation plays an important role in meeting food, fodder, medicine, fuel and other requirements for local people. Homesteads vegetation also provides good shelter for many wildlife species for nesting, roosting and feeding. Thirty Two homestead species were identified in the study area. Fruit, timber, fuel wood and medicine producing plants were identified. Homestead flora consists of both native and exotic species, a detailed list of these species has been provided in Annex IV. Roadside Vegetation Approximately 12-15 families of the plant species are present in the study area. These are: Gramineae, Leguminosae, Moraceae, Myrtaceae, Cyperaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Rutaceae, Solanaceae, Labiatae, Rubiaceae, Malvaceae, Compositae, etc. The most common roadside plantation trees are Koroi (Albizia procera), Sisso (Dalbergia sissoo), Mahogany (Sweitonia mahagoni), Katanote (Amaranthus spinosus), Dhutura (Datura meteloides), Apang (Achyranthus aspera), Chorekanta (Chrysopogon aciculatus), Jagadumur (Ficus glomoreta), Swetadrun (Leacus lavendulifolia), Tulsi (Ocimum sanctum), Titbegun (Solanum indicum), Benna (Veteveria zizanioides), Bot (Ficus benghalensis) etc. Koroi (Albizia procera), Sisso (Dalbergia sissoo), Mahogany (Sweitonia mahagoni) are the dominant road side plant species in the study area. 5.3.4.2 Aquatic Flora Wetland is a one of the feature in the study area. (Wetlands govern necessary nutrients and other elements for whole ecosystems as it is an important type. There are two types of wetland in the study area.  Permanent wetland and  Seasonal wetlands. Rivers, canals, perennial water bodies and fishponds are the permanent wetland. Seasonal wetland is mainly floodplains which inundates in the monsoon. Most of the study area supports seasonal wetland. Wetland are abounded by different types aquatic flora such as free floating, rooted floating, submerged, sedges and meadows and marginal plants. Free floating plants are commonly observed throughout the study area. A detail species list of wetlands species provided in Annex IV. 5.3.5 FAUNAL COMPONENT There is no forest area in the study area only road side and homestead plantation support the avian species for their nesting. Cultivation and plantation areas support a diverse range of common fauna species; however, the quality of such habitat is influenced by a variety of agricultural practices, including cultivation processes and the use of agro-chemicals. Within the study area, cultivated areas, with their associated vegetation types and homestead bushy area, represent the majority of habitat available for terrestrial fauna species. 90 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Village forests or homestead plantations in this area supplies food, fodder, medicine, fuel and timber for local villagers. Village and homestead vegetation is the single most important plant community in terms of diversity. Settlement, embankment and roadside vegetation plays a very important role in providing shelter for many wildlife species. 5.3.5.1 Terrestrial Fauna Birds (Avifauna) Habitat Condition of the study Area: The study area is mixed land with barren land, homestead plantation, road side plantation. These vegetation are supporting the bird species for their nesting in the study area. Some common birds were seen during the field visit. Species Diversity: A total of about 14 bird species were observed within the study area. A detail about the terrestrial bird species checklist is available in ANNEX V. Important Bird Areas (IBAs) in Bangladesh According to the Bird Life International the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh are listed in Table 5.3-1. The study area is not fall in any important bird area. Table 5.3-1: List of the Important Bird Areas (IBAs) of Bangladesh Country/ International name IBA Criteria Territory Code Bangladesh Aila Beel BD003 A1, A4i, A4iii Bangladesh Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna delta BD011 A1, A4i, A4iii Bangladesh Hail Haor BD006 A1, A4i, A4iii Bangladesh Hakaluki Haor BD004 A1, A4i, A4iii Bangladesh Hazarikhil Wildlife Sanctuary BD013 A3 Bangladesh Himchari National Park BD018 A3 Bangladesh Jamuna-Brahmaputra river BD009 A1, A4i Bangladesh Lawachara / West Bhanugach Reserved Forest BD005 A1, A3 Bangladesh Madhupur National Park BD001 A3 Bangladesh Muhuri Dam BD012 A4i Bangladesh Pablakhali Wildlife Sanctuary BD014 A1, A3 Bangladesh Patenga Beach BD016 A1, A4i Bangladesh Rajkandi Reserved Forest BD007 A3 Bangladesh Rampahar-Sitapahar Wildlife Sanctuary BD015 A3 Bangladesh Rema-Kalenga Wildlife Sanctuary BD008 A3 Bangladesh Sangu Matamuhari BD017 A3 Bangladesh Sunderbans (East, South, West Wildlife Sanctuaries) BD010 A1, A4iii Bangladesh Tanguar Haor and Panabeel BD002 A1, A4i, A4iii Bangladesh Teknaf Game Reserve BD019 A1, A3 (Source- Bird Life international, 2004) 91 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Amphibians & Reptiles The geographical location of Bangladesh is such that there is a high possibility of occurrence of animals and plants. It supports a wide range of floral and faunal community throughout the country. There is no densely protected forest area within in the study area. Due to lack of natural habitat in the study area, the reptiles in this area not diverse but few species are found in the study area including Common Vine snake (Ahaetulla nasutus), Smooth water snake (Enhydris) Indian Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus) were foundin the study area. Aquatic and semi- terrestrial snakes were found within the water or next to the water bodies around the Project site. A variety of lizards and skinks were observed during the survey. Among the lizards identified was the Common garden lizard (Calotes versicolor). Lizards were observed in bushes and the lower canopies of trees in various vegetated areas around the study area. Other common geckos including Brook‟s House Gecko (Hemidactylus brookii), the Common House Gecko (Hemidactylus frenatus) were seen within homesteads. Common skink (Eutrophis macularia) was found in several of the terrestrial habitats around the study area. Their niche habitat is low-lying vegetation, leaf litter, grassy areas, bushes, stream banks, under logs and burrows. The burrow-dweller Bengal monitor (Varanus bengalensis) was seen basking in the study area. Mammals No wild mammal species were observed during the site survey. Common mammals that were found within the study area are Mole Rat (Bandicota bengalensis), Indian gerbil (Tatera indica), Bandicot Rat (Bandicota indica), House Shrew (Suncus murinus), Field Mouse (Mus booduga), House Mouse (Mus musculus), House Rat (Rattus rattus), Small Indian Mongoose (Herpestes autopunctatus) and Indian fox (lepis migrocollis). 5.3.5.2 Aquatic Fauna The main aquatic fauna in this area are different types of fishes. A few ponds that remain almost dry in the summer season in this area are used for natural cultivation of seasonal fresh water fishing. The fresh water fishes are carp (Rui, Katal, Mrigel, Ghania, Kalibaus etc.). The stretch of the river Meghna provides a habitat for a wide variety of fishes and shellfish species, which include carp, catfish (Boal, Pangas, Shilong, Bacha etc.) and live fish (Koi, Singh, Magur etc.). Tortoise, Frogs, Water Snakes etc. are other aquatic found in the Beels around the project area. Table 5.3.-2 presents available fish species in the Meghna river and in the Beel areas. A large number of aquatic fauna was observed in the study area. Many are totally dependent on wetlands (beels, river, ponds) and species are partially dependent on wetlands. There are little available aquatic habitats for faunal species. Wetlands are 92 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant intensively exploited and the habitat is highly disturbed. Despite this, some species have adapted to the altered environment, and others have even flourished. Among the amphibians the skipper frog (Rana cyanophyctis) is common-being found in most of the wetland habitats and has been the most successful in adapting to the altered environment. The common roof turtle (Kachuga tecta) and the flat-shelled spotted turtle (Lissemys punctata) are the most common of the reptiles. These freshwater turtle species face problems of migration during summer when water levels are inadequate. The common aquatic snakes include the checkered keelbaek (Xenochrophis piscator) and the smooth water snake (Enhydris enhydris). The common lizards found within the study area comprise the common skink (Mabuya carinata) and the garden lizard (Calotes versicolor). Among other species that once were common but now are only occasionally seen are the monitor lizards (Varanus bengalensis and V. flavescens). These species prefer a habitat with or near water. Common water birds were seen in the study area including Indian Pond Heron ( Ardeola grayii), Common kingfisher (Alcedo atthis), Little Egret (Egretta garzetta), Indian Cormorant (Phalacrocorax fuscicollis) etc. Aquatic and water-dependent birds have been severely affected by habitat alteration. Wetland degradation has left virtually no sheltered place for waterfowl to roost or nest. Herons, egrets, bitterns and ducks have been intensely affected by habitat alteration. The freshwater dolphin (Platanista gangetica) are seen rarely in the Meghna during the monsoon season. Table 5.3.-2: Common Fish Species in Meghna River and Surrounding Water Bodies Sl. Local name Common name Scientific name 1. Bata Bata labeo Labeo bata 2. Rui Rohu Labeo rohita 3. Mola Pale carplet Amblypharyngodon mola 4. Chital Humped featherback Chitala chitala 5. Bagair Gangetic goonch Bagarius bagarius 6. Koi Climbing perch Anabas testudineus 7. Catla Catla Catla catla 8. Taki Spotted snakehead Channa punctata 9. Shol Striped snakehead Channa striata 10. Gutia Guntea loach Lepidocephalus guntea 11. Mirka Mrigal Cirrhinus cirrhosus 12. Magur Walking catfish Clarias batrachus 13. Ghaura Garua Bachcha Clupisoma garua 14. Kachki Ganges river sprat Corica soborna 15. Tara baim Striped spinyeel Macrognathus aculeatus 16. Sal baim Tire-track spinyeel Mastacembleus armatus 17. Bele Tank goby Glossogobius giuris 18. Chapila Indian river shad Gudusia chapra 19. Golsa-tengra Menoda catfish Hemibagrus menoda 20. Shing Stinging catfish Heteropneustestes fossilis 93 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 21. Ek Thuita Congaturi halfbeak Hyporhamphus limbatus 22. Tengra Day‟s mystus Mystus bleekeri 23. Punti Spot-fin swamp barb Puntius sophore 24. Khalla Corsula mullet Rhinomugil corsula 25. Ayre Long-whiskered catfish Sperata aor 26. Ilish Hilsa Tenualosa ilisha 27. Boal Wallago Wallago attu 5.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT The socio-economic baseline environment of the study area was captured to have a picture of the current situation to allow comparison with that of any potential impact associated with the proposed project. The study included an assessment of the baseline condition of the local stakeholders including the local community, governmental organizations, and community development agencies such as NGO/Self Help Groups etc amongst other as well as taking into account their perceptions on the impacts and benefits from this existing power plant. 5.4.1 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY The approach and methodology adopted for the socio-economic baseline assessment relied on readily available secondary information and primary information collected through consultations with a range of stakeholders for the project as well as sample socio-economic survey of households within the study area of influence . The key activities that were carried out for primary and secondary data collection are summarized as follows:  Desk-Based Review of available project documentation and profile of the project site;  Reconnaissance to the Site to visually observe the social setting in and around 2 km of the area;  Secondary Information is used from the Bureau of Statistic data for 2 km study area.  Consultations with the Various Stakeholders ranging from governmental institutions, local administration (municipality & village administration) , local community, land losers, project proponent and NGOs amongst others  Socio-Economic Survey of the key settlements within close proximity of the existing power plant. The survey was conducted for 52 households and data was collected based on a pre-developed questionnaire to ascertain general socio-economic indicators of the area; 5.4.2 DEMARCATION OF THE PROJECT AREA FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC STUDY From the social perspective, considering that the 2 km radius might entail a very large for primary socio-economic landscape, which may not be entirely relevant from the point of studying the social impact for this power plant, the administrative boundaries of the unions, villages and settlements that lie in the immediate vicinity of the plant site and adjacent rural 94 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant settlement have been taken for primary socio-economic survey of the study area. The adjacent settlement is Char Chartala village under Char Chartala union. 5.4.3 SITE VISIT AND RECONNAISSANCE The site visit was conducted by a team comprising of two social specialists from EQMS. The entire site visit was conducted in September, 2014. The socio economic survey as well as the stakeholder consultations was concluded during this period. 5.4.4 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS The team consulted with a diverse range of stakeholders associated with the project. These included governmental agencies and departments, local administration, NGO, as well as the community. Furthermore, in order to assess the community and household level impacts, a socio-economic survey for a sample household size of 52 within the close settlement of the existing power plant was undertaken. This survey helped establish the baseline conditions of the community living in the vicinity of the project footprint and their opinions, expectation and apprehensions about the existing power plant. The analyses of this data and the inferences drawn have been provided in the following sections. 5.4.5 DOCUMENTATION COLLECTION AND REVIEW During the field assessment and stakeholder meetings, documents of relevance to this study were collected and data from the same was utilized in developing this social baseline. The following is a list of documents that were collected and reviewed during this site assessment.  Bangladesh population Census for 2011 for Brahmanbaria, kishoganj and Narshigdi District  Agricultural Census Data 2013, Char Chartala union of Ashuganj Upazila, Brahmanbaria  Fisheries data of Ashuganj Upazila. 5.4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE PROFILE 5.4.6.1 ADMINISTRATIVE PROFILE OF BRAHMABARIA Brahmanbaria is a district in east-central of Bangladesh and it is a part of the Chittagong division. Total area of Sylhet District is 1,927.1 km2 and total population is 2,840,498. Population density of Sylhet district is 1500 per km2. The Midland Power plant is located at Char Chartala union of Ashuganj upazila under Brahmanbaria district. The plant is located approximately 23.8 km far from district headquarter and 2.4 km from Dhaka-Sylhet national highway. 5.4.6.2 DEMOGRAPHY OF PROJECT AREA 95 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant In accordance to the Census of Bangladesh (2011), the total population of the project study area is 229739. In Char Chartala (where the project site is located), Ashuganj, Araishidha, Bhairab Paurashava, Musapur the total population is 25789, 35110, 20727, 118992, 29121 respectively and average population density is the project study area is 3084 persons per sq km. In comparison, the density of population of complete Ashuganj upazila is approximately 2673 persons per sq km. Ashuganj Upazila consists of 8 Unions, 30 Mauzas and 41 villages. Table 5.4-1provides a snapshot of the key demographic indicators of the key unions within the project study area for 2 km study area. Table 5.4-1: Demographic Profile of the Project Study Area Total Total Average Sex Literacy Upazila Union Population Household Household Size Ratio (%) Char Chartala** 25789 5033 5.1 105 55 Ashuganj Ashuganj 35110 6816 5.1 99 49.4 Araisidha 20727 3715 5.5 93 54.2 Bhairab Bhairab 118992 24057 4.9 103 53.6 Paurashava Roypura Musapur 29121 5807 5 95 47.9 Project Study Area 229739 45428 5.1 99 52.0 Ashuganj Upazila 180654 33552 5.4 96 51.2 Bhairab Upazila 298309 58940 5 97 42.7 Roypura Upazila 535796 110520 4.8 94 40.5 Source: Population and Housing Census, 2011, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS)** Project site is located in this union 5.4.6.3 GENDER RATIO The average household size in the project study area, Ashuganj, Bhairab and Roypur upazila are 5.1, 5.4, 5.0 and 4.8. The Gender ratio in the project study area is 99 as against 96, 97 and 94 for Ashuganj, Bhairab and Roypur upazila respectively. The lowest gender ratio recorded within the study area is in Char Cahrtala union at 105 whereas the highest is in Araisidha at 113. 5.4.6.4 EDUCATION & LITERACY According to the Census of Bangladesh (2011), the literacy rate in the project study area is only 52.0%. In comparison, literacy rates in Ashuganj, Bhairab and Roypura Upazilas are also moderate with only 51.2%, 42.7% and 40.5% of the population classified as literate respectively. The literacy rate was found to be lower in the rural areas as compared to the urban settlements where it was observed to be comparatively greater. The low literacy can be attributed to low availability of educational infrastructure in the district, lack of accessibility, as well as use of traditional and archaic means of education practices. 96 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.4.6.5 SOCIAL CLASSIFICATION As per the 2011 census, the population of the project study area primarily consists of Muslims constituting almost 97.8% of the total population. The remaining 2.8% is primarily constituted by Hindus with Christians, Buddhists and others comprising an insignificant percentage. In the project area, the population primarily consists of Muslims with majority of the same from the Sunnisect. The following Table 5.4-2indicates the various religious profile of the project study area. 97 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 5.4-2: Religion Profile of the Project Study Area Upazila Union Total Population Muslim Hindu Christian Buddhist Others Pop. % Pop. % Pop. % Pop. % Pop. % Ashuganj Char Chartala 25789 25370 98.4 403 1.6 10 0.039 6 0.023 0 0 Ashuganj 35110 32415 92.3 2689 7.7 6 0.017 0 0 0 0 Araisidha 20727 20431 98.6 296 1.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bhairab Bhairab Paurashava 118992 110875 93.2 8082 6.8 30 0.025 4 0.003 1 0.0008 Roypura Musapur 29121 28494 97.8 627 2.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 Project Study Area 229739 217585 94.7 12097 5.3 46 0.020 10 0.004 1 0.0004 Ashuganj Upazila 180654 172249 95.3 8336 4.6 18 0.010 12 0.007 39 0.0216 Bhairab Upazila 298309 286457 96.0 11815 4.0 32 0.011 4 0.001 1 0.0003 Roypura Upazila 535796 515579 96.2 20199 3.8 10 0.002 2 0.000 6 0.0011 Source: Population and Housing Census, 2011, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS)** Project site is located in this union 98 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.4.6.6 VULNERABILITY CLASSIFICATION Vulnerability in the project study area has been defined in the context of socioeconomic status of both individual groups as well as household groups. These include women; old, physically handicapped and destitute people at the individual level and houses headed by women, the physically handicapped, and those below the poverty line. Amongst various categories of vulnerable identified for the project, physically challenged, women and old aged are at the highest risk. 5.4.6.7 Employment Profile In accordance to the Census of Bangladesh (2011), service is the dominant source of employment and household income in the study area. The situation is similar at Ashuganj, Bhairab upazila whereas in Roypura upazila of Narsindi district agriculture is the dominant source of income. In the project study area with a few percentage of the population involved in agricultural practices including direct farming, sharecropping, agricultural labourers etc. With respect to employment profile specifically for the project study area, the following Table 5.4-3provides the key occupation practices. 99 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 5.4-3: Employment Status by field of Activity in the Project Study Area District Upazila Field of Activity Total Population Agriculture Industry Service Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female Pop. % Pop. % Pop. % Pop. % Pop. % Pop. % Ashuganj Char Chartala** 13192 12597 520 3.94 202 1.60 150 1.14 9 0.07 1346 10.20 299 2.37 Ashuganj 35110 17435 792 2.26 17 0.10 1166 3.32 455 2.61 1246 3.55 346 1.98 Araisidha 9987 10740 591 5.92 6 0.06 299 2.99 141 1.31 908 9.09 39 0.36 Bhairab Bhairab Paurashava 60284 58708 1429 2.37 87 0.15 1859 3.08 315 0.54 6830 11.33 1063 1.81 Raipura Musapur 14197 14924 967 6.81 37 0.25 327 2.30 107 0.72 1471 10.36 103 0.69 Project Study Area 132770 114404 4299 3.24 349 0.31 3801 2.86 1027 0.90 11801 8.89 1850 1.62 Ashuganj Upazila 88340 92314 5704 6.46 291 0.32 2852 3.23 1163 1.26 7193 8.14 1304 1.41 Bhairab Upazila 146929 151380 11184 7.61 452 0.30 5515 3.75 484 0.32 12860 8.75 1588 1.05 Roypura Upazila 258993 276803 39191 15.13 914 0.33 4456 1.72 461 0.17 17154 6.62 1753 0.63 Source: Population and Housing Census, 2011, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS)** Project site is located in this union 100 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.4.6.8 LOCAL ECONOMY Agriculture Brahmanbaria‟s economy is primarily agrarian economy as well industrial with significant revenue to its GDP coming from agriculture, industrial and agro based industries. Table 5.4- 4provides a snapshot of agricultural production of some of the key crops in Char Chartala union of Ashuganj Upazil. Table 5.4-4: Production of Key Crops in Char Chartala union of Ashuganj Upazila as per 2012-13 statistics 2012-13 Sl. Crop name Cultivated land (Hectare) Production (Ton/hector) 1. Boro 200 3.75 2. Tomato 10 10 3. Brinjal 8 12 4. Sweet Potato 80 6 5. Mustard 40 1.2 6. Nut 10 2 7. Chili 5 1.5 Source: Agricultural Department, Ashuganj Upazila It can be observed from the above table that Rice, and Vegetables contribute to the majority of the total crop output. Rice especially is cultivated both for self-consumption as well as export to other places in Bangladesh. Local Economy: Fisheries & Aquaculture Fishing is a common livelihood practice around the project study area. In Ashuganj upazila remarkable percentage people involve in fisheries activities in the Meghna River. According to the Upazila fisheries officer, there is 1823 registered and approximately 1000 non registered fisherman live in the Ashuganj upazila whereas 586 fisherman in lalpur union. Livestock & Poultry Rearing of livestock and poultry is also an alternative occupation in Ashuganj. It is mostly a sub-practice carried out in conjunction with farming activities and one of the key sectors that includes participation from women and children. The types of livestock reared include Cow, cattle, buffalo, goats, sheep, fowl, and ducks amongst others. The livestock is reared primarily for milk and meat for self-consumption as well as retail and export. 5.4.6.9 ACCESS TO INFRASTRUCTURE Electricity Electricity is a key issue within the project study area and also an overall concern in Brahmanbaria district with about 71.3% of the district electrified whereas the project study 101 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant area cover 75.5%. The following Table 5.4-5indicates the availability of electricity connection and source of drinking water facility of the project study area. Source of Drinking Water The primary source of drinking water throughout the district and Ashuganj upazila is deep tube well. As per the 2011 census, in Ashuganj, Bhairab & Roypura upazila respectively 90.5, 94.7 and 97.2 of the populations were dependant on tube well for meeting their water requirements. As per the census, it was estimated that 98.2% of the population in study area have access to safe drinking water while the remaining are exposed to other water sources. Table 5.4-5: Sources of Drinking Water and Electricity Facility of the Project Area Upazila Union Total Source of Drinking Water (%) Electricity Households Tap Tube-well Other Connection (%) Ashuganj Char Chartala** 5033 33.4 64.7 1.8 98.4 Ashuganj 6816 12.9 85.2 1.9 92.8 Arisidha 3715 1.1 98.4 0.5 96 Bhairab Bhairab Paurashava 24075 7.5 91.8 0.7 97 Raipura Musapur 5807 0.3 98.8 0.9 83.3 Project Study Area 45446 11.0 87.8 1.2 93.5 Ashuganj Upazila 33552 8 90.5 1.5 91.2 Bhairab Upazila 58940 3.2 94.7 2.1 86 Roypura Upazila 110520 0.2 97.2 2.6 56.4 Source: Population and Housing Census, 2011, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS)** Project site is located in this union Sanitation With respect to the sanitation facilities in the project study area, about 37.2% of the total dwellings have sanitary (water sealed) and 46.7% (non water sealed) latrines. Almost 13.0% percent have non sanitary latrines or Kuchcha toilets and remaining 7.4% is dependent on open defecation. The key factors impeding better sanitation practices are primarily poverty, lack of drainage systems and traditional practices used for generations. The following Table 5.4-6 shows the toilet facility in the project area. Table 5.4-6: Sanitation Facility of the Project Study Area Type of Toilet Facility (%) Total Upazila Union Sanitary Sanitary (non Non- None Households (water-sealed) water-sealed) sanitary Ashuganj Char Chartala** 5033 29.5 64.8 3.9 1.8 Ashuganj 6816 48.9 40.6 8.5 1.9 Arisidha 3715 48.2 46.5 4.7 0.6 Bhairab Bhairab Paurashava 24075 38.7 37.9 19.7 3.8 Raipura Musapur 5807 20.8 43.8 28 7.4 Project Study Area 45446 37.2 46.7 13.0 3.1 Ashuganj Upazila 33552 35.1 55.2 7.8 1.9 Bhairab Upazila 58940 20.4 34.6 37.4 7.6 102 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Type of Toilet Facility (%) Total Upazila Union Sanitary Sanitary (non Non- None Households (water-sealed) water-sealed) sanitary Roypura Upazila 110520 20.4 38.2 30.1 11.3 Source: Population and Housing Census, 2011, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics (BBS)** Project site is located in this union 5.4.6.10 CULTURAL HERITAGE The project study area as such, does not encompass any key cultural heritage or resource of national or regional value. The only cultural resources within the area are local mosques and graveyards. 5.4.7 FINDINGS OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY The baseline assessment also comprised a socio-economic survey which was conducted in the closest rural settlement of the existing Midland power plant and data collected from randomly selected 52 household in order to gain first hand information about the key household level socio-economic indicators. The socio-economic data was collected on the following main indicators: • Demographic Trends • Access to Public Amenities and Infrastructure • Access to Utilities and Resources • Asset ownership • HH Expenditure & Loan and Debt • Participation of Women • Overall awareness and opinion about the project The following sections provide results from the analysis of the data collected as per the above indicators. 5.4.7.1 DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS Household Size According to the survey data, the majority of the households in the study area have more than 5 members. A significant percentage (64%) has 5-7 members followed by (28%) households having 2-4 members. Only about 6% of the total sample constituted of households having below 8-10 members and 2% have more than 10 members. Figure 5.4- 1shows the household size of the study area. 103 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Household Size 2% 6% 28% 2-4 members 5-7 members 8-10 members More than 10 members 64% Source: Socio-economic Survey by EQMS (September, 2014) Figure 5.4-1: Average Household Size in the study area Population There are 284 peoples living in 52 households in the area giving an average of 5.5 persons per household. Population age and sex distribution According to the survey data, the majority of the households in the project area have average population age 25 years. There are 43% women and 57% men. 5.4.7.2 OCCUPATIONAL PROFILE As per the survey data it can be observed that almost 27% of the respondents are involved in agricultural labour followed by business (20%), Non Agricultural labour (14%) Agricultural activity (9%), Private Service (4%) and Fisherman (2%) in the study area. 24% are doing other activities including rickshaw-puller, construction worker, driver etc. It can also be observed that majority of the women respondents are housewives or involved in household activities. Figure 5.4-2showing the occupational profile of the study area. 104 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Occupation Profile of HH as per Survey 9% Agriculture 24% Agri Labour Non Agri Labour 27% 4% Business/Trade 2% Fisherman Private service 20% Others 14% Source: Socio-economic Survey by EQMS (September, 2014) Figure 5.4-2: Occupation Profile of the Project Area 5.4.7.3 EDUCATION & LITERACY In terms of education and literacy amongst the sample, majority of the respondents were found to be primary level almost 41% and a significant proportion has illiterate almost 40%. Also secondary 19% of the total sample. Figure 5.4-3shows the education and literacy of the study area. Literacy Profile of HH as Per Study 19% 40% Illeterate Primary Up to SSC 41% Source: Socio-economic Survey by EQMS (September, 2014) Figure 5.4-3: Education and Literacy of the Study Area 105 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.4.7.4 ACCESS TO UTILITIES & RESOURCES Property of household In the Surveyed area, category of land ownership namely Private and Government property are available and recognized. In the present survey, data or household land ownership by category and by type of land were collected to sketch the land ownership scenario for the Villages. The whole land ownership scenario in Surveyed area has been sketched by drawing two different scenarios with Scenario-I land owner, scenario-II is household renter. Conservative estimation considering private Property is 85%,Government Property 15%. Almost these property households have been conveying Ownership about 71% property owners, 8% giving house hold rent, 15% squatter and 6% sharecropper. Sanitation Facilities It can be observed from the below Figure that some of the households or approximately 58% in the project study area pit latrine and 42% sanitation latrine facilities. Moreover, proper sanitation facilities almost 70% mostly observed in the middle and upper middle class sections of the society. Source of Fuel for Cooking Households in the study area use fuel for cooking purposes from different sources including Firewood, crop residue, Kerosene, Cylinder gas, Biogas etc. Almost 32% Source of Fuel has bought from market and 68% collected from nearby sources. Access to resources Among the surveyed HH within the project study area, certain questions were asked with respect to access to key resources such as water sources, grazing land, hospital and markets. All surveyed households reported to have immediate access to resources way within a distance as reported in the following Table 5.4-7. Table 5.4-7: Access to Resources in Study Area Access to Resources Less than 1 km 1-3 km >3 km Total HH Main Market - 52 - 52 Medicine/Hospital - 52 - 52 Masjid/Temple 52 - - 52 Grazing land 52 52 Surface water sources 52 52 106 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 5.4.7.5 ASSET OWNERSHIP Land Ownership The survey has revealed that about 85% own homestead and 8% own agricultural irrigated land. House Type Majority of the houses in the sample area surveyed are Kuccha and made of locally resourced materials such as mud, straws, Asbestos and burnt bricks. In the study area there are 34% are earthen floor with tin wall and tin roof, 60% are Brick floor with tin wall and tin roof and rest of are built in concrete. Household Income The main sources of income of the surveyed area are agriculture and livestock, agriculture labour, fisheries, non-agriculture labour, industry, business, hawker, transport, construction, service, rent remittance, and others. The income-earner in the HH on average 26% earns below 5000Tk per month. Almost 44% earns 6000-10000 Tk per months. 22% earns 11000- 15000 Tk per month. Only 8% households earns 15000Tk above which have been helping their solvency. Domestic Animals The percentage of households possessing domestic animals is observed to be moderate in the study area with more than 75% not owning any form of domestic animals. However within the remaining 25% most of the HH owned or reared cows, goats, hens and ducks. 5.4.7.6 HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE It can be observed from the survey that the majority of the expenditure is attributed to food and consumable resources with almost half of the monthly income being allocated for the same. Other significant expenditures include clothing, education and healthcare, transportation and Fuel. 5.4.7.7 OVERALL PERCEPTION ABOUT THE EXISTING POWER PLANT Majority of the respondents have a positive perception about the power plant. They express their opinion that the power plant is a national asset and support to meet our electricity demand. Only who lives in adjacent to the power plant provide their opinion regarding the noise level and odor problem those mostly comes from other industry located near to the settlement and they inform that noise level from the power plant is tolerable. Positive expectations of the surveyed household are primarily with respect to overall development in the area, improved road facilities and employment opportunity for the local people. 107 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER6: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 6.1 INTRODUCTION This section analyses the potential environmental and social impacts due to the Project. The Project activities will occur in two distinct stages of the Project life cycle: (a) Construction of the Plant (Construction Phase) and (b) Operation and maintenance of the Plant (Operation Phase). However, some of the social impacts are linked to the pre-construction phase of the project. The Project does not envisage any major environmental impact in the pre-construction phase. However, there are social impacts associated with the planning and pre construction phase due to land acquisition (with no physical displacement involved). The same have been discussed in Section 6.1.10 along with other social impacts. Note: Environmental and social impacts during decommissioning of the Plant have not been considered in the impact assessment, as these will depend on the options available at the time of expiry of the power purchase agreement between MPCL and BPDB. If the Power Purchase Agreement, Land Lease Agreement, Gas Supply Agreement and the other relevant agreements are not extended or renewed and an alternative economical fuel is available, the power plant may be retrofitted to support alternative power generation. This option would be possible, provided that the required retrofits and new emission rates meet the applicable standards and guidelines. If retrofitting is not a feasible option, and the operational life of the Power Plant expires, the power plant will be decommissioned according to the requirements of the authorities at that time. 6.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE The major activities during the construction phase of the 51 MW gas fired power plant may be broadly classified into the following: (i) mobilization of equipment,materials and personnel; (ii) site preparation; and (iii) civil construction andelectromechanical installation/erection. Some of these project activities would likely to have some adverse impacts on certainenvironmental parameters, while some other would have beneficial effects. In this study, theeffects of the project activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic (i.e.,human interest related)parameters have been assessed separately. 6.2.1 ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS Construction of gas fired power plant would have some potential impacts (direct and indirect) on the existing ecological environment. Activities such as land clearing and alteration, movement of people and vehicle, material placement, excavation, accident, etc. 108 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant have direct or indirect impacts on the existing ecological environment. During construction phase, small scale impacts could be identified by studying or monitoring the associated flora and fauna. Large scale impact, if any, could be identified after completion of the proposed project through careful long-term study and monitoring. In this study, at first possible general impacts of project activities on 3F (flora, fauna and fish) have been assessed, which has been followed by more specific evaluation of ecological impacts and risk assessment. 6.2.1.1 IMPACT ON FLORA Construction of power plant has potential impacts (direct and indirect) on the existing aquatic and terrestrial flora. Within the project sites, magnitude/intensity of these impacts may vary from place to place, and some could easily be identified, while others require long- term study/monitoring. However, general impacts on project works on flora are briefly described below. Aquatic Flora The proposed Gas Fired Power Plant project site has aquatic habitat which supports few common aquatic floral species and none of them are threatened in Bangladesh. All aquatic floral species are grown in the wild within the proposed project site. Due to proposed project activities, all aquatic flora inside the proposed project would be adversely affected. People, vehicle and material movement over the aquatic floral habitat may cause damage or may uproot from the ground. Terrestrial Flora The proposed project site has terrestrial habitat which supports diversified terrestrial floral species, and none of them are threatened in Bangladesh. During site preparation, some naturally grown floral species (herb and shrub) would have to be cleared; but cutting or clearing of trees would not be required, as there are not “trees” within the project site. These herbs and shrubs within the project site are used by certain adaptive wildlife as habitat for certain time, and therefore, removal of these would have some potential impact. Terrestrial undergrowth has great contribution to the existing ecosystem, and clearing or removal of the undergrowth would also have some adverse impacts. 6.2.1.2 IMPACT ON FAUNA INCLUDING FISH Construction of the power plant could have some adverse impacts (direct and indirect) on the existing aquatic and terrestrial fauna due to their highly sensitive and reactive behavior for disturbance that may occur at or near their habitat. Faunal species that are sensitive to direct (human activity and traffic) or indirect disturbance (noise) would be impacted most. Habitat disturbance would reduce habitat availability and effectiveness for a certain period for mammals, reptiles, amphibians, birds and their predators. There are also some possibilities of direct mortality and displacement of amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals from the use of vehicle or machineries over terrestrial or aquatic faunal habitats. Quantification of these losses is difficult; however, the impact is expected to be low and 109 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant short-term in nature. Actions near fish habitats may also have some potential impact on fish fauna e.g., mortality, contamination of water, etc. However, fish habitat (i.e., the river) is not likely to be affected significantly during the construction phase of the project. Amphibians Few common amphibian species are available at or near the proposed project site and none of them are nationally threatened. Amphibians are more sensitive to the environmental changes due to their permeable skin and other biological features. Amphibians use both aquatic and terrestrial habitat for their survival and changes of those habitats have a great impacts for their survival. The proposed project activities could have some impacts on existing amphibians such as (i) undergrowth or vegetation may be cleared for construction works, (ii) project vehicle and materials may enter into the shallow / deep freshwater bodies or saturated ground, (iii) increased contamination of water due to various actions related to project, etc. These impacts may cause temporary or permanent disturbance of amphibian habitat. Impacts on amphibian population could be evaluated by monitoring the changes of species composition and richness and their relative abundance. Reptiles Few common reptilian species are available at or near the proposed project site and none of them are nationally threatened. One reptile was identified in the study area but not from within the project site. Reptiles are sensitive animal and sometimes used as indicative species for bio-environmental assessment. Burrowing reptiles are bio-sensitive and respond quickly to any man-made or natural activities/calamities. If the project activities are conducted during pre or post breeding season of the burrowing reptiles, the entire community could be affected seriously or their life cycle could be jeopardized. Birds Some avian species are available at or near the proposed project site and none of them are nationally threatened. Most birds have adaptive capability by which they can survive in altered environment. Potential impacts are disturbance due to project related actions and excessive human presence during bird‟s foraging, resting and nesting time that might result in reproductive disturbance/failure. Removal of floral (tree, herb and shrub) species for proposed project would affect some bird habitat from where they collect food (insects), take rest and also build nests. Potential impacts for those bird species are (i) habitat destruction, (ii) temporary displacement due to increased human disturbance and vehicle movement, and (iii) nest abandonment and/or reproductive failure caused by project related disturbance. Mammals Few common mammalian species are available at or near the proposed project site and none of them are nationally threatened. One aquatic mammal was identified as threatened from the study area, but not from the proposed project site. Some mammalian species may be 110 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant disturbed and displaced from portions of the project sites for some hours, days or months due to the project activities. They are likely to return to their habitat soon after the disturbance has ceased. Project activities, e.g., movement of vehicle and people could displace potential prey species for some mammal within the project area. However, the effects are expected to be temporary, incidental and minimal. Fish The stretch of the river Meghna provides a habitat for a wide variety of fishes and shellfish species and none of them are nationally threatened. A few ponds that remain almost dry in the summer season in this area are used for natural cultivation of seasonal fresh water fishing. Therefore, potential impact seems to be restricted only in the river of the proposed project site. These fishes may encounter some potential impacts from the proposed project activities such as mortality, soil /sand deposit to fish habitat, water drawn from shallow fish habitat etc. Monitoring of native fish species composition change and their richness/relative abundance could be an indicative tool to evaluate project impacts. 6.2.1.3 EVALUATION OF ECOLOGICAL IMPACT Significant potential impacts would require alternative and/or additional mitigation measuresabove and beyond those already incorporated in the base design for the project / activity. Thesignificance of an impact is determined by:  Ecological consequence of the activity  Likelihood of occurrence of the activity and  Calculating the product of these two parameters. Consequence and likelihood of ecological impacts resulting from planned activities arediscussed below.Changes in the planned activities for the proposed project would affect boththe impact assessment and also the planned mitigation activities. Consequence Table 6.2-1 presents the consequence assessment criteria for ecological impact assessment. Thelevel of consequence for each identified impact is determined by examining a number offactors relating to the activity. Each category has a number of parameters as follows:  Ecological perception of the activity  Ability of natural environment (ecological fabric and structure) to absorb the impact(i.e. adapt to change) based on its natural dynamics and resiliencies and/or  Whether or not the activity results in a breach of legislation, regulation or standards to which the project must comply and/or a breach in operator policy. It should be noted that in assessing an impact, the assigned level of consequence might bedifferent for different consequence criteria. Where this has been found to be the case for thisproject's proposed activities, a rule has been established that the highest ranking criteriaestablish the overall consequence ranking for the impact in question. 111 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 6.2-1 Categories and definition of consequence levels for ecological impacts Category Ranking Definition Critical 5  Very serious environmental effects with impairment of ecosystem function.  Long-term, widespread effects on significant environment (e.g. unique habitat, national park)  Habitat restitution time >100 years and requiring extreme substantial intervention. Major 4  Serious environmental effects with some impairment of ecosystem function (e.g. displacement of species).  Relative widespread medium–long term impacts.  Habitat restitution time >10 years and requiring substantial intervention.  Potential for continuous non-compliance with environmental regulations and/or company policy. Moderate 3  Moderate effects on biological environment but not affecting ecosystem function.  Moderate short-medium term widespread impacts  Habitat restitution time 1-5 years (possible limited and local areas up to 10years) with potential for full recovery and limited or no intervention required.  Potential for short to medium term noncompliance with environmental regulations and/or company policy. Minor 2  Minor effects on biological environment.  Minor short-medium term damage to small area of limited significant  Full recovery in < 1 year without intervention required.  Any potential non-compliance with environmental regulations and/or company policy would be minor and short-term. Low 1  No lasting effect.  Low-level impacts on biological environment.  Limited damage to minimal area of low significant.  Compliance with environmental regulations and/or company policy at all times.  Possible beneficial effect or ecosystem improvement. None 0  No impact on ecosystem damage.  No compliance required for environmental regulations and/or company policy at all times.  Possible beneficial effect or ecosystem improvement. Limited +  Some beneficial improvement to ecosystem. Positive  Benefits to specific flora and / or fauna. Modest ++  Moderate beneficial improvement to ecosystem. Positive  Medium benefits to specific flora and / or fauna. Significant +++  Major beneficial improvement to ecosystem. Positive  Large scale benefits to specific flora and / fauna. Likelihood The following Table 6.2-2 presents criteria for level of likelihood of the occurrence of an activity. The level of likelihood for each identified impact is determined by estimating the probability of the activity occurring. Table 6.2-2 Likelihood of occurrence and rankings natural impacts Impact Likelihood Ranking Definition Impact Frequency Almost Certain 5 The activity will occur under Very Frequent (80–100%) normal operating conditions. (High frequency of occurrence–occur morethan one per month) Very Likely 4 The activity is very likely to Frequent (60 - 80%) occur under normal operational (Regular frequency. Event likely to conditions. occur at least once per year) Likely 3 The activity is likely to occur at Occasional 112 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Impact Likelihood Ranking Definition Impact Frequency (40 - 60%) some time under normal (Occurs once every 1 – 10 years) operating conditions. Unlikely 2 The activity is unlikely to but Few (20 - 40% may occur at some time under (Unlikely to occur during life of normal operating conditions. operations – occurs once every 10–100 years) Very 1 The activity is very unlikely to Rare Unlikely occur under normal operating (Highly unlikely to occur during life of the (0 - 20%) conditions but may occur in operation. Occurs less than once every 100 exceptional circumstances. years). Impact Significance The significance of ecological impact is determined by calculating the consequence and likelihood of occurrence of the activity, expressed as follows: Significance = Consequence × Likelihood The above two tables illustrate all possible consequence and likelihood for the different consequences and likelihood categories. The possible significance rankings are presented in the following Table 6.2-3. Table 6.2-3 Ecological impact significance rankings Ranking Significance (Consequence × Likelihood) >16 Critical 9-16 High 6-8 Medium 2-5 Low <2 Negligible Table 6.2-4 illustrates the risk assessment matrix for the power plant project. Based on the above risk assessment matrix, Table6.2-5 shows the ecological impact of the proposed power plant project. Table 6.2-5 indicates that most ecological impacts are rated as low. No long- term adverse impacts to the floral and faunal species or their ecosystem are expected. Table6.2-4 Risk assessment matrix Likelihood/ Frequency Consequence Severity Low Minor Moderate Major Critical Almost certain High High Extreme Extreme Extreme Very Likely Moderate High High Extreme Extreme Likely Low Moderate High Extreme Extreme Unlikely Low Low Moderate High Extreme Very Unlikely Low Low Moderate High High 6.2.2 PHYSICO-CHEMICAL IMPACTS The important physico-chemical environmental parameters that are likely to be affected bythe project activities during construction phase include water and soil quality, air quality, andnoise level. The potential impacts of the project activities on these physico- chemicalenvironmental parameters are described in this Section. 113 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 6.2.2.1 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY AND GENERAL ENVIRONMENT Waste and wastewater generated during the construction phase of the project includeconstruction debris and wastes, and some other solid wastes (e.g., from labor sheds), humanwastes from people working at the project site (e.g., from labor sheds), and some liquid wastefrom construction processes. These waste/ wastewater could lead to pollution of water andgeneral environment, if not properly disposed. Wastewater Wastewater, in the form of human wastes, will be generated mainly in the temporary laborsheds. This could be a major source of pollution (including water pollution) if not properlydisposed. Use of un-sanitary latrines and improper disposal of human waste would createenvironmental pollution and adversely affect health and wellbeing of the people at theconstruction site by increasing the risk of disease transmission. Proper disposal of wastewatershould therefore be ensured as suggested in Section 6.5. There is also risk of diseasetransmission from workers from outside who would come to work within the MPPcomplex. Solid waste Construction debris and wastes to be generated during the construction phase would includescrap iron, steel, wooden frames, piping, and other solid wastes. Most of it will be generatedtoward the end of the construction phase during carrying out of the finishing works, while thesite will be cleared of waste materials. The volume of such construction wastes is likely to besignificant. Indiscriminate storage and disposal of these construction debris and wastes couldcreate local water logging and ponding by blocking drainage lines and would be aestheticallydispleasing. Proper disposal of these wastes, as described in Section 6.5, is thereforenecessary. 114 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 6.2-5 Summary of potential ecological impact assessment Potential Impacts Ecological Source / Project Impact Description Likelihood Consequence Risk Rating Receptor Type Activities Site Preparation Floral destruction Flora  Direct, Negative Likely Minor Moderate /clearing for base camp  Long term, Local and MPP and associated  Irreversible activities Loss / alteration of faunal habitat Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low  Short term, Local  Reversible Increased access for exposed faunal harassment Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low or killing (e.g. snake, rat)  Short term, Local  Reversible Construction of base Disturbance of soil dwelling fauna (e.g. bee Fauna  Direct, Negative Likely Minor Low camp eater, rat)  Short term, Local  Reversible MPP construction Generation of high intensity welding flash and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low noise  Short term, Local  Reversible Contamination of surface soil with used Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low lubricant, if any  Short term, Local  Reversible Fencing Movement disturbance of terrestrial fauna Fauna  Direct, Negative Likely Minor Low (amphibian, reptile & mammal)  Short term, Local  Reversible Material storage or Habitat destruction of terrestrial flora (herb, Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low placement shrub) and borrowing faunal habitat and  Short term, Local Movement disturbance of terrestrial fauna  Reversible (amphibian, reptile & mammal) Vehicle movement Impairment of terrestrial flora (herb & shrub), Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Likely Minor Low terrestrial fauna (amphibian, reptile & mammal)  Short term, Local  Reversible Equipment installation Habitat destruction of terrestrial flora (herb, Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low shrub) and movement disturbance of terrestrial  Short term, Local fauna (amphibian, reptile & mammal)  Reversible Soil excavation Habitat destruction of terrestrial / aquatic flora Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low (herb, shrub) and Movement disturbance  Short term, Local /habitat destruction of terrestrial (burrow) fauna  Reversible 115 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Potential Impacts Ecological Source / Project Impact Description Likelihood Consequence Risk Rating Receptor Type Activities (amphibian, reptile, bird & mammal) Noise disturbance Disturbance of terrestrial faunal livelihood Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low [movement, foraging, breeding) (amphibian,  Short term, Local reptile, bird & mammal)  Reversible Water quality Water contamination due to project related Fauna and Fish  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low activities (e.g. waste discharge)  Short term, Local  Reversible Exhaust from generators Movement disturbance of terrestrial fauna (e.g. Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low aves)  Short term, Local  Reversible Spills (oil / Chemical) on Habitat destruction of flora and fauna Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Very Minor Low land or water  Short term, Local Unlikely  Reversible Waste generation: Impairment of the health of terrestrial flora and Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low (Solids/liquid/gaseous) fauna  Short term, Local (e.g. cement bags,  Reversible exhaust from cranes/ Nuisance noise, dust, emissions, lighting etc Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low heavy equipment,  Short term, Local domestic waste)  Reversible Increased level of disease vectors (mosquitoes, Flora and Fauna  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low rats, flies, etc)  Short term, Local  Reversible Water and soil contamination due to sewage Fauna and Fish  Direct, Negative Unlikely Minor Low discharge ( e.g. increase in water borne diseases)  Short term, Local  Reversible Decommissioning Nuisance (e.g. noise, emission, vibration etc) Fauna  Direct, Negative Likely Minor Low  Repair of damaged from heavy machinery.  Short term, Local roads  Reversible  Removal of structures  Restoration of site etc 116 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Solid waste of domestic nature that would be generated in the temporary labour sheds at the construction site is not likely to be significant in volume. But indiscriminate disposal of such solid waste would create environmental pollution and unhealthy situation at the project site. These solid wastes should also be disposed of properly as outlined in Section 6.5. Drainage Since the construction phase involves significant earthwork, there are chances of stagnation and ponding of storm water if care is not taken for proper drainage of storm water. Impacts Related to Construction of Gas Pipeline It should be noted that a gas pipeline of 1.05km will be constructed along the available existing roadfrom the Gas Valve Station of GTCL to the RMS of MPCL compound forsupply of gas to the proposed power plant. It has very minimal adverse impact in the project considering the disturbance of the movement of the normal vehicles, sound generation for pipeline connection, and dust generation for the trenching of the road. 6.2.2.2 AIR QUALITY IMPACTS During the construction phase of the proposed power plant project, the important sources ofemissions would include those from the operations of construction equipment andmachineries, vehicles carrying construction materials to the site and taking construction debris out of the site. If construction equipment, such as stone (aggregate) crushers is used at the site, this may result in significant emission of particulate matter during its operation. Since construction of the proposed power plant project would most likely involve significant earthworks, increase in particulate matter in the air from wind-blown dust is also a concern to the project site. Mitigation measures as outlined in Section 6.5 should be adopted to minimize the possible adverse impacts of project activities on air quality. 6.2.2.3 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL During construction stage major source of noise is expected to stem from transport vehicles which include barges and trucks. Also noise is expected to be produced from plant construction activities. The construction phase may be broadly classified into two different groups: i. General Site and Plant Construction, ii. Water and Effluent Treatment Plant construction, and iii. Access Road Construction. To assess the noise generated by different activities it is essential to identify the equipment to be used at various stages of the construction work. Therefore, an inventory of the probable equipment to be used and their reference noise generation data are of utmost importance. 117 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant General Site and Plant Construction Construction of the 51 MW gas fired power plant will involve numerous activities. The major construction activities are: 1. General plant construction on the north-western part of the complex; 2. Loading and unloading of construction materials and equipment along with the power generation equipment; 3. Pile driving at the site; 4. Construction of the access road to the north of the processing facility; and 5. Earthwork trucks transporting cuttings along the access road for power plant construction. Inventory of equipment to be used in general site and plant construction Some major works such as pile driving, transportation of the equipment and machineries from the dock to the site, installation of the plant, civil works, etc. may induce noise related problems. Construction equipment at the facility is expected to include; 1. Conventional earth-moving equipment, such as excavators, heavy trucks, off–road trucks, roller–trucks, 2. Concrete mixers and cranes. This equipment will be used to grade and prepare the ground for construction of power plant. Pile drivers are also expected to be used intermittently during the construction operation. Vibration caused by the pile driver may also be a problem during the construction phase. Access Road Construction: At present, access to the proposed site is through a paved road which ends about 75m short of the proposed site boundary. Therefore, an access road needs to be constructed to ensure easy and safe access to the proposed plant. Major activities expected to take place for the construction of the access road include, excavation, earth filling, compaction and pavement casting. Inventory of equipment to be used during access road construction To accomplish the construction works mentioned above following equipment are expected to be used; i) Heavy truck; ii) Off-route truck; iii) Excavator; iv) Roller; v) Grader; and v) Concrete mixer. The heavy trucks will be employed in carrying construction materials. The off-route trucks will be used to carry away earth cuttings using excavator. The roller will be used for ground preparation and the concrete mixer will be for preparation of concrete mix. Noise Impact – Construction Phase As mentioned earlier, noise may cause mild to severe impact on human nervous system if exposed to sustained high level noise exposure. The physical and psychological impacts 118 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant depending on level of exposure may be annoyance, speech interference, sleep deprivation, performance degradation and hearing loss. Accordingly, the Bangladesh Standard for noise level is 75 dBA at daytime and 70 dBA at night (DoE, 1997). 6.2.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS In many development projects, the most significant loss of income results from loss of land (due to land acquisition) and income. However, for the proposed power plant project, no land would have to be acquired as the land owner himself is planning to construct the power plant and hence there will be no loss of private land or property. There will be no displacement of population and no resettlement will be required. Also, the proposed project site is not used for any income generating activity, and therefore, there will be no direct loss of income associated with proposed project. However, a number of project activities will have some adverse impacts on certain socioeconomic parameters (e.g., traffic and communication, public health), while other will have beneficial impacts (e.g., employment). The impacts of the project activities during construction phase on important socio-economic parameters are summarized below. 6.2.3.1 TRANSPORT During construction phase, some additional traffic will be generated for bringing in construction material and equipment. This traffic will pass through heavily traveled Dhaka- Ashugonj road. Road traffic flow to and from the project site is likely to increase during the construction phase due to increased movement of vehicles carrying construction materials, equipment and machinery, and personnel. However, possible adverse impact of increased traffic flow is likely to be limited, especially if mitigation measures, as outlined in Section 6.5, are adopted. The negative impact of the increased traffic flow would be mostlyconcentrated mainly within the Midland Power Plant Complex and affecting people in residentialareas located close to the project site. 6.2.3.2 NAVIGATION Large barges are likely to be used to carry the power plant equipment to the plant site via the Meghna River. It is a busy navigation route. So there will be some crowding of in the navigation channel. However, such crowding is expected to be minor in nature and easily manageable. 6.2.3.3 PUBLIC HEALTH The construction activities of the power plant are likely to have some impact on human health and well being due to increased noise pollution and vibration, and local air pollution within and around the project site. Construction activities will generate dust (see Section 6.2.2).Noise pollution and vibration will be generated from additional traffic and operation of construction equipment. The residential building located close to the project site will be affected by such noise pollution and vibration. A detailed assessment of noise pollution and its impact is presented in Section6.2.2. Solid wastes generated by the construction activities 119 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant and labors may create environmental pollution and thus affect public health, if not properly disposed (see Section 6.2.1). Accident during construction phase is also an important issue. Proper measures including regular maintenance of equipment and use of protective gear are needed to reduce the risk of such accidents during the construction phase. 6.2.3.4 EMPLOYMENT Some job opportunities will be created for labors as well as skilled manpower (including engineers) for construction of the proposed project. Installation of power plant will require relatively small number of skilled personnel and laborers; as such installation is highly automated. 6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OPERATIONAL PHASE 6.3.1 OVERVIEW OF IMPACTS During operation of the 51 MW gas fired power plant, certain environmentalparameters will experience some adverse impacts while some others will enjoy beneficialeffects. In this study, the effects of the project activities on ecological, physico-chemical, andsocio-economic parameters have been assessed. As noted earlier, since the project site islocated in a developed industrial area that does not appear to be very sensitive, ecologically.The impact of project activities on most ecological parameters (e.g., wetlands, homestead vegetation, forest cover, bushes and trees, wild life, species diversity) are mostly insignificant. Since there will be no thermal discharge (or other forms of discharge from the power plant) in the Meghna river, the operation of the power plant will not affect the water quality or the aquatic ecosystem of the river. However, thermal emission from the power plant may have some adverse impact on homestead vegetation in the surrounding areas. The effects of project activities a number of physico-chemical environmental parameters have been assessed. These parameters include noise level, water quality, and air quality. The potential impacts of the project activities on these physico-chemical environmental parameters are described in this Section. The impact of the power plant project at its operation phase on socio-economic parameters will be mostly beneficial. Increased power supply will promote well-being of the people suffering from lack of power supply or serious load shedding; it is also likely to have positive impact on industrial activities and employment. The impacts of project activities on socioeconomic parameters are also described in this Section. 6.3.2 NOISE IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE As mentioned in Chapter 5 prolonged exposure to high level of noise may cause significant damage to human hearing organ and may cause neurological damage. OSHA noise exposure limits for the work environment provides a guideline for the time of noise 120 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant exposure at the work environment which may be adopted to prepare an environmental management plan(Table 6.3-1). Table 6.3-1 OSHA noise exposure limits for the work environment Noise (dBA) Permissible Exposure (Hours and minutes) 85 16 hrs 87 12hrs 6 min 90 8 hrs 93 5 hrs 18 min 96 3 hrs 30 min 99 2 hrs 18 min 102 1 hr 30 min 105 1 hr 108 40 min 111 26 min 114 17 min 115 15 min 118 10 min 121 6.6 min 124 4 min 127 3 min 130 1 min Note: Exposure above or below the 90dB limit have been "time weighted" to give what OSHA believes are equivalent risks to a 90 dB eight-hour exposure. Source: Marsh, 1991, p. 322. Therefore, noise assessment during the operational phase of different units of a power plant is essential to adopt adequate management and mitigation measures. With the engine noise specification a noise modeling is prepared for this project. The noise model and engine specification are annexed in Annex-XIV and Annex-XV respectively. Add paragraph on the data Impact during General Site and Plant Operation The project area falls into Industrial zone according to Bangladesh Environmental Quality Standard ECR‟97 categorization. Noise levels of all locations were within the standard limit of ECR‟97 (subsequent amendment in 2006). 6.3.3 WATER QUALITY ASSESSMENT The Gas Engine component of the power plant does not generate any thermal effluent which needs to be discharged in the environment. This is because a closed cycle cooling system using cooling towers and condensers which will dissipate the waste heat into the ambient air rather than the surface water body. Only the intermittent losses of water from the system will be supplemented from the ground water and there will not be a discharge of water out of the system into the river unless there is an accident or a temporary shutdown due to operational maintenance. Although the baseline information of the water quality has been taken into consideration and depicted in Chapter-5 of this report. 121 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 6.3.4 AIR QUALITY The proposed 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant is a relatively cleaner technology for electricity production, especially when natural gas with no sulfur content (as is the case here) is used as fuel. It is expected to produce minimal impact on the air quality of the surrounding environment. Only NOx emission, particularly during operation of the Gas Engine(GE) tends to be a problem because of the high combustion temperature. However, use of Dry Low NOx (DNL) burner technology in this project is likely to reduce NOx emission significantly. After commissioning of the plant, the stack emissions will satisfy the emissions standards for NOx, CO and Particulate Matter (PM). The effect of stack emissions (NOx during operation of the GT; and NOx, CO and PM during operation of the gas fired power plant) on ambient air quality has been assessed as a part of the ESIA. Thermal emission, particularly during the operation period of the Gas Engine, is also an important issue. 6.3.4.1 EFFECT OF STACK EMISSIONS ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY Computer aided mathematical models are being used to predict the increase in air pollutants concentration on ambient air quality due to any increase in the emission load in the atmosphere. For the proposed project, computations of 24-hour average ground level concentrations were carried out using ISC-AERMOD View model, which is a recommended model by USEPA for prediction of air quality from point, area and line sources. It is based on Gaussian dispersion which incorporates the Pasquile-Gifford (P-G) dispersion parameters for estimating horizontal cross wind and vertical dispersion. ISCST-3 model has been developed to simulate the effect of emissions from continuous point sources on neighborhood air quality. The ISCST-3 model was adopted from the USEPA guideline models and routinely used as a regulatory tool to predict air pollution impact from as high as 500 point sources simultaneously and at 10,000 receptors. The ISCST-3 is an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian model which takes into account the following special features:  Terrain adjustments.  Stack-tip downwash.  Gradual plume rise.  Buoyancy-induced dispersion, Complex terrain treatment  Consideration of partial reflection.  Plume reflection off elevated terrain.  Building downwash.  Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for.  Hourly source emission rate, exit velocity and stack gas temperature. The impacts of primary air pollutant are predicted using ISC-AERMOD View model, which has been selected keeping in view the terrain around the project site. This model is widely recognized as predictive tool in impact assessment for air environment. The model has been 122 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant applied with flat terrain, gradual plume rise and buoyancy induced dispersion options in the present study. The model with the following options has been employed to predict the cumulative ground level concentrations due to the proposed emissions from stacks of boilers and incinerators.  Predictions have been carried out to estimate concentration values over radial distance of 5 km around the sources.  Terrain data for the entire study area has been calculated by using SRTM data. This was further processed to generate the study specific terrain data in AERMAP.  Cartesian receptor network with elevated terrain was considered.  Emission rates from the point sources were considered as constant during the entire period.  The ground level concentrations computed are as basis without any consideration of decay coefficient.  Calm winds recorded during the study period were also taken into consideration.  24-hour mean meteorological data extracted from the meteorological data of September 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014 has been employed to compute the mean ground level concentrations to study the impact on study area.  Average ground level concentrations have been superimposed with the help of ISC- AERMOD View Model in Google Earth. The results of the Air Quality Modeling clearly indicate that the baseline concentrations of NOx as well as predicted concentrations are well within the limits specified in Bangladesh standards. The details of the Air Quality Modeling are described in Annex-XII. 6.3.4.2 THERMAL EMISSION It should be noted that a number of power generators and industries around the site are contributing to the increase in ambient air temperature. Operation of the proposed power plant, together with the other plants and industries may increase ambient temperature around the project site. Nevertheless, mitigation measures should be adopted to mitigate the adverse impacts resulting from such increase in ambient temperature. 6.3.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS During operation phase, no significant negative impact is anticipated on socio-economic environmental parameters. Significant positive impacts are expected due to improvement in power supply. This will reduce load shedding in Dhaka city and contribute to the national economy. Well-being of the surrounding population, especially Dhaka city, will be significantly improved due to generation of electricity during peak hours. Currently Dhaka 123 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant city is reeling under unbearable load shedding. Such load shedding is hampering normal day to day activities of the city including schooling. Industrial Activities: Existing Industries will be benefited from additional and uninterrupted power supply from this proposed plant. New industries will come up, which will in turn increase socioeconomic growth of the region. Employment: Employment will be generated in the industrial sector. Besides, some employment will be generated for the operation and maintenance of the new power plant. National Economy: National economy will be benefited by the availability of additional supply of power to industrial sectors. Industries will be able to use more of their capacity, which now frequently suffers from power outage. Industries will also be able to reduce their dependence on diesel for back-up power generation, which will save additional expenditure and foreign currency.Given the current load shedding situation, impact of this additional power generation on national economy will be significant. 6.3.6 CUMULATIVE IMPACT 6.3.6.1 AIR QUALITY In this study, efforts have been made to assess cumulative impacts of the proposed power plant on air quality. There are a large number emission sources (e.g., Ashugonj Fertilizer Factory (AFF), other power plants etc.) surrounding the proposed project area (Table-6.3-2), all of which contribute to air pollution. Local data on the nature and rate of emissions from the fertilizer plant sources are almost nonexistent. Similarly, there are significant uncertainties regarding future developments in this area and potential emissions from such sources. Therefore, in this study, the cumulative impact on ambient air quality has been assessed by considering equivalent concentrations of the power plants using data USEPA AP 42 documents. It should be mentioned here that the list of some industries been collected from the project baseline survey work by the consultant. So, all the point sources within 10Km radius were considered to understand the cumulative emission of the project area. It is found that MPCL contribution in the Ashuganj Airshed is only 4.2%. However, the details and assumptions of the air quality modeling exercise are explained in Annex XII (Air pollution modeling for operation phase of the power plant). From the model data it is apparent that the baseline concentrations of NOx as well as predicted concentrations are well within the limits specified in Bangladesh standards and WHO guidelines. List of Power plant and factories within 10Km radius of the project area is listed in Table 6.3-2. Table-6.3-2 List of Factories and Power Plants within 10km radius of MPCL, Charchartola,Ashugonj,B-Baria 124 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Sl. Products & Equivalent Name of Installation Capacity Remarks No. Services Power (MW) Ashugonj Fertilizer and 1 Urea factory 1300 MT/day Chemical Company Limited 150* Ashugonj Fertilizer and Captive Power 27 MW, Steam 2 Chemical Company Limited Plant Turbine 27 774 MW (Steam Ashugonj Power Station Govt. Power 3 Turbine, Gas Turbine Company Limited Plants & Gas Engine based) 774 United Ashuganj Power IPP Power 53 MW, Gas Engine 4 Ltd. Plant based 53 IPP Power 95 MW, Gas Engine 5 Agrico Power Plant Plant based 95 IPP Power 55 MW, Gas Engine 6 Precision Energy Limited Plant based 55 7 Capacity of Power Plants other than MPCL 1155 51 4.2% IPP Power 51 MW, Gas Engine contribution 8 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Plant based of the total generation * Calculated using USEPA AP 42 data (0.17 kg/MT) 6.3.6.2 NOISE LEVEL The cumulative effect of the noise to be generated by the proposed 51 MW gas fired power plant during the operational phase has been modeled during the study. These modeled values are for conditions where there were no noise barriers, such as buildings or trees between these plants. Since there are a number of buildings as well as trees and boundary walls the receptor is expected to experience noise much less than this value. The cumulative effect of the proposed plant is expected to be dominated by the noise generated by AFF the plant nearest to the Power Plant. The model shows that the Leq of the noise generated by the proposed 51 MW Power Plant at a distance of 200m from the plant site is expected to be about 62.77dBA (Annex-XIV). These modeled values are for conditions where there were no noise barriers, such as buildings or trees between these plants. Since there are a number of buildings as well as trees and boundary walls the receptor is expected to experience noise much less than this value. The cumulative effect of both of these proposed plants at a common point is expected to be dominated by the noise generated by the plant nearest to the receptor. 6.4 IMPACT EVALUATION This section provides an evaluation of the impacts of project activities (described in Sections 6.2 and 6.3) on the physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic parameters, both during construction and operation phases of the project. For convenience, the impacts have been categorized as “positive impact”, “no impact”, and “negative impact”. Again the intensity of positive and negative impacts have been classified (qualitatively) into “low”, “moderate” and “high” categories. Short-term (Sh) and long-term (Lo) nature of impacts have also been identified. 125 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 6.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 6.4.1.1 IMPACT ON PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS Table 6.4-1 summarizes the effect of project activities on physico-chemical environmental parameters during construction phase of the project. The physico-chemical environmental parameters that could be affected by the project activities include water and soil quality, air quality and noise level. As discussed in Section 6.2, water and soil quality could be affected mainly by project activities such as mobilization of equipment and personnel (e.g., solid and liquid waste from labor sheds), and site preparation. Effects of solid and liquid wastes generated during construction phase would not be very significant, especially if mitigation measures as outlined in Section 6.5 are adopted. The overall negative impact of such activities is likely to be “short-term (Sh)” and of “low” intensity. Table 6.4-1 Effect of project activities on physico-chemical environmental parameters during construction phase Physico- Environmental Examination chemical Positive Impact No Impact Negative Impact parameters Low Moderate High Low Moderate High Water and X (Sh) Soil Quality Air Quality X (Sh) Noise Level X (Sh) Sh=Short-term; Lo=Long-term 6.4.1.2 IMPACT ON ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Table 6.4-2 shows the effects of the project activities during construction phase on ecological parameters. As noted earlier in Section 6.2.2, the project area is not very sensitive ecologically and hence the impacts of project activities on most ecological parameters are not very significant. Therefore, impacts of project activities on flora, fauna, and fish would be of “moderate” intensity. Table 6.4-2 Effect of project activities on ecological parameters during construction phase Ecological Environmental Examination parameters Positive Impact No Impact Negative Impact Low Moderate High Low Moderate High Aquatic flora X (Lo) Terrestrial X (Lo) flora Aquatic fauna X (Sh) Terrestrial X (Sh) fauna Fish X (Sh) Sh=Short-term; Lo=Long-term 126 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 6.4.1.3 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC PARAMETERS Table 6.4-3 shows the effects of the project activities during construction phase on socio- economic parameters. The project activities during construction phase will have some adverse impact on public health, transport and communication, and well being due to increased noise pollution and vibration, and local air pollution within and around the project site. Table 6.4-3 Effect of project activities on socio-economic parameters during construction Socio-economic Environmental Examination parameters Positive Impact No Impact Negative Impact Low Moderate High Low Moderate High Health and well X (Sh) being Navigation X (Sh) Transport and X (Sh) Communication Employment X (Sh) Sh=Short-term; Lo=Long-term 6.4.2 OPERATION PHASE 6.4.2.1 IMPACT ON PHYSICO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS Table 6.4-4 summarizes the effect of project activities on physico-chemical environmental parameters during operation phase of the project. Effect of project activities during operation phase on physico-chemical environmental parameters will be mostly of “low” intensity. Table 6.4-4 Effect of project activities on physico-chemical environmental parameters during operation phase Physico- Environmental Examination chemical Positive Impact No Impact Negative Impact parameters Low Moderate High Low Moderate High Water and X (Sh) Soil Quality Traffic Flow X (Lo) Air Quality X (Lo) Noise Level X (Lo) Sh=Short-term; Lo=Long-term As the Government of Bangladesh has a long term plan to develop the region as the region earmarked for electricity production, it is recommended to impose restrictions on industries generating significant amount of particulate matter. 6.4.2.2 IMPACT ON ECOLOGICAL PARAMETERS Table 6.4-5 summarizes the effect of project activities on ecological parameters during operation phase of the project. Most ecological parameters will not be affected by the project activities during operation phase. 127 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 6.4-5 Effect of project activities on ecological parameters during operation phase Ecological Environmental Examination parameters Positive Impact No Impact Negative Impact Low Moderate High Low Moderate High Aquatic flora X (Lo) Terrestrial X flora Aquatic fauna X (Lo) Terrestrial X fauna Fish X Sh=Short-term; Lo=Long-term 6.4.2.3 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC PARAMETERS As shown in Table 6.4-6 the project will mostly have beneficial impacts on socio-economic parameters during operation phase. National economy will be benefited by the availability of additional supply of power to industrial sectors. Since the power plant is located in an industrial zone, the industries will benefit from additional and uninterrupted power supply from this proposed plant. New industries will also come up, which will in turn increase socioeconomic growth of the region; employment is also likely to increase in the industrial sector. Table 6.4-6: Effect of project activities on socio-economic parameters during operation phase Socio-economic Environmental Examination parameters Positive Impact No Impact Negative Impact Low Moderate High Low Moderate High Health and well X (Lo) being Navigation X Transport X Employment X (Lo) Industrial X (Lo) Activities National X (Lo) Economy Sh=Short-term; Lo=Long-term 6.5 MITIGATION MEASURES 6.5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 6.5.1.1 CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND WASTE Project construction activities will result in generation of considerable amount of inert solid wastes, including lumber, excess concrete, metal and glass scrap, and empty containers used for non- hazardous substances. Management of these wastes will be the responsibility of the Contractors. Typical management practices include recycling, proper temporary storage of waste and debris, and housekeeping of work areas. The wastes left after recycling will be transported to disposal in municipal land fill area. No part of this type of construction waste 128 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant should be mixed with the domestic solid waste generated within the MPCL; these solid wastes should be handled separately. 6.5.1.2 SOLID WASTE The solid wastes of domestic nature generated mainly in the labor sheds should be collected and stored separately (i.e., without mixing it with construction wastes/debris) in appropriate containers within the construction site. The solid wastes should be disposed of away from the site (e.g., in a municipal landfill/waste dumping ground) outside the complex, at the responsibility of the Contractor. For assessing quantity of solid waste (of domestic nature) to be generated at the construction site, a generation rate of 0.2 kg per worker per day may be used. It should be noted that at present, solid waste generated within the MPCL are collected in drums (approximately one for ten families), where the solid waste from the surrounding residences is disposed off. There are personnel who collect waste from these drums and dispose them at the dumping site. The current practice of open disposal of solid waste is not a sound and acceptable practice. If open dumping of solid waste is continued disease vectors may grow in number and spread diseases among the inhabitants within and outside the complex. 6.5.1.3 LIQUID WASTE/WASTEWATER The human wastes at the labour should be appropriately disposed of through construction of sanitary latrines connected to appropriately designed septic tank system (consisting of septic tank and soakage pit). For this purpose, a wastewater generation rate of 50 lpcd may be assumed. The septic tank system may be designed following the procedure described in Ahmed and Rahman (2003). However, care should be taken in designing the septic tanks and soak pits as the groundwater table in the area remains close to the surface during wet season. Wastewater generated from different construction activities is not likely to be significant in volume. Disposal of such wastewater may be carried out by draining them in shallow pits (1 to 1.5 m deep) dug in the ground at appropriate locations, and filling them up with sand at the end of the construction phase. In all cases, the wastewater streams should be separated from the storm water stream, which will be disposed of separately utilizing the existing storm water disposal system at the MPCL Complex.Annex-XIII describes the Storm water drainage layout plan including septic tanks details for 100 users. 6.5.1.4 TRAFFIC FLOW Haulage routes should be selected away from sensitive establishments such as residential areas, schools and hospitals. Also, especial care should be taken while transporting the equipment through existing installations. Where routes pass through sensitive sites it is recommended to install barriers to protect sites from noise and emission. Maintenance of engines and exhaust systems are recommended to minimize emission. In order to prevent noise and air pollution it is recommended to construct permanent hard surfaces in the roads connecting to the construction site. It is also recommended to inspect the roadway regularly. 129 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Moreover, unpaved roads should be well compacted and maintained through sprinkling using binder and additives. 6.5.1.5 AIR QUALITY Construction materials at the site should be properly covered while hauled and stored, roadsproperly cleaned and water sprayed in order to minimize concentration of dust in air. Vehiclemovement to and from the site should be properly managed to ensure that is does notsignificantly aggravate the traffic problem and air pollution. Stone (aggregate) crushingactivities should not be allowed within the MPCL complex. Health status of working staff should also be monitored regularly at the nearby Health Center of the MPCL complex. 6.5.1.6 NOISE LEVEL It should be noted that noise-sources are point sources and will be used for a short duration during the initial stages of the construction works. However, to a receptor at a distance of 60m away from their sources the cumulative effects of the generated noise may cause annoyance. When ground cover or normal unpacked earth (i.e., a soft site) exists between thesource and receptor, the ground becomes absorptive to sound energy. Absorptive groundresults in an additional noise reduction over distance of 1.5 dB per doubling of distance. The proposed mitigation measures of the heavy machinery operations for construction works are listed below:  Normal working hours of the contractor will be between 06:00 and 21:00 hours from Sunday to Saturday. If work needs to be undertaken outside these hours, it should be limited to activities that do not lead to exceedance of the noise criteria at nearby Noise Sensitive Receptors (NSRs);  Only well-maintained equipment should be operated on-site;  Regular maintenance of equipment including lubricating moving parts, tightening loose parts and replacing worn out components should be conducted;  Machines and construction plant items (e.g. trucks) that may be in intermittent use should be shut down or throttled down between work periods;  Low noise equipment should be used as far as practicable;  The number of equipment operating simultaneously should be reduced as far as practicable;  Equipment known to emit noise strongly in one direction should be orientated so that the noise is directed away from nearby NSRs as far as practicable;  Noise enclosures should be erected around stationary equipment;  Noise barriers should be installed such that the nearest receptors are shielded from the line of sight;  Noisy machinery (such as breakers and rollers) should be located as far away from NSRs as practicable;  Material stockpiles and other structures should be utilized, where practicable, to screen noise from on-site construction activities. 130 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant The proposed mitigation measures of the increased traffic volume for construction works are listed below:  Only those vehicles meeting the standards stipulated in Schedule-5 of the EnvironmentalConservation Rules, 1997 shall be used;  Vehicles should be regularly maintained; and  Transportation of materials on and off site through existing community areas should beavoided at all times. 6.5.1.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY OF WORKERS Workers should have personal protective equipment (PPE) for protection against noise and others hazards.Contractors should comply with therelevant IFC guidelines ofoccupational health and safety of the workers.The Contractors  Shall observe and maintain standards of Health and Safety towards all of his employees not less than those laid down by the national standards or statutory regulations.  Shall provide all appropriate protective clothing and equipment for the work to be done and ensure its proper use. Where required, safety nets, the contractor shall provide belts, harnesses and lines. The “safety directives for work equipment” and “safety directives for protective gears”, as specified in the Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines shall be followed.  Shall provide and maintain in prominent and well-marked positions all necessary first-aid equipment, medical supplies and other related facilities. A sufficient number of trained personnel will be required to be available at all times to render first aid.  Must provide or ensure that appropriate safety and/or health signs are in place at their work sites where hazards cannot be avoided or reduced.  Shall report to the Engineer promptly and in writing particulars of any accident or unusual or unforeseen occurrences on the site, whether these are likely to affect progress of the work or not. 6.5.1.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT Health hazard resulting from dust and noise pollution will impacted on the society of the nearby residence. Scheduling of project activities should be done in such a way that majornoise producing activities are not carried out during nighttimes. Traffic hazard during construction will increase and need to be carefully managed forthe safety of locality and many industrial laborers of the surrounding area. 6.5.2 OPERATION PHASE Most of the socio-economic parameters will experience beneficial effects during theoperation phase of the power plant project. Efforts should be made to enhance thesebeneficial impacts (see Table 6.4-6), which may include incentives for proper growth ofindustries in the area. During the operational phase exceedingly high level of noise is expected to be generatedwithin the confines of the turbine and generator installations. Prolonged exposure to suchhigh level of noise may cause permanent hearing loss. Therefore, proper protective 131 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant measuresshould be adopted during the operation and inspection of this equipment. Under nocircumstances the operators should be allowed to enter these installations without properprotective gears such as ear muffs. Double-paneled glass doors and windows, along withsound absorbing soft padding on the walls of the turbine and generator room, should beprovided for reducing noise exposure to the power plant personnel.Sound proof canopy could be used for reducing the sound level of the engine. This canopy can also help the generator from dust and water. Some adverse impact during the operation phase of the plant will come from emission of NOxand Particulate Matter (PM) from the power plant. Use of Dry Low NOx (DNL) technology inthis project is likely to reduce NOx emission significantly. Plantation of fast growing trees around theproject siteis recommended to reduce adverse impacts of emissions, especially thermalemission, from the power plant. These trees will also act as sound barriers. The indigenousspecies of tree suggested for plantation are listed in Table 6.5- 1. In addition to this, in thestack design due consideration should be given to providing proper insulation. Since theproject is located in an area where the air quality is deteriorating day by day, the InternationalFinance Corporation (IFC) stack design guidelines for a degraded air-shed should be adopted.(See Annex VI for the guidelines). Mitigation measures of the Occupational Health and Safety issues for the workers during the operation of the plant are listed below: • Comply with Occupational health and safety guidelines presented in Section 2.0 of the General EHS Guidelines published by IFC. The General EHS Guidelines of IFC covers various OHS aspects including General facility design and operation; Communication and training; Physical hazards; Chemical hazards; PPE; Special hazard environments; and OHS Monitoring and record keeping programs; • Comply with Occupational health and safety guidelines presented in Section 1.2 of the EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants published by IFC for the health and safety impacts particular to operation of power plants. • As part of HSE&SMS, Project will formulate and implement: Occupational H&S Policy, Occupational H&S related Vision and Mission Statements, Occupational H&S Manual, Health and Safety related regulatory register, Health and Safety SOPs, H&S Auditing systems, OHS Training systems, Health and Safety records, Senior Management Review systems etc. As discussed earlier, presence of excess particulate matter in the air may adversely affect theoperation of the Gas Engine power plant through reduction of air filter life. Hence effortsshould be made to make sure that industries around the project site comply with national airquality standards (GoB, 1997). Restrictions may also be imposed on installation of industriesin the area that emit significant amount of particulate matter. Assistance of DoE may besought in this regard. Table 6.5-1Tree species recommended for plantation within the MPP Sl. No Common Name Scientific Name Typical spacing between trees 1 Nagessor Mesua nagassarium 5m 2 Akasmoni Acacia longifolia 5m–7m 3 Babla Acacia Arabica 5m 4 Bahera Terminalia belerica 5m 5 Sissoo Dalbergia sissoo 5m 132 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 6 Rain tree Albizia procera 6 m – 10 m 7 Krishnachura Delomix regia 5m 133 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER-7: INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION 7.1 INTRODUCTION Participation is a process, through which stakeholders influence and share control over development initiatives, the decisions and the resources, which affects them. Participation of stakeholders in the projects is also a primary requirement in developing an appropriate management plan that addresses project‟s requirement and suited to the needs of the stakeholders. Stakeholder‟s involvement is also vastly increases the probability of successful implementation of management plan. In order to make consultation and disclosure process effective and fruitful, comprehensive planning is required to assure that local government, NGOs, host population and project staff interacts regularly and purposefully, throughout all stages of the project and contribute toward a common goal. Public opinion has been collected through interview and focus group discussion meeting. For better understanding the socio-economic and environmental condition two focus group discussions were held with the local people in the closest settlement area of the existing power plant. Interview was held with different government official representatives. 7.2 APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR CONSULTATION The approach undertaken for consultation involved the following key processes.  Mapping and Identification of key stakeholders such as primary (direct project influence) and secondary (indirect project influence) stakeholders;  Undertaking interviews and focus group discussions (FGD) with the respective stakeholders;  Assessing the influence and impact of the project on these stakeholder groups;  Summarizing of key findings and observations from the consultations; and 7.3 STAKEHOLDER ASSESSMENT A stakeholder is defined as “a person, group, or organization that has direct or indirect stake in a project/organization because it can affect or be affected by the Project or its Proponent‟s actions, objectives, and policies”. Stakeholders vary in terms of degree of interest, influence and control they have over the Project or the proponent. In the present study, all the stakeholders have been primarily categorized into two categories that have been identified as:  Primary Stakeholders: include people, groups, institutions that either have a direct influence on the project or are directly impacted (positively or adversely) by the project and its activities; and  Secondary stakeholders: are those that have a bearing on the project and its activities by the virtue of their being closely linked or associated with the primary stakeholders and due to the influence they have on the primary stakeholder groups. 134 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant  Apart from categorization, the stakeholders have also been classified in accordance with the level of influence they have over the project as well as their priority to the project proponent in terms of importance.  The influence and priority have both been primarily rates as:  High Influence/Priority: This implies a high degree of influence of the stakeholder on the project in terms of participation and decision making or high priority for project proponent to engage that stakeholder.  Medium Influence/Priority: This implies a moderate level of influence and participation of the stakeholder in the project as well as a priority level for project proponent to engage the stakeholder who are neither highly critical nor are insignificant in terms of influence.  Low Influence/Priority: This implies a low degree of influence of the stakeholder on the project in terms of participation and decision making or low priority for project proponent to engage that stakeholder. Based on the above attributes, the following Table 7.3-1delineates the stakeholders identified for the project and their analysis. Table 7.3-1: Stakeholder Mapping for the Project Stakeholders Category of Brief profile Overall Basis of Influence Rating stakeholder influence on the project Project Management Midland Power Primary MPCL is the primary Highest  Are the primary project Company Limited project proponent own proponents (MPCL) a controlling stake of  Responsible for operation 100% in the project of this project  Primary financial beneficiaries  Responsible for all the project related risks and impact liabilities Community Land Losers Primary Land Owners impacted Medium  Lack of information during with respect to loss of land acquisition process land and potential  Support to land losers in livelihood impact. terms to temporary sustenance and employment opportunities  Preference for Employment opportunities Local Community Primary • Primarily includes Medium  No major restrictions adjacent community to around the project site the power plant especially with respect to especially grazing land CharChartala  Project bring development to the area  Increase in employment opportunities and preference in job 135 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Stakeholders Category of Brief profile Overall Basis of Influence Rating stakeholder influence on the project  Improvement in electrical supply and infrastructure in the area  Minimise impact Regulatory/Administrative Authorities & Agencies Dept. of Primary The Department of High  Responsible for monitoring Environment, Environment is the project‟s Environmental Bangladesh primary government compliance throughout the regulatory authority project lifecycle for Environmental protection in Bangladesh. Other Regulatory & Primary High  Agencies required for Permitting obtaining permits and Authorities licenses for operation of the project  Primary involvement during operation phases Political Administration Upazilla (sub Secondary Elected representative Medium  Key linkage between the District of people at sub- community and the project Level) Political district level for a fixed proponent Administration tenure Union leaders & Secondary Elected representative Medium  Plays important role in local at union level i.e. providing public opinion representatives village level for a fixed and sentiment on the tenure project  Empowered to provide consent and authorization for establishment of project on behalf of the community 7.4 SUMMARY OF CONSULTATION The details of consultations held with issues raised or discussed and suggestions provided by the respective stakeholders are presented in Table 7.4-1and Photographs are presented in ANNEXVII. Table 7.4-1: Details of Consultations Held for the Project Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/ Suggestions Details made 29/09/14 Department of 1. Md. Shafayet Alam,  Primary fishing  There is no Fisheries Ashuganj Upazila sanctuary designated fishing Fisheries officer, located in and around sanctuary in the 01718687063 in Ashuganj Meghna River of 2. Md. Shahidul  Understanding on the Ashuganj Upazila Hossain, Asst. Fisheries Fishermen community  Approximately 3000 136 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/ Suggestions Details made Officer  Any impacts on the lives in the Ashuganj 01716664756 aquatic population in upazila involved in the Meghna River from fishing activities the Midland Power  Due to their zero Plant discharge in surface. No impact ever recorded by the Midland power plant to the Meghna river. 29/09/14 Upazila 1. Rehana Akter  Benefit from the project  It is a national asset Women Vice  Any women and we require more Chairman involvement during plant to meet the construction of the national electricity power plant demand.  Any impact due to the  Local people were power plant involved in this power plant during construction and benefited  No local women were involved during construction  Till present no impact recorded or any complain raise after construction of the power plant. 29/09/14 Department of 1. Towfique Ahmed  Understanding and  Agriculture is the Agriculture Khan, Upazila Broad overview of the primary mainstay of Extension Agriculture Officer, agricultural sector in the upazila and Ashuganj, 01938815761 Ashuganj contain 300 hactor 2. Jewel Rana,  Information on the cultivable land Agricultural Extension crops grown in the area  Net food demand is Officer, Ahuganj, and agricultural 30870 metric ton and 01716017856 practices net production is 3. Narayan Cahndra  Any direct impact in 24903 metric ton Das, Sub Asst. agriculture due to the whereas the food Agricultural Officer, establishment of the deficiency is 5967 Ashuganj, 01813154520 power plant metric ton in this upazila.  The agricultural practices in the region are a mix of both cultivating one‟s own land as well as sharecropping.  There is no agricultural land close to the power plant so no chance to contaminate the 137 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Date Stakeholder Details of participants Issues discussed/raised Response/ Suggestions Details made agricultural field. 29/09/14 Union 1. Md. Ayub Khan,  Understanding  This power plant Parishad office, Chairman, Char about the power plant develop the area as Char Chartala Chartala Union,  Expectations from the an industrial setup Ashuganj, 01718125936 plant authority and in this region the 2. Ashiqur Rahman,  Any local people land value is Secretary, Char Chartala involvement in the increasing day by Union, Ashuganj power plant day.  Any impact or  Local peoples were complain arise due to involved during the the plant operation construction period and presently 7-8 persons are doing job in this power plant.  No complain arisen after the plant operation  Only the noise level is high of the power plant.  Demand from the authority is to establish a primary school and mosque 7.5 FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSION Discussions were held with the communities who are lives in close to the power plant. Two focus group discussions were held in the char chartala village. The overall outputs from the FGD are given below. Photographs of FGDs and list of participants are presented in the ANNEX VIII. 1. Main environmental concern is noise pollution that is generated from the power plant. Overall the noise of this power is comparatively low compared to other industry. 2. During construction stage all of the affected households got proper compensation. 3. During winter season transmission line wire make noise which is disturbing. 4. This plant do not causes any surface water pollution 5. The plant authority should develop the existing connecting road 6. Few local people have gotten job in this power plant 7. Required more job opportunity in the plant specially jobless young people 8. Proper fire fighting system is to be preserved in the plant for safety Public Comments Responses of Management Main environmental concern is noise Plant authority properly maintain the noise pollution that is generated from the power pollution management procedure plant. Overall the noise of this power plantis 138 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Public Comments Responses of Management comparatively low rather than other industry. During construction stage all of the affected Authority has been provided proper households got proper compensation compensation to the affected people. This plant do not causes any surface water This plant does not discharge effluent in the pollution surface water. The plant authority should develop the Authority is on process to develop the existing connecting road connection road by taking help from LGED. Few local people have gotten job in this If any opportunities arise for non-technical power plant. Require more job opportunity work the affected households will get this in the plant specially jobless young people benefit as a priority basis. Proper firefighting system is to be preserved This plant has well fire fighting facilities in the plant for safety 7.6 PUBLIC DISCLOSURE The final ESIA report will need to be disclosed in an accessible place (e.g. local government offices, libraries, community centers, etc.), and a summary translated into local language (Bengali) for the project-affected people and other stakeholders. The World Bank will post the final ESIA document on its website so affected people, other stakeholders, and the general public can provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation. 139 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER 8: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1 SCOPE OF EMP The primary objective of the environmental management and monitoring is to record environmental impacts resulting from the project activities and to ensure implementation of the “mitigation measures” identified earlier in order to reduce adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts from specific project activities. Besides, it would also address any unexpected or unforeseen environmental impacts that may arise during construction and operation phases of the project. The EMP should clearly lay out: (a) the measures to be taken during both construction and operation phases of the project to eliminate or offset adverse environmental impacts, or reduce them to acceptable levels; (b) the actions needed to implement these measures; and (c) a monitoring plan to assess the effectiveness of the mitigation measures employed. Environmental management and monitoring activities for the proposed power plant project could be divided into management and monitoring: (a) during construction phase, and (b) during operation phase. 8.2 WORK PLANS AND SCHEDULES 8.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE The environmental management program should be carried out as an integrated part of the project planning and execution. It must not be seen merely as an activity limited to monitoring and regulating activities against a pre-determined checklist of required actions. Rather it must interact dynamically as project implementation proceeds, dealing flexibly with environmental impacts, both expected and unexpected. For this purpose, it is recommended that the MPCL for this specific project should take the overall responsibility of environmental management and monitoring. The MPCL will form a team with required manpower and expertise to ensure proper environmental monitoring, as specified in Section 8.4, and to take appropriate measures to mitigate any adverse impact and to enhance beneficial impacts, resulting from the project activities. The MPCL through its team will make sure that the Contractor undertake and implement appropriate measures as stipulated in the contract document, or as directed by the GM, MPCL to ensure proper environmental management of the project activities. It should be emphasized that local communities should be involved in the management of activities that have potential impacts on them (e.g., traffic congestion in the surrounding areas). They should be properly consulted before taking any management decision that may affect them. Environmental management is likely to be most successful if such decisions are taken in consultation with the local community. The environmental management during the construction phase should primarily be focused on addressing the possible negative impacts arising from: (a) Generation and disposal of sewage, solid waste and construction waste 140 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant (b) Increased traffic (c) Generation of dust (particulate matter) (d) Generation of noise (e) Deterioration of water quality The environmental management should also focus on enhancing the possible beneficial impacts arising from employment of local workforce for construction works. Table 8.2-1 summarizes the potentially significant environmental impacts during construction phase, the measures needed to eliminate or offset adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts. The monitoring plan and monitoring schedule has been presented in Section 8.4. Table 8.2-1Potentially significant environmental impact during construction phase and mitigation measures Activity/Issues Potentially Significant Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Responsible Parties Measures Influx of  Generation of sewage and  Construction of sanitary latrine and Contractor workers solid waste septic tank system (one latrine for 20 (Monitoring persons) by MPCL)  Erecting "no litter" sign, provision of waste bins/cans, where appropriate  Waste minimization, recycle and reuse  Proper disposal of solid waste (in designated waste bins)  Possible spread of disease  Clean bill of health a condition for Contractor from workers employment (Monitoring  Regular medical monitoring of by MPCL) workers Transportation of  Increased traffic/navigation  Speed reduction to 10 km per hour Contractor equipment,  Generation of noise, within the MPCL complex (Monitoring materials and especially affecting the by MPCL) personnel; storage nearby residential areas of materials  Deterioration of air quality  Keeping vehicles under good Contractor from increased vehicular condition, with regular checking of (Monitoring movement, affecting people vehicle condition to ensure by MPCL) in the surrounding compliance with national standards areas  Watering unpaved/dusty roads (at  Wind-blown dust from least twice a day; cost estimate material (e.g., line provided) aggregate) storage areas  Sprinkling and covering stockpiles  Covering top of trucks carrying materials to the site and carrying construction debris away from the site Construction  Generation of noise from  Use of noise suppressors and Contractor activities, including construction activities mufflers in heavy equipment (Monitoring operation of (general plant and access  Avoiding, as much as possible, by MPCL) construction road construction), construction equipment producing equipment excessive noise during night  Avoiding prolonged exposure to noise (produced by equipment) by workers  Creating a buffer zone around the construction site to reduce disturbance to protect from the 141 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Activity/Issues Potentially Significant Impacts Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Responsible Parties Measures health hazard  Deterioration of air quality  Not using equipment such as stone Contractor from wind-blown dust and crushers (Monitoring possible use of equipment, at site, which produce significant by MPCL) such as stone (aggregate amount of particulate matter crushers)  Keeping construction equipment and generators in good operating condition  Using equipment, especially generators with high levels of emission control (e.g., TIER-4).  Immediate use of construction spoils as filling materials  Immediate disposal/sale of excavated materials  Continuous watering of bare areas  Generation of construction  Hauling of construction debris away Contractor waste from the site and their appropriate (Monitoring disposal in a sanitary landfill by MPCL)  Accidents  Regular inspection and Contractor maintenance of equipment (Monitoring  Environmental health and safety by MPCL) briefing  Provision of protective gear  Spills and leaks leading  Good house keeping Contractor to soil and water  Proper handling of lubricating oil (Monitoring contamination with and fuel by MPCL) hydrocarbon and PAHs  Collection, proper treatment, and disposal of spills  Employment of work/labor  Local people should be employed Contractor force in the project activities as much as (Monitoring possible. by MPCL)  I f cultural resources are  Follow the "Chance Find Contractor found during construction Procedure" World Bank (Monitoring Operational guidelines OP 4. 11 by MPCL) Implementation Schedule In accordance to the provision of the Contract document, the Contractor shall prepare an “Implementation Schedule” for the measures to be carried out as part of the environmental management and monitoring. Table8.2-2 shows a tentative plan for environmental reporting. Table 8.2-2Environmental management and monitoring reporting Stage or Topic Frequency/ Stage Contributors Initial review Before start of work MPCL, Consultant Routine Progress Report Monthly Project Engineer Specific Problems and Solutions As required Project Engineer Mid-term Review: Approximate mid-way through the Consultant  review of activities project  possible modification to 142 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Stage or Topic Frequency/ Stage Contributors procedure and/or overall plan Final Review: Toward the end of the project MPCL, Consultant,  review of program Contractor  recommendation for similar future program 8.2.2 OPERATION PHASE Most of the environmental parameters will experience beneficial effects during the operation phase of the power plant project. Efforts should be made to enhance these beneficial impacts, which may include incentives for proper growth of industries in the area. The plant management authority (MPCL) should be responsible for overall environmental management during operation phase of the project. The environmental management during the operation phase should primarily be focused on addressing the following issues: a. Emission from the power plant b. Generation of noise c. Waste generation at the plant Table 8.2-3 summarizes the potentially significant environmental impacts during operation phase, the measures needed to eliminate or offset adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts. The monitoring plan and monitoring schedule has been presented in Section 8.4. As mentioned earlier, the implementation schedule for environmental management and monitoring during the construction phase will be prepared by the Contractor as part of construction contract following recommended mitigation measures of potentially significant impacts given in Table 8.2-1. Resources required for implementation of mitigation and enhancement measures and monitoring during construction will be borne by the Contractor. Most of the mitigation and enhancement measures identified for operation phase (see Table8.2-3), e.g., use of tall stack, using low NOx burners, selective catalytic converters, using silencers for generators and turbines, have already been addressed during the design phase and resources required will be within the estimated cost of the plant construction. Resources required for implementing environmental monitoring plans during both construction and operation phases are given in Section 8.3 Table 8.2-3Potentially significant environmental impact during operation phase and mitigation measures Potentially Significant Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Responsible Activity/Issues Impacts Measures Parties Power  Emission from the power  Using stack as specified in the bid MPCL Generation plant document  Using low nitrogen oxide burners, as specified in the bid document  Installation of stack emission monitoring equipment for major pollutants. An in-house Continuous Air Monitoring Station (CAMS) may be established.  In stack design due consideration 143 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Potentially Significant Proposed Mitigation and Enhancement Responsible Activity/Issues Impacts Measures Parties should be given to proper insulation  Planting of trees around the project site  Restrictions may also be imposed on installation of industries in the area that emit significant amount of particulate matter  Generation of noise  Provision of silencers for generators MPCL and turbines  Planting of trees around the project site  Regular plant maintenance  Regular noise monitoring  Use of ear-muffs and ear-plugs by plant personnel working in the generator and turbine facilities of the plant Water  Depletion of groundwater  Regular monitoring of groundwater MPCL Consumption resources level Waste  Inappropriate disposal of  Good housekeeping MPCL generation sewage  Proper construction and maintenance causing environmental of wastewater disposal system for the pollution plant premises  Generation of solid waste  Ensuring proper storage, treatment, including sludge from and disposal of all solid waste demineralizer.  Monitoring of effluent quality from  Possible water pollution treatment plant (monitoring requirement and cost estimate provided)  Monitoring of river water quality (monitoring requirement and cost estimate provided) 8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 8.3.1 MONITORING PARAMETERS 8.3.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE Ambient air quality monitoring: Measurements of selected air quality parameters, particulate matter (PM10, PM2.5) need to be carried out during the construction period in accordance with the monitoring plan presented in Table 8.3-1. Measurement should be carried out at a location, which is sensitive with respect to air quality, e.g., near the residences. River water monitoring: A water quality monitoring program is necessary for the Meghna river as the project is at the bank of the River. During construction work there might have some disturbances to the surface water. For this some baseline water quality i.e. Water temperature and dissolved oxygen (DO) along with BOD5, COD, Oil and Grease need to be monitored every month as a part of the program. 144 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Groundwater monitoring: Groundwater level should be monitored during construction phase, particularly during the dry weather period from October to May. This should be done in order to prevent excessive lowering of groundwater level while abstracting for construction purposes. Soil quality monitoring: Contamination of soil and bed sediment may occur due to accidental spillage of chemicals. Therefore, selected heavy metal content (Cr, Cd, Pb) and presence of Oil and Grease need to be monitored during the construction period. Noise level monitoring: Use of heavy construction equipment may increase the noise level at the work location of the project site. Therefore, comprehensive noise monitoring during different stages of construction is essential. Process waste monitoring: Records of generated process wastes should be kept according to the regulations concerning types of waste. Registration sheets for hazardous waste and for process non-hazardous waste should be maintained. 8.3.1.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE Meteorological measurements: Meteorological monitoring should be conducted to monitor the wind direction and speed, temperature, humidity and precipitation. Atmospheric emissions monitoring: Monitoring of emissions of CO, NOx, PM10, PM2.5, and temperature of flue gases should be carried out. Ambient air quality monitoring: Continuous and/or periodic measurement of the air quality indicators e.g., NOx, PM10, PM2.5, and temperature needs to be carried out. At least one stationary monitoring station may be installed. River water monitoring: Although the proposed plant is not expected to be a contributor to the deterioration of water quality of the Meghnariver, a water quality monitoring program during the dry periods is necessary for the region. Water temperature and dissolved oxygen (DO) during March -May and October-December can to be monitored as part of the program. Groundwater monitoring: The groundwater level along with the selected drinking water quality parameters (e.g., pH, Color, Turbidity, TDS, Ammonia, Nitrate, Phosphate, As, Fe, Mn and Coliforms) may be monitored. Noise level monitoring: Indoor noise levels in the generator and turbine facilities along with the outdoor noise at the nearby residence premises and near the air condenser system need to be monitored regularly. 145 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 8.3-1 Monitoring plan during construction phase of the project Issue Parameters Monitoring Frequency Ambient air quality CO, NOx, PM10 and PM2.5 Once a month River water Water temp., DO, BOD5, COD, Oil Once a month and Grease Groundwater Groundwater level Once every two months during October to May Soil Quality Cr, Cd, Pb and Oil and Grease Twice during the construction phase Noise level Noise at different locations Every week, particularly during operation of heavy equipment Process waste Solid waste Every week Occupational health and Noise, air quality, worker health Once in a month (surveillance of Safety (worker health, working status check workplace environment) environment) Note: Actual monitoring time and location will be decided by MPCL. The Contractor will be responsible for carrying out the monitoring during the construction phase. 8.3.2 MONITORING SCHEDULE Tables 8.3-1 and 8.3-2 provide a summary of the monitoring schedule for the construction and operational phases, respectively for the proposed power plant.Table 8.3-3 gives the estimatedcost of environmental monitoring during the construction phase. Table 8.3- 4 and 8.3-5 provideestimated amount of environmental monitoring and training costs. Table 8.3-2 Monitoring plan during operational phase of the project Issue Parameters Monitoring Frequency Meteorological Wind direction and speed, Continuous monitoring by installing measurements temperature, humidity and appropriate instrument precipitation. Stack emissions CO, NOx, PM10, PM2.5and Once every six month and after major temperature repair/maintenance Ambient air quality CO, NOx, PM10, PM2.5, Once quarterly** temperature River water Water temperature and DO Once a month (March-May, October- December) Effluent quality pH, DO, Sulfate, TSS, TDS, BOD, Once a week COD, Total N, Total P Groundwater pH, Color, Turbidity, TDS, Twice a year Ammonia, Nitrate, Phosphate, As, Fe , Mn and Coliforms; Groundwater level Noise level Noise at different locations Once every three months River morphology River cross-section Once a year during design life of the plant Vegetation Number and Condition Once a year Occupational health and Health status and safety Twice a year safety Actual monitoring time and location will be decided by the proposed Environmental Management Unit (EMU).During the operation phase, the monitoring may be carried out by the EMU through its own staff and equipment, if available, or can be out-sourced to a competent Contractor. ** Continuous monitoring if a CAMS is established. Proposed EMU is structured in Annex-XVI of the Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan of MPCL. 146 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Table 8.3-3Cost Estimate for Environmental Monitoring during Construction Phase Items Number Per Unit Cost (Tk.) Total Cost (per Month)(Tk.) PM2.5, PM10 = 2 16,000/- 32000 Ambient air NOx, CO = 1 8,000/- 8000 River water 2 12,000/- 24000 Groundwater 1 8500/- 8500 Noise level 4 10000/- 40000 Process waste 4 7000/- 28000 Water spraying fordust control At least twice a day 10,000/-per month 10000 Plantation of Trees 250 300/- 75000 Total Cost During Construction Phase 2,25,500 Table 8.3-4 Cost estimate for environmental monitoring during operational phase Items Number (Per Year) Per Unit Cost (Tk.) Total Cost (Per Year) (Tk.) Meteorological instrumentation LS = unit 3,000,000/-* 3,000,000 with continuous data recorder Ambient Air 12 40000/- 480,000 Atmospheric Emissions 12 50,000/- 600,000 River water 6 20,000/- 120,000 Groundwater 2 15,000/- 30,000 Noise level 4 15000/- 60,000 Total Cost During Operation Phase 4,290,000 *Meteorological Instrument with data recorder will be purchased in the 1 st year of operation. Table 8.3-5Cost estimate for training during operational phase Items Number (Per Year) Per Unit Cost (Tk.) Total Cost (Per Year) (Tk.) Safety and occupational health 2 250,000/- 500,000 Environmental management system 2 250,000/- 500,000 Total cost during operational phase 1,000,000 8.3.3 RESOURCES AND IMPLEMENTATION The environmental parameters to be monitored during the construction and operational phases along with the monitoring schedule have been presented in the previous sections. The responsibilities for the implementation of the proposed monitoring plan may be entrusted with the contractor in association with the MPCL personnel. It is very important to make sure that the potentially significant impact during both the construction and operation phases are properly addresses through adaptation of the proposed mitigation and enhancement measures outlined in Tables 8.2-1 and 8.2-3. It is equally important to undertake environmental monitoring during both the construction and operation phases according to the proposed monitoring plan outlined in Tables 8.3-1 and 8.3-2. These tables should therefore be made integral parts of the Contract Document of the proposed power plant project. 147 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 8.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY Occupational health and safety means preventing accidents and work related ill health. Improved health and safety management can bring significant benefits to the business. It reduces individual and human costs of accidents and ill health, direct and indirect cost to the business, improves customer perception and company profile and workers‟ morale. Under occupational health hazards, one can group several categories of working conditions impairing the health conditions of workers, though this impairment is slow. Safety relates more to health hazards that results from accidents and can cause instantaneous impairment of the workers‟ health. 8.4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS In Bangladesh the main law related to occupational health and safety is Labor Law 2006. The law has provisions on occupational hygiene, occupational diseases, industrial accidents, protection of women and young persons in dangerous occupation. The salient features of the general requirements for the workers‟ health and safety stated in this la w is presented in Table 8.4-1. 8.4.2 WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY The proposed power plant project has several phases - the construction of infrastructure and installation and commissioning of plant equipment, operation of the plant etc. 8.4.2.1 HEALTH HAZARDS The construction phase includes site preparation and plant construction, access road construction etc. The health hazards associated with these activities are mainly due to dust and noise pollution. Excessive noise contributes to loss of hearing and triggers physiological and psychological body changes. Dust pollution can cause eye and respiratory irritation and in some cases allergic reactions. The inhalation of exhaust gases from vehicles and machinery are also harmful for health. Stress can be caused by working in shifts, high work load, poor living condition of workers etc. Table 8.4-1 General requirements for workers‟ health and safety Issues Requirements Health and Hygiene  Cleanliness  Ventilation and temperature  Dust and fumes  Disposal of wastes and effluents  Overcrowding  Illumination  Latrines and urinals  Spittoons and dustbins Safety  Safety for building and equipment  Precautions in case of fire 148 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant Issues Requirements  Fencing of machinery  Floor, stair and passage way  Work on or near machinery in motion  Carrying of excessive weights Compensation for  Owner's responsibility for compensation accidents at work  Amount of compensation  Report on fatal accident and treatment  Compensation on contract and contract registration  Appeal Dust and Fumes  Any dust or fumes or other impurities likely to be injurious to the workers, effective measures shall be taken to prevent its accumulation and its inhalation by workers Overcrowding  No work room in any factory shall be overcrowded  At least five hundred cubic feet of space shall be provided for every worker employed in a work room Latrines and  Sufficient latrines and urinals shall be provided urinals  Shall be maintained in clean and sanitary condition  Shall be adequately lighted and ventilated Precautions in case of  Shall be provided with means of escape in case of fire fire  Effective measures shall be taken to ensure that all the workers are familiar with the means of escape  Fire fighting apparatus should be provide and maintained First aid  Provided and maintained first aid facility  One for everyone hundred and fifty workers  Shall be kept with a responsible trained person who shall be available during the working hours  In every facility where five hundred or more workers are employed, a dispensary shall be provided and maintained Disposal of wastes  Provide with proper disposal system for solid waste and effluents. and effluents  In case of a factory where no public sewerage system exists, prior approval of the arrangements should be made for the disposal of wastes and effluents Occupational and  16 occupational diseases notifiable to the Chief Inspector of Factories: poisoning diseases 1. lead poisoning 2. lead tetraethyl poisoning 3.phosphorous poisoning 4. mercury poisoning 5. manganese poisoning 6. arsenic poisoning 7. poisoning by nitrous fume 8. carbon di sulfide poisoning 9. benzene poisoning 10. Chrome ulceration 11. Anthrax 12.silicosis 13. Poisoning by halogens 14. Primary epitheliomatous cancer of the skin 15. Toxic anemia 16. pathological manifestation due to radium or x-rays Compensation  If personal injury is caused to workmen by accident arising in the course of employment, employer shall be liable to pay compensation  36 occupational diseases for compensation payable  Monthly payment as compensation for temporary disablement are:  Compensation should be paid for the period of disablement or for one year whichever period is shorter 1. Such compensation shall be paid at the rate of full monthly wages for thefirst two months 2. Two thirds of the monthly wages for the next two months and at the rate of the half of the monthly wages for the subsequent months 3. In case of chronic occupational diseases , half of the monthly wages during the period of disablement for a maximum period of two years shall be paid A quantification of the measure of severity in health hazards is not well defined. They are 149 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant slow acting and cumulative, their effects may not be visible for years. During plant installation and commissioning phase, use of chemicals (paints, solvents, thinners etc) batteries, welding materials, lubricants etc. may contribute to health hazards to the workers. These substances may be carcinogenic or detrimental in other ways. Use of industrial solvents can cause anemia, liver and kidney damage, cardiovascular diseases and neurological disorder. 8.4.2.2 REMEDIAL MEASURE To minimize the hazards arising from the activities at different phases of plant construction and operation, the following measures should be taken:  employees should be informed of the potential health impacts they are facing  the employer should inform his employees of these potential hazards, arrange proper medical examination prior to and during employment, as well as tests and analyses necessary for the detection of diseases  works with volatile toxic chemicals should be undertaken in a well ventilated place  laborers handling offensive toxic chemicals should be provided with and forced to use protective clothing  workers exposed to an excessive amount of noise should be provided with protective gear and be relieved frequently from their post  workers exposed to large amounts of dust should be provided with adequate protective gear  frequent spraying of water should be undertaken to minimize dust pollution  persons undertaking construction and installation works should have access to amenities for their welfare and personal hygiene needs such as sanitary toilets, potable drinking water, washing facilities, shelter sheds etc.  proper disposal of waste and sullage should be arranged  health education and information on hygiene should be provided to the workers  regular checks on food quality should be arranged within the work site 8.4.2.3 SAFETY Safety implies the reduction of risk of accidents at the work site. Accident prevention is more valuable than any mitigatory or compensatory measures. This may be achieved through strict rules and procedures for the execution of specific tasks, enforcement of the rules, and discipline amongst workers, maintenance of machineries used and by providing all necessary gear or equipment that may enhance the safety of the workers. The following guidelines should be followed to maintain the safety of the workers: • workers have to be informed about the possible damage or hazards related to their respective jobs • if pedestrian, traffic or plant movements at or near the site are affected by construction works, the person with control of the construction project must ensure that these movements are safely managed so as to eliminate or otherwise to control any associated health and safety risks 150 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant • must ensure sufficient lighting in the area where a person performs construction work or may be required to pass through, including access ways and emergency exit or passage without risk to health and safety • construction site needs to provide safe access to and egress from all places where they may be required to work or pass through. This includes the provision of emergency access and egress route that must be free from obstructions • adequate perimeter fencing should be installed on the site before construction work commences and that should be maintained during the construction work and signs should be placed which is clearly visible from outside the site including emergency telephone numbers. • must ensure that electrical installations materials, equipment and apparatus are designed, installed, used, maintained and tested to eliminate the risk of electrical shock, burns, fire or explosion. • construction site should be kept orderly and tidy. Access ways should be kept clear of materials and debris and maintained in a non-slippery condition. Materials should be stored in an orderly manner so that it does not pose any risk to the health or safety of any person • arrangements of first aid facility should me made accessible when construction work is being undertaken. 8.4.3 WORK IN CONFINED SPACES In the operational phase of the plant, the work will mainly be limited in confined spaces. In this phase, noise pollution may pose risk to health. It has been observed that the measured noise level near the generators and turbines ranged from 90 dBA to 110 dBA. This level of noise limits the continuous exposure to the workers from 2 to 4 hrs beyond which hearing impairment may be caused. If the installation of generators and turbines are within a confined space and monitored through glass windows, it will not pose any serious threat. However precautions should be undertaken during routine inspections and maintenance works. Supervisors, inspectors and related personnel should wear noise protectors like ear plugs or ear muffs. Wearer should be given a choice between ear muffs and plugs as muffs are easy to use but may be a nuisance in a confined work space and be uncomfortable in hot environment. Whereas ear plugs don‟t get in the way in confined spaces but may provide little protection if not used carefully. As the employees will work in confined spaces, the air pollution may not pose a health risk. However, the ambient temperature may be high due to plant operation and measures should be taken to keep temperature within a comfortable limit. Where damage to plant presents an electrical hazard, the plant should be disconnected from the electricity supply main and should not be used until the damaged part is repaired or replaced. Adequate care should be taken to minimize stress and ergonomic design should be improved to minimize health hazards. First aid facilities should be available and evacuation plans for emergency situations should be in place with adequate drills, instructions and signs. Adequate fire fighting arrangements should be installed and maintained on a regular basis. Where appropriate strict work procedure and guidelines are to be defined for different jobs 151 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant and be informed to the relevant staff. Regular medical examination should be arranged for the staff exposed to occupational health hazards. Areas where people may be exposed to excessive noise should be sign posted as “Hearing Protection Areas” and their boundaries should be clearly defined. No person should enter this area unless wearing personal hearing protectors. 8.4.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE During construction of the plant, commercially available chemicals (paints, thinners, etc.) will be used and stored in the construction area. Hence small amount of unused or spent chemicals (used paints, motor oils) will be generated. Hazardous wastes likely to be generated during routine project operations include oily water, spent catalyst, lubricants and cleaning solvents. Operation and maintenance of the plant also generates some hazardous wastes. These include waste oil, boiler bottom ash, spent solvents, batteries, fluorescent light tubes, lubricating oils etc. The project will also involve the construction and operation of gas pipe line and handling of large amount of natural gas. Natural gas poses some risk of both fire and explosion. Continuous gas pipeline monitoring, installation of shutoff valves is essential to avoid any fire/explosion and rupture risks of the pipeline. Any kind of leakage monitoring of the pipeline should be taken care of through regular patrolling of the gas pipeline route by patrolman. Used lead acid batteries contain lead, sulfuric acid and several kinds of plastics which are hazardous to human health. Therefore the ideal place to store used lead acid batteries is inside an acid resistant sealed container to minimize the risk of an accidental spillage. However this is not often the case and the following set of storage guidelines should be adopted: • the storage place must be sheltered from rain and other water sources and if possible, away from heat sources • the storage place must have a ground cover • the storage place must have an exhaust ventilation system in order to avoid gas accumulation • the storage place must have a restricted access and be identified as a hazardous material storing place • any other lead materials which may eventually arise, such as plumbing, should be conveniently packaged and stored in accordance with its characteristics It is recommended that where dangerous goods are stored and handled, that premises should be provided with fire protection and firefighting equipment. These equipment should be installed, tested and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer‟s guidelines. The employer must ensure that a procedure for dealing with emergencies is in place, implemented, maintained and communicated to persons on the premises who may be affected by or respond to an emergency. Ignition sources in hazardous areas should be eliminated. The facility staff should be trained and equipped with personal protective gear such as rubber gloves, boots, hard hats, apron or splash suit and a face shield with safety glasses or goggles. Laborers handling offensive toxic chemicals should be provided with and forced to use 152 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant protective clothing. Works with volatile toxic chemicals should be undertaken in a well ventilated place. Arrangements should be made for sufficient and suitable lighting. Safe access within and to and from the premises should be ensured. Unauthorized access and activity on the premises should be prevented. These measures will reduce the chances of accidents and facilitate a safe environment for the workers, the staff and the plant. 8.4.5 TRAINING Training is an integral part of a preventive strategy. The target groups requiring training should be managers, supervisors, and technicians and related staff who may be exposed to risk at work. The following issues should be addressed in training of the managers, staff and workers: • Workers should be trained to use the engineering controls where installed • Arrange workplace consultation on noise control • Workers should participate in training and contribute to the noise management strategy • Employee representatives should represent the views of workers to management about occupational health and safety and report to workers about management policy • Persons likely to be exposed to risks should be provided with information and instruction in safety procedures associated with the plant at the work place. • Relevant health and safety information should be provided to persons involved in installation and commissioning, use and testing of the plant. • Information on emergency procedures relating to the plant should be displayed in a manner that can be readily observed by persons who may be affected by the operation of the plant. • Training should be provided to use firefighting equipment when necessary. • Facility staff needs to be trained in the safety procedures that are to be implemented during unloading, transfer and storage of hazardous materials. 8.4.6 RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING Record keeping and reporting is one of the requirements of any QA/QC system and essentially of a good management tool. Properly maintained records of construction, installation, training, equipment maintenance, operation, fault detection and remedy can help in reducing risks of accidents, legal costs and thereby overall cost of operation of a plant. Records also help in identifying causes of any accident and elimination of the same accident in future. Records may be maintained for the proposed plant as follows. 8.4.6.1 PLANT CONSTRUCTION A person with control of a construction project or control of construction work should retain records for a reasonable period after the completion of the construction project of the occupational health and safety induction training and any other training given to persons directly engaged or trained by them to undertake construction work on the project. 153 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant 8.4.6.2 PLANT OPERATION During operation of the plant, arrangements should be made to keep records on any relevant tests, maintenance, inspection, commissioning and alteration of the plant, and make those records available to any employee or relevant health and safety representative. 8.4.6.3 NOISE Audiometric test records of employees should be kept during the employee's period of employment and longer as necessary, as they may provide a useful reference for workers' compensation. The records should be kept in a safe, secure place and held as confidential documents. 8.4.6.4 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES Assessment reports which indicate a need for monitoring and/or health surveillance together with the results of monitoring and/or health surveillance shall be kept as records in a suitable form for at least 30 years from the date of the last entry made. Retention for a period of at least 30 years is necessary because some health effects, such as cancers, may take a long time to become evident. The information kept will be valuable in epidemiological studies and for developing effective control strategies. All other records, including assessment reports not indicating a need for monitoring and/or health surveillance and records of induction and training, shall be maintained for at least five years in a suitable form. 8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (EMS) An EMU shall be established to properly implement the EMP in the power plant. Proposed EMU in the MPCL organogram is proposed and details are annexed in Annex-XVI. The environmental manager will be responsible for monitoring of the implemented EMP. The responsibility of the EMU will follow as per assignment indicated in the organizational setup as placed at the organogram. Project management may equip the unit with appropriate manpower, equipment and fund for smooth implementation of the monitoring works. An EMS is a tool designed to enable organizations to target, achieve and demonstrate continuous improvement in environmental performance. It is one integrated management process with a number of stages, which includes an environmental audit. There are a number of standards (e.g. the British Standard BS7750 (BS11992), the European Eco- Management and Audit Scheme for Industry (CEC, 1993)). These consist of most or all of the following elements depending on the standard, to:  adopt an environmental policy to confirm and promote commitment to continual improvement in environmental performance;  undertake an environmental review to identify significant environmental issues and effects;  set up environmental programs of objectives, targets and actions; 154 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant  establish an environmental management system to ensure the implementation of the necessary actions to achieve these objectives;  undertake periodic environmental audits to assess the performance of such components;  prepare an environmental statement on environmental performance; and  obtain independent verification of the environmental statement. Also there is ISO 14001 which is a voluntary international standard for environmental management systems ("EMS"). ISO 14001:2004 provides the requirements for an EMS and ISO 14004:2004 gives general EMS guidelines. An EMS meeting the requirements of ISO 14001:2004 is a management tool enabling an organization of any size or type to: (1) identify and control the environmental impact of its activities, products or services; (2) improve its environmental performance continually, and (3) implement a systematic approach to setting environmental objectives and targets, to achieving these and to demonstrating that they have been achieved. It is expected that the Environmental Management Team of the MPCL will be trained to conduct environmental auditing of its power generation facilities so that the objective of achieving a better environment is realized. Culmination of such activities will be successful ISO 14001 certification. 155 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER 9: RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT 9.1 INTRODUCTION The problem of protecting human health and the environment may best be defined as the management of risk. The failure to manage risk effectively and to establish priorities rationally translates ultimately into a failure to protect health, safety, and the environment. Through the use of risk assessment, concerned authorities can estimate the relative level of risks posed by different substances, products and activities and can establish priorities in determining whether, and how, to regulate. The risk assessment should constitute an organization‟s best effort to employ advanced scientific and technical methods to predict accurately the sizes of the risks. Once the relevant risks are estimated accurately and objectively through the risk assessment process, it can then be decided how best that risks could be addressed in the risk management phase. Risk assessment is the technical process for estimating the level of risks posed by operational processes or products, i.e. the probability that a given harm will occur as a result of the processes or products. Risk assessment is applied to a substance, proceeds in four major steps: • Hazard identification: determining what kinds of adverse health effects a substance, product or activity can cause • Dose - response assessment: predicting the degree of adverse effects at a given exposure level • Exposure assessment: estimating the amount of exposure, and • Risk characterization: combining the foregoing into a numerical range of predicted deaths or injuries associated with actual exposure event Risk management options are then evaluated in a proposed solution to provide reduction of risk to the exposed population. Specific actions that are identified and selected may include consideration of engineering constraints as well as regulatory, social, political and economic issues related to the exposure. Quantitative assessment of risks associated with hazard identification, dose-response assessment, exposure estimation and risk characterization were beyond the scope of the present study. However, this study takes a qualitative approach to identify common hazards within the power plant and recommends measures for managing these risks with accidents and external threats. 9.2 POWER PLANT RISKS ASSESSMENT The process of electricity generation from gas is by no means risk free because of high temperature and pressure conditions within the plants, rotating machineries and high voltages involved. Apart from risks associated with emissions, noise generation, solid waste, hazardous waste and wastewater disposal as a result of construction and operation, the gas fired power plants put human beings and the environment inside and outside of the plant to a certain degree of risk of accident and sometime loss of life. It is therefore essential that a 156 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant risk management plan be devised in order to both reduce risk of accident and to take the correct action during accidents. Important risks of accidents in thermal power plants leading to disasters or emergency situations may occur during following events:  Risks during emergency o Fire o Explosion o Oil/acid spillage o Toxic chemical spillage o Electrocution  Risks due to natural disasters o Flood o Cyclone o Earthquake o Storm o Lightning  Risks due to external threats o Sabotage o War situation o Water/food poisoning Several strategic areas within the power plant can be identified as places of potential risks during plant operation: Areas prone to explosion are:  Boiler area  Turbine hall Premises prone to fire and electrocution are:  Electrical rooms  Transformer area  Cable tunnel Premises where people can be exposed to toxic chemicals:  Storage facilities for chemicals In power plants accidents can occur at two different levels. First, these may occur due to fires, explosions, oil or chemical spillage and spontaneous ignition of inflammable materials. In such events, operators working inside the plant and at various strategic hazard locations will be affected. Second, risks are also associated with external threats of sabotage. Failure of automatic control/warning systems, failure of fuel oil storage tanks and chemical release from acid and alkali stores and handling also pose great degree of associated risks. 9.3 MANAGING THE RISKS As mentioned earlier, in order to reduce the risks associated with accidents, internal and external threats, and natural disasters, a risk management program is essential. Risk management planning can be done during design and planning stage of the plant as well as during plant operation. While risk management is mainly preventive in nature during the plant operation stage, the design and planning stage of the plant can incorporate changes in 157 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant basic engineering to include safety design for all processes, safety margins for equipment, and plant layout. The following steps among others are important in managing the risks mentioned:  The power plant should be located on a reasonably large plot of land giving ample space to locate all units whilst maintaining safe distances between them.  The plant layout should provide roads of adequate width and service corridors so that no undue problems arise in the event of fires or other hazards.  Gas storage is to be designed with adequate precautions in respect of fire hazard control.  Storage of hazardous substances such as acids and alkalis should be sited in protected areas.  With respect to plant operation, safe operating procedures should be laid down and followed to ensure safety, optimum operation and economy.  A firefighting group with adequate manpower and facilities such as water tank of sufficient capacity, CO2 tank, foam tank, portable fire extinguishers should be provided and facilities located at strategic locations e.g. generator area, high voltage panel, control rooms, and fuel tank area.  Regular checks on safe operating practices should be performed. In order to achieve the objective of minimizing risks at the Midland power plant complex, in addition to Environmental Management Unit for the complex, a disaster management unit with adequate manpower and facilities for each plant within the complex must be in place. The unit will be trained to act in a very short time in a pre-determined sequence to deal effectively and efficiently with any disaster, emergency or major accident to keep the loss of life, human injury, material, plant machineries, and impacts on the environment to the minimum. 9.4 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN Emergency response plans are developed to address a range of plausible risk scenarios and emphasize the tasks required to respond to a physical event. The emergency response plan (ERP) for the proposed power plant has been developed listing various actions to be performed in a very short period of time in a pre-determined sequence if it is to deal effectively and efficiently with any emergency, major accident or natural disaster. The primary objective of the plan is to keep the loss of life, material, machinery/equipment damage, and impacts on the environment to minimum. 9.4.1 Emergency Response Cell It is highly recommended that an Emergency Response Cell (ERC) adequately equipped with highly trained manpower and appropriate gears is established within the power plant complex in order to effectively implement the emergency response plan. The main functions of the emergency response cell should include the following:  Identification of various types of emergencies 158 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant  Identification of groups, communities, and areas those are vulnerable to different kinds of emergencies  Preparing service teams for various operations within the organization through extensive training  Establishment of early detection system for emergencies  Developing reliable, instant information communication system  Mobilizing all units in the complex within a very short time to address any emergency 9.4.2 Emergency Preparedness The ERC headed by a trained Manager should establish an Emergency Control Room with links to all plant control rooms and all other services. The ERC shall work as a team of the following officials:  Emergency Manager (Team Leader),  Fire Officer,  Safety Officer,  Chief Security Officer,  Chief Medical Officer,  Rescue Officer, and  Public Relations Officer The Senior Environmental Engineer of the proposed Environmental Management Unit for the Midland Power Plant Complex with adequate skills of facing emergency situation can act as the Emergency Manager of ERC. The Emergency Manager shall have the prerogative of shutting down the relevant units or the complete plant, which are affected or may further deteriorate damages, in case of an emergency. The EM however, shall have to report to the Chief Engineer of the complex of such an event without any delay. The team will be responsible for preparing and executing a specific emergency response plan for the power plant complex. The team should meet at regular intervals to update the plan, based on plant emergency data and changes in support agencies. The team should undertake some trial runs, e.g. fire drill, in order to be fully prepared and to improve upon the communication links, response time, availability and workability of emergency gears and other critical factors. Upon receiving information about an accident, the ERC team will assemble in the Emergency Control Room within the shortest possible time and formulate emergency control procedure. 9.4.3 Fire Fighting Services  The Fire Officer (FO) will be the commanding officer of the firefighting services. The FO will head a fire fighting team of trained officers and workers. The size of the team 159 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant should be determined by the MPCL considering requirement of all existing and proposed power plants within the complex.  Adequate firefighting equipment e.g. fire extinguishers of different types appropriate for different strategic locations must be planned according to requirements of existing and future plants in the complex.  Depending on the scale of emergency, the firefighting team will work in close association with security and maintenance personnel of the complex. Additional assistance may also be sought from outside fire stations when required.  Preparedness is extremely important for efficient and effective firefighting services at the time of emergency. This can be better achieved by organizing fire drills at regular intervals, e.g. once every two weeks during dry summer months and once every two months during wet months involving all team members, all other service groups, all staff of the power plant complex, and utilizing all firefighting gears. 9.4.4 Emergency Medical Services  The Chief Medical Officer will be responsible for providing medical services within the Midland Power plant complex at the time of any emergency. The services should also be rendered to people living in the close vicinity of the complex and affected by any accident within the plant complex.  The existing Medical Center, nearby the Midland Power Plant (MPP) must be equipped with adequate medical personnel and equipment for providing emergency services in addition to normal Medicare services to population of the complex.  A team of well trained Medical Officers specializing in burn injury, orthopedics, electrocution, chemical toxicity or poisoning, and shock treatment must be available at the nearby power plant Medical Center. The number of officers may be determined considering the total number of staff and their family members in the complex. Special attention must be given to child injury treatment. The following services must be on alert at all times in the plant complex.  First aid services for attending patients on the spot. The Medical Center should provide training on first aid services to some designated staffs of important areas of operation, e.g. boiler area, turbine hall, transformer area, electrical rooms, and chemical storage facilities, for immediate attention to the injured.  Ambulance services for transport of casualties from spot to nearby Medical Center, and from nearby Medical Center to outside hospital, as necessary. Facilities for transportation of fatalities to appropriate hospital or to relatives or to the police following prescribed procedure should be available.  All potential areas for emergency/ accidents in the plant complex must have an information chart including contact phone numbers of relevant services. 9.4.5 Rescue Services Without going for additional manpower, the rescue team can be formed with potential staffs of the Power Plant Complex, e.g. from medical services, security services and fire fighting 160 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant services, for conducting rescue operations following an emergency. A senior member can be designated Rescue Officer who will be responsible for formulating rescue plan and guiding the team. Important functions include:  Cut-off electricity, gas or water supply to accident spots  Rescue people from debris of collapsed structures  Demolish damaged structures that may endanger human lives  Rescue people from fire areas with adequate protection  Assist other services promptly to save human lives  Salvage equipment from debris  Isolate damaged equipment or machineries that may endanger human lives  Provide repair services as appropriate to restore operations 9.4.6 Security Services The Midland Power Plant Complex will have a strong independent security team headed by the Chief Security Officer and will be responsible for the overall security of the plant complex, its equipment, machineries, buildings, utilities, and the community living within the complex. The security office shall maintain liaison with other emergency services at the time of emergency and during normal hours. The Chief Security Officer shall communicate with local police and other law enforcing agencies and seek assistance as may be needed during an emergency. The security team will also regulate vehicular traffic inside the complex. In particular they will ensure that all roads are unobstructed during emergencies. 9.4.7 Public Relations Services  The Public Relations Officer (PRO) of the Power Plant Complex will be responsible for communicating emergency related information to concerned officials within the complex. The PRO however, will consult the Emergency Manager before communication with outside agencies.  The PRO will be responsible for warning people in and around the complex against potential fire hazards, or possible chemical contamination of water.  The PRO will keep close contact with outside local community and provide direction, and participate along with management team in the welfare services for the affected communities. 9.5 CONCLUDING REMARKS Apart from the services mentioned above, the Environmental Management Unit and the Emergency Response Cell must ensure that all staffs working within the Power Plant Complex are oriented, through orientation programs, about the dos and don‟ts during emergencies as well as overall environmental aspects and issues related to power plant operations. Annex-XVIEmergency Preparedness and Response Plan describes the risk assessment and its management of the MPCL. 161 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant It is however, to be emphasized that the emergency response plan (ERP) outlined above is to be used as guide only and that the Environmental Management Unit and the Emergency Response Cell shall develop their own environmental management system (EMS) following ISO 14001 and the emergency response plan (ERP) respectively in consultation with and involving the Midland Power Plant (MPP). 162 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER 10: GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 10.1 INTRODUCTION Experience from past projects shows that project implementation is a complex process involving numerous interested and aggrieved parties giving rise to likely instances of conflict, allegations, etc. Most of the conflicts and allegations appear not to be of a serious nature but may snowball into a bigger issue if not given adequate attention from the beginning itself. Some of the potential points that could give rise to grievances could be related to compensation payment, improper estimation of affected assets, failure to fulfill commitments, poor management of construction activities, inappropriate planning of vehicle movement, and cultural conflicts between migrant workers and local communities etc. Therefore, it is imperative to have an internal mechanism in place where the aggrieved party/s can lodge their complaints and get it amicably settled prior to approaching the formal mode of solution available to them i.e. access to legal system through courts. In order to provide a formal forum to the aggrieved parties to deal with issues arising out of project, it is proposed that a joint grievance redress mechanism be instituted for both environmental and social related issues. The proposed Grievance Redress mechanism (GRM) will be developed for the Project in order to settle as many disputes as possible through consultations. Such a mechanism is important as it is expected that most cases, if not all, would be resolved amicably; and the process, as a whole, will promote dispute settlement through mediation to reduce litigation. However, the options of legal recourse will not be restricted in any way by the project proponent. 10.2 OBJECTIVES OF GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM The basic objective of the GRM shall be to provide an accessible mechanism to the affected people, community and any stakeholder(s) having stake in the project to raise their issues and grievances as well as concerns. The Grievance Redress Cell (GRC) shall be officially recognized “non-judicial” body that will seek to resolve non-judicial disputes arising out of various matters related to the implementation of the ESMP, as well as other aspects of the project, as may deemed fit to be raised before the GRC. The fundamental objective of GRM is to resolve any resettlement and environmental related grievances locally in consultation with the aggrieved party to facilitate smooth implementation of the EMP. Another important objective is to democratize the development process at the local level and to establish accountability towards the stakeholders. 10.3 COMPOSITION OF GRC AND ULC It is suggested to have two levels of grievance redress mechanism for the project, viz. Grievance redress Cell (GRC) at the project level and another at Union level committee (ULC). The aim of having two levels of grievance redress mechanism is to provide a higher forum to the aggrieved party, if the same is not satisfied with the decision of GRC. GRC will be driven internally by MPCL and shall have the following representation to ensure fair and timely solution to the grievances: • Community officer serving as grievance officer; 163 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant • MPCL Environment and social officer • Project management representative; • MPCL EHS representative; The composition of ULC will have the following members: • Char Chartala Union Parishad Chairman or his representative • MPCL Project Manager • MPCL Environment and social officer • Local elected Union Member • Representative of affected people and women The normal route to be followed for any grievance shall be GRC, and in casenot satisfied then to ULC; however, the grievances can be directly taken toULC too. The ULC shall be empowered to take a decision which is binding on MPCL and considered final. However, the decision of ULC is not binding onaggrieved person; he or she can take the legal course if not satisfied with theoutcome of GRC decision. Figure-10.3-1 Flow Chart of Grievance Procedure 164 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant The representation in the committee makes project affected persons to have trust and build confidence in the system. The grievance redress committee reports its plan and activities to the Implementation committee. GRC will maintain a Complaints Database, which will contain all the information on complaints or grievances received from the communities or other stakeholders. This would include: the type of complaint, location, time, actions to address these complaints, and final outcome. The procedures to be followed and adopted by the grievance redress should be transparent and simple to understand or uniform process for registering complaints provide project affected persons with free access to the procedures. The response time between activating the procedure and reaching a resolution should be as short as possible. An effective monitoring system will inform project management about the frequency and nature of grievances. GRC will arrange half yearly meetings where the activities and the outcomes/measures taken according to the Complaints Database are to be monitored and reviewed by third party consultant to ensure the required transparency. In addition to the above, if there are any grievances related to social or environmental management issues in the project area, the GRC will record these grievances and suggestions and pass it on to the relevant consultant for necessary action and follow-up. In case a dispute is not resolved by arbitrational tribunal, then if any of the Party disagrees, the aggrieved party has the right to appeal to the ordinary courts of law. However, the preferred option of dispute settlement ought to be the option of settling the dispute amicably because recourse to courts may take a very long time even years before a final decision is made and therefore, should not be the preferred option for both parties concerned. A grievance form is presented below and hard copies of both English and Bangla will be made available at the MPCL project office. Table 10.3-1: Sample Grievance Reporting Form Reference No. Date: Contact Details Name Address Telephone Number/Cell Number: Email: How would you prefer to be contacted  By Phone (please tick box)  By Email Details of your Grievance: (Please describe the problems, how it happened, when , where, and how many times, as relevant) What is your suggested resolution for the grievance? Signature of complainant/ Signature of person filling the form Thump impression of complainant (MPCL Representative ) 165 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant CHAPTER 11: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 11.1 CONCLUSION There is no alternative but to add more power generating units to the existing power system of Bangladesh within a shortest possible time frame. This is due not only to meet the increase in demand, but also due to aging of the existing power generating units, many of which will near their life cycle very shortly. Both, base load and peaking plants are necessary to be added to the system, so that the whole system can run economically and efficiently. Gas Engines are most suited for meeting the peaking demand and also have the capacity to run at continuous base load. In accordance with the agreement with the MPCL, an Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) of the 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant at Ashugonj has been carried out, which included development of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP), covering both the construction and operational phases of the project. The detailed ESIA of the power plant was conducted following the guideline (GoB, 1997) of the Department of Environment (DoE) of GoB and the relevant operational policies (e.g., OP 4.01) of the World Bank, and in consultation with the Environmental Consultant of World Bank. In this study, the effects of the project activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socioeconomic (i.e., human interest related) parameters during both construction and operation phases have been assessed. The impacts have been identified, predicted and evaluated, and mitigation measures suggested for both construction and operation phases of the proposed power plant. The important physico-chemical environmental parameters that are likely to be affected by the project activities include air quality and noise level. The study suggests that most of the adverse impacts on the physico-chemical environment are of low to moderate in nature and therefore, could be offset or minimized if the mitigation measures are adequately implemented. Since the project site is located in a developed area that does not appear to be very sensitive ecologically, the impacts of project activities on most ecological parameters (e.g., floral and faunal habitat and diversity) are mostly insignificant. Noise level has been identified as a significant potential impact of the proposed power plant during both the construction and operation phases. The noise generated from construction activities during the construction phase might become a source of annoyance at the habitat located close to the project site. The project workers should not be exposed to the noise produced by the construction equipment for a prolonged period to prevent permanent hearing loss. A rotational work plan is advised for the workers and operators of this equipment. During the operational phase, high level of noise is expected to be generated within the confines of the turbine and generator installations. Prolonged exposure to such high level of noise may cause permanent 166 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant hearing loss. Therefore, proper protective measures should be adopted during the operation and inspection of this equipment. Modeling study revealed that the cumulative noise effect of the proposed 51MW gas fired Power plant during the operational phase at a common point is expected to be dominated by the noise generated by the plant nearest to the receptor. Some adverse impact during the operation phase of the plant will come from thermal emission and NOx and PM emission from the power plant. However, modeling study suggests that the effect of increased NOx and PM in the ambient air due to emission from the power plants will not be very significant. The power plant has been constructed within a designated area inside the MPCL owned complex. So there was no need for land acquisition. Additionally, there was no settlement in this designated area, and the area was not used for any income generation activities. Therefore, no population has been displaced and no resettlement was required for the construction of the power plant, and no loss of income was associated with the project. During operation phase, no significant negative impact is anticipated on socio-economic environmental parameters. Significant positive impacts are expected due to improvement in power supply. This will reduce load shedding in Dhaka city and contribute to the national economy. Well-being of the surrounding population, especially Dhaka city, will be significantly improved due to generation of electricity during peak hours. Currently Dhaka city is reeling under unbearable load shedding. During public consultations carried out as a part of the ESIA study, people welcomed the proposed power plant project at Ashugonj. However, they recommended installing a plant of good quality, which will be able to provide uninterrupted power and will be able to keep anticipated air and noise pollution to a minimum level. 11.2 RECOMMENDATIONS An environmental assessment have been carried out for the proposed Midland Power Plant at Ashugonj, which shows low to moderate scale of adverse impacts. These can be reduced to acceptable level through recommended mitigation measures as mentioned in the EMP. Further, since the project is expected to be financed by the World Bank, it has to comply with the concerned operational policies and guidelines of the Bank in force; so that it is environmentally sound and sustainable. Such compliance will enable the project proponent in improving their environmental performance of the plant during its operational life.. It is also recommended that the environmental monitoring plan be effectively implemented in order to identify any changes in the predicted impacts; so that appropriate measures can be taken to off-set any unexpected adverse impacts. Apart from risks associated with emissions, noise generation, solid waste, hazardous waste and wastewater disposal as a result of construction and operation activities, the power plant like any other industrial plants, has some inherent risks. These risks arise due to accident/disasters and may even sometime cause loss of life. An emergency response plan 167 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant (ERP) for the proposed power plant has been developed listing various actions to be performed in a very short period of time in a pre-determined sequence in order to deal effectively and efficiently with any emergency, major accident or natural disaster. The environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) has been effectively implemented during construction period and no untoward events/accidents happened during the period. The EMAP does specify all affected environmental values, all potential impacts on environmental values, mitigation strategies, relevant monitoring together with appropriate indicators and performance criteria, reporting requirements and, if an undesirable impact or unforeseen level of impact occurs, the appropriate corrective actions available in it. 168 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant LIST OF REFERENCES 1. Environment and Engineering Associates, March 2012, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for “Midland Power Company Ltd.” 51MW Gas Fired Power Plant, Asugonj, Brahmanbaria, Bangladesh. 2. Banglapedia (2003), „Banglapedia: National Encyclopedia of Bangladesh (Volume 1 to 10)‟, Asiatic Society of Bangladesh, Dhaka, Bangladesh 3. BBS (2011),„Bangladesh Population Census 2011‟, Bangladesh Bureau of Statistics, Dhaka, Bangladesh. 4. BPDB (2011), Official Website of the Bangladesh Power Development Board, Ministry of Power Energy and Mineral Resources, http://www.bpdb.gov.bd/bpdb/ 5. BRTC, BUET (2012), Updating the Environmental Impact Assessment of the World Bank Financed 335 MW Combined Cycle Power Plant at Siddhirganj. 6. GoB (1997), Environmental Conservation Rules 1997, Department of Environment, Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of the People‟s Republic of Bangladesh, June 1997. 7. GoB (1997a), EA Guidelines for Industries, Department of Environment, Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of the People‟s Republic of Bangladesh, June 1997. 8. GoB (2005), SRO No. 220-Rule/2005, Revision of the Environment Conservation Rules 1997, Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of the People‟s Republic of Bangladesh, Dhaka. 9. IUCN Bangladesh (2002), Bio-ecological Zones of Bangladesh. The World Conservation Union, Bangladesh Country Office, Dhaka, Bangladesh. pp.139. 10. IUCN Bangladesh (2000a), Red book of Threatened Amphibians and Reptiles of Bangladesh. IUCN-Bangladesh, House 11, Road 138, Gulshan 1, Dhaka, Bangladesh. Pp. 95. 11. IUCN Bangladesh (2000b), Red book of Threatened Birds of Bangladesh. IUCN-Bangladesh, House 11, Road 138, Gulshan 1, Dhaka, Bangladesh. Pp.116. 12. IUCN Bangladesh (2000c), Red book of Threatened Mammals of Bangladesh. IUCN Bangladesh, House 11, Road 138, Gulshan 1, Dhaka, Bangladesh. Pp. 71. 13. IUCN Bangladesh (2000d), Red Book of Threatened Fishes of Bangladesh. IUCN Bangladesh, House 11, Road 138, Gulshan 1, Dhaka, Bangladesh. Pp. 116. 14. Ministry of Power Energy and Mineral Resources (2011), Official website, http:// http://www.powerdivision.gov.bd/ 15. World Bank Group and IFC (2007), Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines, International Finance Corporation and the World Bank. 16. World Bank (1999a), Operational Manual –OP 4.01, The World Bank operation manual for environmental assessment, Washington. 17. Environmental Resources Management (S) Pte. Ltd (August 2012), Draft Environmental Impact Assessment Report of 217.9 MW Gas-Fired Combined Cycle Power Plant Project, Bhola, Bangladesh, 18. Uncontrolled Emission Factors For 2-Stroke Lean-Burn Engines information from AP42 169 | P a g e Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Study for 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant ANNEX–I to XX 170 | P a g e ANNEX-I The World Bank Operational Manual OP 4.01 OP 4.01 - Environmental Assessment These policies were prepared for use by World Bank staff and are not necessarily OP 4.01 a complete treatment of the subject. January, 1999 Note: OP/BP 4.01 Environmental Assessment, were revised on April 2013 to take into account the recommendations in “Investment Lending Reform: Modernizing and Consolidating Operational Policies and Procedures” (R2012-0204 [IDA/R2012- 0248]), which were approved by the Executive Directors on October 25, 2012. As a result of these recommendations, OP/BP 10.00, Investment Project Financing, have been revised, among other things, to incorporate and expand parts of OP/BP 8.00, Rapid Response to Crises and Emergencies, and to incorporate OP/BP 8.30, Financial Intermediary Lending and OP/BP 13.05, Supervision, (which have accordingly been retired). OP/BP 4.01 have consequently been updated to reflect these changes. Additional information related to these statements is provided in the Environmental Assessment Sourcebook (Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1991) and subsequent updates available from the Environment Sector Board, and in the World Bank Group Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines (EHSGs).1 Other Bank statements that relate to the environment include OP/BP 4.02, Environmental Action Plans; OP/BP 4.04, Natural Habitats; OP 4.07, Water Resources Management; OP 4.09, Pest Management; OP/BP 4.10, Indigenous Peoples; OP/BP 4.11, Physical Cultural Resources; OP/BP 4.12, Involuntary Resettlement; OP/BP 4.36, Forests; and OP/BP 10.00, Investment Project Financing. Questions may be addressed to the Safeguard Policies Helpdesk in OPCS (Safeguards@worldbank.org). Revised April 2013 2 1. The Bank requires environmental assessment (EA) of projects proposed for Bank financing to help ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable, and thus to improve decision making. 2. EA is a process whose breadth, depth, and type of analysis depend on the nature, scale, and potential environmental impact of the proposed project. EA evaluates a project's potential environmental risks and impacts in 3 its area of influence; examines project alternatives; identifies ways of improving project selection, siting, planning, design, and implementation by preventing, minimizing, mitigating, or compensating for adverse environmental impacts and enhancing positive impacts; and includes the process of mitigating and managing adverse environmental impacts throughout project implementation. The Bank favors preventive measures over mitigatory or compensatory measures, whenever feasible. 3. EA takes into account the natural environment (air, water, and land); human health and safety; social aspects 4 (involuntary resettlement, indigenous peoples, and physical cultural resources); and transboundary and global 5 environmental aspects. EA considers natural and social aspects in an integrated way. It also takes into account the variations in project and country conditions; the findings of country environmental studies; national environmental action plans; the country's overall policy framework, national legislation, and institutional capabilities related to the environment and social aspects; and obligations of the country, pertaining to project activities, under relevant international environmental treaties and agreements. The Bank does not finance project activities that would contravene such country obligations, as identified during the EA. EA is initiated as early as possible in project processing and is integrated closely with the economic, financial, institutional, social, and technical analyses of a proposed project. 6 4. The borrower is responsible for carrying out the EA. For Category A projects, the borrower retains independent 7 EA experts not affiliated with the project to carry out the EA. For Category A projects that are highly risky or contentious or that involve serious and multidimensional environmental concerns, the borrower should normally also engage an advisory panel of independent, internationally recognized environmental specialists to advise on all 8 aspects of the project relevant to the EA. The role of the advisory panel depends on the degree to which project preparation has progressed, and on the extent and quality of any EA work completed, at the time the Bank begins to consider the project. 5. The Bank advises the borrower on the Bank's EA requirements. The Bank reviews the findings and recommendations of the EA to determine whether they provide an adequate basis for processing the project for Bank financing. When the borrower has completed or partially completed EA work prior to the Bank's involvement in a project, the Bank reviews the EA to ensure its consistency with this policy. The Bank may, if appropriate, require additional EA work, including public consultation and disclosure. 9 6. The Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook describes pollution prevention and abatement measures and emission levels that are normally acceptable to the Bank. However, taking into account borrower country legislation and local conditions, the EA may recommend alternative emission levels and approaches to pollution prevention and abatement for the project. The EA report must provide full and detailed justification for the levels and approaches chosen for the particular project or site. EA Instruments 7. Depending on the project, a range of instruments can be used to satisfy the Bank's EA requirement: environmental impact assessment (EIA), regional or sectoral EA, strategic environmental and social assessment (SESA), environmental audit, hazard or risk assessment, environmental management plan (EMP) and environmental and 10 social management framework (ESMF). EA applies one or more of these instruments, or elements of them, as 11 appropriate. When the project is likely to have sectoral or regional impacts, sectoral or regional EA is required. Environmental Screening 8. The Bank undertakes environmental screening of each proposed project to determine the appropriate extent and type of EA. The Bank classifies the proposed project into one of four categories, depending on the type, location, sensitivity, and scale of the project and the nature and magnitude of its potential environmental impacts. (a) Category A: A proposed project is classified as Category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental 12 impacts that are sensitive, diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area broader than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. EA for a Category A project examines the project's potential negative and positive environmental impacts, compares them with those of feasible alternatives (including the "without project" situation), and recommends any measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for adverse impacts and improve environmental performance. For a Category A project, the borrower is responsible for preparing a report, normally an EIA (or a suitably comprehensive regional or sectoral EA) that includes, as necessary, elements of the other instruments referred to in para. 7. (b) Category B: A proposed project is classified as Category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts on human populations or environmentally important areas--including wetlands, forests, grasslands, and other natural habitats--are less adverse than those of Category A projects. These impacts are site-specific; few if any of them are irreversible; and in most cases mitigatory measures can be designed more readily than for Category A projects. The scope of EA for a Category B project may vary from project to project, but it is narrower than that of Category A EA. Like Category A EA, it examines the project's potential negative and positive environmental impacts and recommends any measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate, or compensate for adverse impacts and improve environmental performance. The findings and results of Category B EA are described in the project documentation (Project 13 Appraisal Document and Project Information Document). (c) Category C: A proposed project is classified as Category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. Beyond screening, no further EA action is required for a Category C project. (d) Category FI: A proposed project is classified as Category FI if it involves investment of Bank funds through a financial intermediary, in subprojects that may result in adverse environmental impacts. EA for Special Project Types Projects Involving Subprojects 9. For projects involving the preparation and implementation of annual investment plans or subprojects, identified and developed over the course of the project period during the preparation of each proposed subproject, the project coordinating entity or implementing institution carries out appropriate EA according to country requirements and the 14 requirements of this policy. The Bank appraises and, if necessary, includes in the SIL components to strengthen, the capabilities of the coordinating entity or the implementing institution to (a) screen subprojects, (b) obtain the necessary expertise to carry out EA, (c) review all findings and results of EA for individual subprojects, (d) ensure implementation of mitigation measures (including, where applicable, an EMP), and (e) monitor environmental 15 conditions during project implementation. If the Bank is not satisfied that adequate capacity exists for carrying out EA, all Category A subprojects and, as appropriate, Category B subprojects--including any EA reports--are subject to prior review and approval by the Bank. Projects Involving Financial Intermediaries 10. For a project involving a financial intermediary (FI), the Bank requires that each FI screen proposed subprojects and ensure that subborrowers carry out appropriate EA for each subproject. Before approving a subproject, the FI verifies (through its own staff, outside experts, or existing environmental institutions) that the subproject meets the environmental requirements of appropriate national and local authorities and is consistent with this OP and other 16 applicable environmental policies of the Bank. 11. In appraising a proposed FI operation, the Bank reviews the adequacy of country environmental requirements relevant to the project and the proposed EA arrangements for subprojects, including the mechanisms and responsibilities for environmental screening and review of EA results. When necessary, the Bank ensures that the project includes components to strengthen such EA arrangements. For FI operations expected to have Category A subprojects, prior to the Bank's appraisal each identified participating FI provides to the Bank a written assessment of the institutional mechanisms (including, as necessary, identification of measures to strengthen capacity) for its 17 subproject EA work. If the Bank is not satisfied that adequate capacity exists for carrying out EA, all Category A subprojects and, as appropriate, Category B subprojects--including EA reports--are subject to prior review and 18 approval by the Bank. Projects in Situations of Urgent Need of Assistance or Capacity Constraints under OP 10.00 12. The policy set out in OP 4.01 normally applies to projects processed under paragraph 11 of OP/BP 10.00, Investment Project Financing. However, when compliance with any requirement of this policy would prevent the effective and timely achievement of the objectives of such a project, the Bank may (subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph 11 of OP 10.00) exempt the project from such a requirement. The justification for any such exemption is recorded in the project documents. In all cases, however, the Bank requires at a minimum that (a) the extent to which the situation of urgent need of assistance or the capacity constraints were precipitated or exacerbated by inappropriate environmental practices be determined as part of the preparation of such projects, and (b) any necessary corrective measures be built into either the project or a future lending operation. Institutional Capacity 13. When the borrower has inadequate legal or technical capacity to carry out key EA-related functions (such as review of EA, environmental monitoring, inspections, or management of mitigatory measures) for a proposed project, the project includes components to strengthen that capacity. Public Consultation 14. For all Category A and B projects proposed for IBRD or IDA financing, during the EA process, the borrower consults project-affected groups and local nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) about the project's environmental aspects and takes their views into account. The borrower initiates such consultations as early as possible. For Category A projects, the borrower consults these groups at least twice: (a) shortly after environmental screening and before the terms of reference for the EA are finalized; and (b) once a draft EA report is prepared. In addition, the borrower consults with such groups throughout project implementation as necessary to address EA-related issues 19 that affect them. Disclosure 15. For meaningful consultations between the borrower and project-affected groups and local NGOs on all Category A and B projects proposed for IBRD or IDA financing, the borrower provides relevant material in a timely manner prior to consultation and in a form and language that are understandable and accessible to the groups being consulted. 16. For a Category A project, the borrower provides for the initial consultation a summary of the proposed project's objectives, description, and potential impacts; for consultation after the draft EA report is prepared, the borrower provides a summary of the EA's conclusions. In addition, for a Category A project, the borrower makes the draft EA report available at a public place accessible to project-affected groups and local NGOs. For projects described in paragraph 9 above, the borrower/FI ensures that EA reports for Category A subprojects are made available in a public place accessible to affected groups and local NGOs. 17. Any separate Category B report for a project proposed for IDA financing is made available to project-affected groups and local NGOs. Public availability in the borrowing country and official receipt by the Bank of Category A reports for projects proposed for IBRD or IDA financing, and of any Category B EA report for projects proposed for IDA funding, are prerequisites to Bank appraisal of these projects. 18. Once the borrower officially transmits the Category A EA report to the Bank, the Bank distributes the summary (in English) to the executive directors (EDs) and makes the report available through its InfoShop. Once the borrower officially transmits any separate Category B EA report to the Bank, the Bank makes it available through its 20 InfoShop. If the borrower objects to the Bank's releasing an EA report through the World Bank InfoShop, Bank staff (a) do not continue processing an IDA project, or (b) for an IBRD project, submit the issue of further processing to the EDs. Implementation 19. During project implementation, the borrower reports on (a) compliance with measures agreed with the Bank on the basis of the findings and results of the EA, including implementation of any EMP, as set out in the project documents; (b) the status of mitigatory measures; and (c) the findings of monitoring programs. The Bank bases supervision of the project's environmental aspects on the findings and recommendations of the EA, including 21 measures set out in the legal agreements, any EMP, and other project documents. ___________ 1. World Bank Group Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines (EHSGs) have replaced the 1998 Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook (PPAH). Guidelines as to what constitutes acceptable pollution prevention and abatement measures and emission levels in a Bank financed project can be found in the EHSGs. For complete reference, consult the World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines. Please check the website [www1.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/Topics_Ext_Content/IFC_External_Corporate_Site/IFC+Sustainability/Sustainability+Framework/ Environmental,+Health,+and+Safety+Guidelines/] for the most recent version. 2. "Bank" includes IBRD and IDA; "EA" refers to the entire process set out in OP/BP 4.01; "loans" includes IDA credits and IDA grants; "borrower" includes, for guarantee operations, a private or public project sponsor receiving from another financial institution a loan guaranteed by the Bank; and "project" covers all operations financed by Investment Project Financing or Bank guarantees ("project" does not cover operations supported by Development Policy lending (for which the environmental provisions are set out in OP/BP 8.60, Development Policy Lending), or operations supported by Program-for-Results Financing (for which environmental provisions are set out in OP/BP 9.00, Program-for-Results Financing) and also includes projects and components funded under the Global Environment Facility. The project is described in the Loan/Credit/Grant Agreement. This policy applies to all components of the project, regardless of the source of financing. 3. For definitions, see Annex A. The area of influence for any project is determined with the advice of environmental specialists and set out in the EA terms of reference. 4. See OP/BP 4.12, Involuntary Resettlement; OP/BP 4.10, Indigenous Peoples; and OP/BP 4.11, Physical Cultural Resources. 5. Global environmental issues include climate change, ozone-depleting substances, pollution of international waters, and adverse impacts on biodiversity. 6. For screening, see para. 8. 7. EA is closely integrated with the project's economic, financial, institutional, social, and technical analyses to ensure that (a) environmental considerations are given adequate weight in project selection, siting, and design decisions; and (b) EA does not delay project processing. However, the borrower ensures that when individuals or entities are engaged to carry out EA activities, any conflict of interest is avoided. For example, when an independent EA is required, it is not carried out by the consultants hired to prepare the engineering design. 8. The panel (which is different from the dam safety panel required under OP/BP 4.37, Safety of Dams) advises the borrower specifically on the following aspects: (a) the terms of reference for the EA, (b) key issues and methods for preparing the EA, (c) recommendations and findings of the EA, (d) implementation of the EA's recommendations, and (e) development of environmental management capacity. 9. See footnote 1. 10. These terms are defined in Annex A. 11. Annexes Guidance on the use of sectoral and regional EA is available in EA Sourcebook Updates 4 and 15. 12. A potential impact is considered "sensitive" if it may be irreversible (e.g., lead to loss of a major natural habitat) or raise issues covered by OP 4.04, Natural Habitats; OP/BP 4.10, Indigenous Peoples; OP/BP 4.11, Physical Cultural Resources or OP 4.12, Involuntary Resettlement. 13. When the screening process determines, or national legislation requires, that any of the environmental issues identified warrant special attention, the findings and results of Category B EA may be set out in a separate report. Depending on the type of project and the nature and magnitude of the impacts, this report may include, for example, a limited environmental impact assessment, an environmental mitigation or management plan, an environmental audit, or a hazard assessment. For Category B projects that are not in environmentally sensitive areas and that present well-defined and well-understood issues of narrow scope, the Bank may accept alternative approaches for meeting EA requirements: for example, environmentally sound design criteria, siting criteria, or pollution standards for small-scale industrial plants or rural works; environmentally sound siting criteria, construction standards, or inspection procedures for housing projects; or environmentally sound operating procedures for road rehabilitation projects. 14. In addition, if there are sectorwide issues that cannot be addressed through individual subproject EAs (and particularly if the project is likely to include Category A subprojects), the borrower may be required to carry out sectoral EA before the Bank appraises the project. 15. Where, pursuant to regulatory requirements or contractual arrangements acceptable to the Bank, any of these review functions are carried out by an entity other than the coordinating entity or implementing institution, the Bank appraises such alternative arrangements; however, the borrower/coordinating entity/implementing institution remains ultimately responsible for ensuring that subprojects meet Bank requirements. 16. The requirements for projects involving FI are derived from the EA process and are consistent with the provisions of para. 6 of this OP. The EA process takes into account the type of finance being considered, the nature and scale of anticipated subprojects, and the environmental requirements of the jurisdiction in which subprojects will be located. 17. Any FI included in the project after appraisal complies with the same requirement as a condition of its participation. 18. The criteria for prior review of Category B subprojects, which are based on such factors as type or size of the subproject and the EA capacity of the financial intermediary, are set out in the legal agreements for the project. 19. For projects with major social components, consultations are also required by other Bank policies--for example, OP/BP 4.10, Indigenous Peoples, and OP/BP 4.12, Involuntary Resettlement. 20. For a further discussion of the Bank's disclosure procedures, see The World Bank Policy on Access to Information which as of July 1, 2010, replaced The World Bank Policy on Disclosure of Information. Specific requirements for disclosure of resettlement plans and indigenous peoples development plans are set out in OP/BP 4.10, Indigenous Peoples, and OP/BP 4.12, Involuntary Resettlement. 21. See OP/BP 10.00, Investment Project Financing. ANNEX-II Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) of DOE ANNEX III- AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS Sample Sample Collection Ambient Air Pollutants code Date Concentration (µg/m3) SO2 NOx CO AQ-1 28-Sep-14 27.45 42.61 340 3-Oct-14 21.52 36.84 280 8-Oct-14 18.23 26.68 175 14-Oct-14 20.38 32.08 225 AQ-2 29-Sep-14 12.32 25.48 120 4-Oct-14 9.45 16.31 80 10-Oct-14 10.55 18.56 90 16-Oct-14 13.87 21.32 100 AQ-3 1-Oct-14 9.76 20.51 90 6-Oct-14 11.34 13.62 70 12-Oct-14 8.02 10.26 40 17-Oct-14 9.51 18.15 60 ANNEX IV-CHECKLIST OF FLORA Cropland Vegetation: 13 species IUCN Status: CR – Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, LR – Lower Risk/LC-Least Concern, DD- Data Deficient, NA- Not Available Local Status: VC – Very Common C – Common, R – Rare, VR – Very rare Sl. Common Name Family Name Scientific Name Habit Usage IUCN Local Status Status 1. Indian Acalypha Euphorbiaceae Acalypha indica Herb Medicine NA C 2. Sessile Joyweed Amaranthaceae Alternanthera sessilis Herb Medicine NA C 3. Prickly Chaff Amaranthaceae Achyranthes aspera Herb Medicine NA C Flower 4. Spiny amaranth Amaranthaceae Amaranthus spinosus Herb Medicine NA VC 5. Crown flower Asclepiadaceae Calotropis gigantea Shrub Medicine & NA C Ornamental 6. Buttonweeds Compositae Cotula hemisphaerica Herb Medicine & NA VC Ornamental 7. Australian Dodder Convolvulaceae Cuscuta australis Herb Medicine NA C 8. Bermuda grass Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Shrub Medicine NA VC 9. Creeping lickstoop Rubiaceae Dentella repens Herb Medicine NA C 10. Creeping Oxalidaceae Oxalis corniculata Herb Medicine NA C woodsorrel 11. Knotweed Polygonacae Polygonum sp. Herb - NA C 12. Sesbania Leguminosae Sesbania rostrata Shrub Fuel wood NA VC 13. Rorippa Cruciferae Rorippa indica Herb Medicine NA C Homestead Vegetation: 32 species IUCN Status: CR – Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, LR – Lower Risk/LC-Least Concern, DD- Data Deficient Local Status: VC – Very Common C – Common, R – Rare, VR – Very rare Sl. Common Name Family Name Scientific Name Habit Usage IUCN Status Local Status 1. Stone apple Rutaceae Aegle marmelos Tree Fruit & Medicine Not Available R 2. White siris Leguminosae Albizia procera Tree Timber and fuel Not Available C wood 3. Blackboard tree Apocynaceae Alstonia scholaris Tree Timber LC R 4. Kadam Rubiaceae Anthocephalus Tree Timber and fuel Not Available C chinensis wood 5. Betel nut palm Palmae Areca catechu Tree Fruit and Timber Not Available VC 6. Jackfruit Moraceae Artocarpus Tree Fruit, Timber and Not Available C heterophyllus fuel wood 7. Neem Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Tree Timber and Not Available C medicine 8. Bamboo Gramineae Bambusa sp. Tree Thatching Not Available VC 9. Cotton tree Bombacaceae Bombax ceiba Tree Cotton and Fuel Not Available C wood 10. Papaya Caricaceae Carica papaya Shrub Fruit Not Available C 11. Kola Umbelliferae Centella asitica Herb Medicine and Not Available C Vegetables 12. Queen of the night Compositae Cestrum nocturnum Shrub Ornamental Not Available R 13. Pomelo Rutaceae Citrus grandis Tree Fruit Not Available C 14. Coconut Palmae Cocos nucifera Tree Fruit and Fuel Not Available VC wood 15. Gaabh Herb Ebanaceae Diospyros peregrina Tree Fruit Not Available C 16. Hairy Fig Moraceae Ficus hispida Tree Fruit and Fuel Not Available VC wood 17. Lychee Sapindaceae Litchi chinensis Tree Fruit Not Available C Sl. Common Name Family Name Scientific Name Habit Usage IUCN Status Local Status 18. Mango Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Tree Fruit and Timber Not Available VC 19. Banana Musaceae Musa paradisiaca var. Shrub Fruit Not Available VC sapientum 20. Hoary basil Labiatae Ocimum americanum Herb Medicine Not Available R 21. Guava Myrtaceae Psidium guajava Shrub Fruit Not Available C 22. Golden apple Anacardiaceae Spondias dulcis Tree Fruit Not Available R 23. Mahogany Meliaceae Swietenia mahagoni Tree Timber and LC C medicine 24. Night-flowering Oleaceae Nyctanthes Shrub Ornamental Not Available C Jasmine arbortristis 25. Passion fruit Passifloraceae Passiflora edulis Vine Fruit & Ornamental Not Available VR 26. Beechwood Lamiaceae Gmelina arborea Tree Timber Not Available C 27. Rangan Rubiaceae Ixora Coccinea Shrub Ornamental Not Available C 28. Hibiscus Malvaceae Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Shrub Ornamental Not Available VC 29. Royal Poinciana Fabaceae Delonix regia Tree Ornamental VU R 30. Lemon Rutaceae Citrus limon Shrub Fruit Not Available VC 31. Eucalyptus Myrtaceae Eucalyptus obliqua Tree Timber Not Available C 32. Rain Tree Fabaceae Samanea saman Tree Timber & Not Available C Ornamental Wetland Vegetation: 17 IUCN Status: CR – Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, LR – Lower Risk/LC-Least Concern, DD- Data Deficient, NA-Not Available Local Status: VC – Very Common C – Common, R – Rare, VR – Very rare Sl. Common Name Family Name Scientific Name Habit IUCN Local Status Status 1. Alligator weed Amaranthaceae Alternanthera philoxeroides Herb NA C 2. Water spinach Convolvulanceae Ipomoea reprans Herb 3. Water Sprite Pteridaceae Ceratopteris thalictroides Herb NA C 4. Common water hyacinth Pontaderiaceae Eichhornia crassipes Herb NA VC 5. Helencha Cyperaceae Altemathera Herb NA VC philoxeroides 6. Minute duckweed Lemnaceae Lemna perpusilla Herb NA C 7. Four Leaf Clover Mersileaceae Marsilea quadrifolia Herb LC C 8. Arrow Leaf Pondweed Pontaderiaceae Monochoria hatata Herb NA C 9. Water Lily Nymphaeaceae Nymphaea nouchali Herb LC VC 10. Jointweed Polygonaceae Polygonum barbatum Herb NA C 11. Denseflower knotweed Polygonaceae Polygonum glabrum Herb NA C 12. Bishkatali Polygonaceae Polygonum lanatum Herb NA C 13. Asian Watermoss Salviniaceae Salvina cucullata Herb NA C 14. Common duckweed Lemnaceae Spirodela polyrhiza Herb LC C 15. Watermeal Lemnaceae Wolffia microscopica Herb NA C 16. Sticky Nightshade Solanaceae Solanum sisymbriifolium Shrub NA C 17. Water lettuce Araceae Pistia stratiotes Herb NA C ANNEX-V: CHECKLIST OF FAUNA Birds: 14 Species IUCN Status: CR – Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, LR – Lower Risk/LC-Least Concern, DD- Data Deficient, * This taxon has not yet been assessed = NYA Local Status: CR – Common Resident, C – Common, UR – Uncommon Resident, RR – Rare Resident, V – Vagrant Birdlife Status: EX – Extinct, EW - Extinct In The Wild, CR - Critically Endangered, CR (PE) - Critically Endangered (Possibly Extinct), CR (PEW) - Critically Endangered (Possibly Extinct In the Wild), EN – Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened, LC - Least Concern, DD - Data Deficient Sl. Common Name Family Name Scientific Name IUCN Birdlife Local Status Status Status 1. Red-vented Bulbul Passerines Pycnonotus cafer LC LC CR 2. House Crow Corvidae Corvus splendens NYA LC CR 3. Spotted Dove Columbidae Streptopelia chinensis NYA - CR 4. House Sparrow Passeridae Passer domesticus LC LC CR 5. Oriental Magpie-Robin Muscicapidae Copsychus saularis LC LC CR 6. Black Drongo Dicruridae Dicrurus macrocercus LC LC C 7. Common Flame-backed Woodpecker Picidae Dinopium javanense LC LC RR 8. Common Myna Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis LC LC C 9. Jungle Myna Sturnidae Acridotheres fuscus LC LC CR 10. Black-breasted Weaver Ploceidae Ploceus benghalensis LC LC UR 11. Common Pigeon Columbidae Columba livia LC LC CR 12. Black-hooded Oriole Oriolidae Oriolus xanthornus LC LC UR 13. Common Tailorbird Sylviidae Orthotomus sutorius LC LC C 14. Black Kite Accipitridae Milvus migrans LC LC V Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP 1.0 Environmental 1.1 Air Emissions and Ambient Air Quality the spatial characteristic of the source including point sources, Applicability and Approach ...............................................3 fugitive sources, and mobile sources and, further, by process, Ambient Air Quality ..........................................................4 such as combustion, materials storage, or other industry sector- General Approach....................................................4 specific processes. Projects Located in Degraded Airsheds or Ecologically Sensitive Areas........................................................5 Point Sources ..................................................................5 Where possible, facilities and projects should avoid, minimize, and Stack Height.............................................................5 control adverse impacts to human health, safety, and the Small Combustion Facilities Emissions Guidelines ....6 Fugitive Sources ..............................................................8 environment from emissions to air. Where this is not possible, the Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)........................8 generation and release of emissions of any type should be Particulate Matter (PM).............................................8 managed through a combination of: Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) .........................9 Mobile Sources – Land-based ..........................................9 Greenhouse Gases (GHGs).............................................9 • Energy use efficiency Monitoring......................................................................10 • Process modification Monitoring of Small Combustion Plants Emissions...11 • Selection of fuels or other materials, the processing of which may result in less polluting emissions • Application of emissions control techniques Applicability and Approach This guideline applies to facilities or projects that generate The selected prevention and control techniques may include one emissions to air at any stage of the project life-cycle. It or more methods of treatment depending on: complements the industry-specific emissions guidance presented in the Industry Sector Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) • Regulatory requirements Guidelines by providing information about common techniques for • Significance of the source emissions management that may be applied to a range of industry • Location of the emitting facility relative to other sources sectors. This guideline provides an approach to the management • Location of sensitive receptors of significant sources of emissions, including specific guidance for • Existing ambient air quality, and potential for degradation of assessment and monitoring of impacts. It is also intended to the airshed from a proposed project provide additional information on approaches to emissions • Technical feasibility and cost effectiveness of the available management in projects located in areas of poor air quality, where options for prevention, control, and release of emissions it may be necessary to establish project-specific emissions standards. Emissions of air pollutants can occur from a wide variety of activities during the construction, operation, and decommissioning phases of a project. These activities can be categorized based on APRIL 30, 2007 3 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Ambient Air Quality additional, future sustainable development in the same airshed. 12 General Approach At facility level, impacts should be estimated through qualitative or Projects with significant5,6 sources of air emissions, and potential quantitative assessments by the use of baseline air quality for significant impacts to ambient air quality, should prevent or assessments and atmospheric dispersion models to assess minimize impacts by ensuring that: potential ground level concentrations. Local atmospheric, climatic, • Emissions do not result in pollutant concentrations that reach and air quality data should be applied when modeling dispersion, or exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standards9 protection against atmospheric downwash, wakes, or eddy effects by applying national legislated standards, or in their absence, of the source, nearby13 structures, and terrain features. The the current WHO Air Quality Guidelines10 (see Table 1.1.1), dispersion model applied should be internationally recognized, or or other internationally recognized sources11; comparable. Examples of acceptable emission estimation and • Emissions do not contribute a significant portion to the dispersion modeling approaches for point and fugitive sources are attainment of relevant ambient air quality guidelines or standards. As a general rule, this Guideline suggests 25 Table 1.1.1: WHO Ambient Air Quality Guidelines 7,8 percent of the applicable air quality standards to allow Averaging Guideline value in Period µ g/m 3 Sulfur dioxide (SO2) 24-hour 125 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 20 (guideline) 10 minute 500 (guideline) 5 Significant sources of point and fugitive emissions are considered to be general Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 1-year 40 (guideline) 1-hour 200 (guideline) sources which, for example, can contribute a net emissions increase of one or more of the following pollutants within a given airshed: PM10: 50 tons per year Particulate Matter 1-year 70 (Interim target-1) (tpy); NOx: 500 tpy; SO2: 500 tpy; or as established through national legislation; PM10 50 (Interim target-2) and combustion sources with an equivalent heat input of 50 MWth or greater. The 30 (Interim target-3) significance of emissions of inorganic and organic pollutants should be established 20 (guideline) on a project-specific basis taking into account toxic and other properties of the pollutant. 24-hour 150 (Interim target-1) 6 United States Environmental Protection Agency, Prevention of Significant 100 (Interim target-2) Deterioration of Air Quality, 40 CFR Ch. 1 Part 52.21. Other references for 75 (Interim target-3) establishing significant emissions include the European Commission. 2000. 50 (guideline) “Guidance Document for EPER implementation.” Particulate Matter 1-year 35 (Interim target-1) http://ec.europa.eu/environment/ippc/eper/index.htm ; and Australian Government. 2004. “National Pollutant Inventory Guide.” PM2.5 25 (Interim target-2) http://www.npi.gov.au/handbooks/pubs/npiguide.pdf 15 (Interim target-3) 7 World Health Organization (WHO). Air Quality Guidelines Global Update, 2005. 10 (guideline) PM 24-hour value is the 99th percentile. 8 Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to 24-hour 75 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) achieving the recommended guidelines. 9 Ambient air quality standards are ambient air quality levels established and 37.5 (Interim target-3) 25 (guideline) published through national legislative and regulatory processes, and ambient Ozone 8-hour daily 160 (Interim target-1) quality guidelines refer to ambient quality levels primarily developed through clinical, toxicological, and epidemiological evidence (such as those published by maximum 100 (guideline) the World Health Organization). 10 Available at World Health Organization (WHO). http://www.who.int/en 12 US EPA Prevention of Significant Deterioration Increments Limits applicable to 11 For example the United States National Ambient Air Quality Standards non-degraded airsheds. (NAAQS) (http://www.epa.gov/air/criteria.html) and the relevant European Council Directives (Council Directive 1999/30/EC of 22 April 1999 / Council Directive 2002/3/EC of February 12 2002). APRIL 30, 2007 4 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP included in Annex 1.1.1. These approaches include screening Point Sources models for single source evaluations (SCREEN3 or AIRSCREEN), Point sources are discrete, stationary, identifiable sources of as well as more complex and refined models (AERMOD OR emissions that release pollutants to the atmosphere. They are ADMS). Model selection is dependent on the complexity and geo- typically located in manufacturing or production plants. Within a morphology of the project site (e.g. mountainous terrain, urban or given point source, there may be several individual ‘emission rural area). points’ that comprise the point source.15 Projects Located in Degraded Airsheds or Point sources are characterized by the release of air pollutants Ecologically Sensitive Areas typically associated with the combustion of fossil fuels, such as Facilities or projects located within poor quality airsheds14, and nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur dioxide (SO2), carbon monoxide within or next to areas established as ecologically sensitive (e.g. (CO), and particulate matter (PM), as well as other air pollutants national parks), should ensure that any increase in pollution levels including certain volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and metals is as small as feasible, and amounts to a fraction of the applicable that may also be associated with a wide range of industrial short-term and annual average air quality guidelines or standards activities. as established in the project-specific environmental assessment. Emissions from point sources should be avoided and controlled Suitable mitigation measures may also include the relocation of according to good international industry practice (GIIP) applicable significant sources of emissions outside the airshed in question, to the relevant industry sector, depending on ambient conditions, use of cleaner fuels or technologies, application of comprehensive through the combined application of process modifications and pollution control measures, offset activities at installations emissions controls, examples of which are provided in Annex controlled by the project sponsor or other facilities within the same 1.1.2. Additional recommendations regarding stack height and airshed, and buy-down of emissions within the same airshed. emissions from small combustion facilities are provided below. Specific provisions for minimizing emissions and their impacts in Stack Height poor air quality or ecologically sensitive airsheds should be The stack height for all point sources of emissions, whether established on a project-by-project or industry-specific basis. ‘significant’ or not, should be designed according to GIIP (see Offset provisions outside the immediate control of the project Annex 1.1.3) to avoid excessive ground level concentrations due sponsor or buy-downs should be monitored and enforced by the to downwash, wakes, and eddy effects, and to ensure reasonable local agency responsible for granting and monitoring emission diffusion to minimize impacts. For projects where there are permits. Such provisions should be in place prior to final multiple sources of emissions, stack heights should be established commissioning of the facility / project. with due consideration to emissions from all other project sources, both point and fugitive. Non-significant sources of emissions, 13 “Nearby” generally considers an area within a radius of up to 20 times the stack 15 Emission points refer to a specific stack, vent, or other discrete point of pollution height. release. This term should not be confused with point source, which is a regulatory 14 An airshed should be considered as having poor air quality if nationally distinction from area and mobile sources. The characterization of point sources into multiple emissions points is useful for allowing more detailed reporting of legislated air quality standards or WHO Air Quality Guidelines are exceeded emissions information. significantly. APRIL 30, 2007 5 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP including small combustion sources,16 should also use GIIP in stack design. Small Combustion Facilities Emissions Guidelines Small combustion processes are systems designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type, with a total, rated heat input capacity of between three Megawatt thermal (MWth) and 50 MWth. The emissions guidelines in Table 1.1.2 are applicable to small combustion process installations operating more than 500 hours per year, and those with an annual capacity utilization of more than 30 percent. Plants firing a mixture of fuels should compare emissions performance with these guidelines based on the sum of the relative contribution of each applied fuel17. Lower emission values may apply if the proposed facility is located in an ecologically sensitive airshed, or airshed with poor air quality, in order to address potential cumulative impacts from the installation of more than one small combustion plant as part of a distributed generation project. 16 Small combustion sources are those with a total rated heat input capacity of 50MWth or less. 17 The contribution of a fuel is the percentage of heat input (LHV) provided by this fuel multiplied by its limit value. APRIL 30, 2007 6 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Table 1.1.2 - Small Combustion Facilities Emissions Guidelines (3MWth – 50MWth) – (in mg/Nm3 or as indicated) Combustion Technology / Dry Gas, Excess Particulate Matter (PM) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Fuel O2 Content (%) Engine 200 (Spark Ignition) Gas N/A N/A 400 (Dual Fuel) 15 1,600 (Compression Ignition) 1.5 percent Sulfur or up to 3.0 percent Sulfur if 50 or up to 100 if justified by project specific If bore size diameter [mm] < 400: 1460 justified by project specific considerations (e.g. considerations (e.g. Economic feasibility of (or up to 1,600 if justified to maintain high Economic feasibility of using lower S content fuel, Liquid using lower ash content fuel, or adding energy efficiency.) 15 or adding secondary treatment to meet levels of secondary treatment to meet 50, and using 1.5 percent Sulfur, and available available environmental capacity of the site) If bore size diameter [mm] > or = 400: 1,850 environmental capacity of the site) Turbine Natural Gas 42 ppm (Electric generation) N/A N/A 15 =3MWth to < 15MWth 100 ppm (Mechanical drive) Natural Gas N/A N/A 25 ppm 15 =15MWth to < 50MWth 0.5 percent Sulfur or lower percent Sulfur (e.g. 0.2 Fuels other than Natural Gas 96 ppm (Electric generation) N/A percent Sulfur) if commercially available without 15 =3MWth to < 15MWth 150 ppm (Mechanical drive) significant excess fuel cost Fuels other than Natural Gas 0.5% S or lower % S (0.2%S) if commercially N/A 74 ppm 15 =15MWth to < 50MWth available without significant excess fuel cost Boiler Gas N/A N/A 320 3 50 or up to 150 if justified by environmental Liquid 2000 460 3 assessment 50 or up to 150 if justified by environmental Solid 2000 650 6 assessment Notes: -N/A/ - no emissions guideline; Higher performance levels than these in the Table should be applicable to facilities located in urban / industrial areas with degraded airsheds or close to ecologically sensitive areas where more stringent emissions controls may be needed.; MWth is heat input on HHV basis; Solid fuels include biomass; Nm 3 is at one atmosphere pressure, 0°C.; MWth category is to apply to the entire facility consisting of multiple units that are reasonably considered to be emitted from a common stack except for NOx and PM limits for turbines and boilers. Guidelines values apply to facilities operating more than 500 hours per year with an annual capacity utilization factor of more than 30 percent. APRIL 30, 2007 7 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP • Implementing a leak detection and repair (LDAR) program Fugitive Sources that controls fugitive emissions by regularly monitoring to Fugitive source air emissions refer to emissions that are detect leaks, and implementing repairs within a predefined distributed spatially over a wide area and not confined to a specific time period.18 discharge point. They originate in operations where exhausts are For VOC emissions associated with handling of chemicals in open not captured and passed through a stack. Fugitive emissions have vats and mixing processes, the recommended prevention and the potential for much greater ground-level impacts per unit than control techniques include: stationary source emissions, since they are discharged and dispersed close to the ground. The two main types of fugitive • Substitution of less volatile substances, such as aqueous emissions are Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) and solvents; particulate matter (PM). Other contaminants (NOx, SO2 and CO) • Collection of vapors through air extractors and subsequent are mainly associated with combustion processes, as described treatment of gas stream by removing VOCs with control above. Projects with potentially significant fugitive sources of devices such as condensers or activated carbon absorption; emissions should establish the need for ambient quality • Collection of vapors through air extractors and subsequent assessment and monitoring practices. treatment with destructive control devices such as: o Catalytic Incinerators: Used to reduce VOCs from Open burning of solid wastes, whether hazardous or non- process exhaust gases exiting paint spray booths, hazardous, is not considered good practice and should be ovens, and other process operations avoided, as the generation of polluting emissions from this type of o Thermal Incinerators: Used to control VOC levels in a source cannot be controlled effectively. gas stream by passing the stream through a combustion chamber where the VOCs are burned in air at Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) temperatures between 700º C to 1,300º C The most common sources of fugitive VOC emissions are o Enclosed Oxidizing Flares: Used to convert VOCs into associated with industrial activities that produce, store, and use CO2 and H2O by way of direct combustion VOC-containing liquids or gases where the material is under pressure, exposed to a lower vapor pressure, or displaced from an • Use of floating roofs on storage tanks to reduce the enclosed space. Typical sources include equipment leaks, open opportunity for volatilization by eliminating the headspace vats and mixing tanks, storage tanks, unit operations in present in conventional storage tanks. wastewater treatment systems, and accidental releases. Particulate Matter (PM) Equipment leaks include valves, fittings, and elbows which are The most common pollutant involved in fugitive emissions is dust subject to leaks under pressure. The recommended prevention or particulate matter (PM). This is released during certain and control techniques for VOC emissions associated with operations, such as transport and open storage of solid materials, equipment leaks include: and from exposed soil surfaces, including unpaved roads. • Equipment modifications, examples of which are presented in Annex 1.1.4; 18 For more information, see Leak Detection and Repair Program (LDAR), at: http://www.ldar.net APRIL 30, 2007 8 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Recommended prevention and control of these emissions sources programs. In the absence of these, the following approach should include: be considered: • Use of dust control methods, such as covers, water • Regardless of the size or type of vehicle, fleet owners / suppression, or increased moisture content for open operators should implement the manufacturer recommended materials storage piles, or controls, including air extraction engine maintenance programs; and treatment through a baghouse or cyclone for material • Drivers should be instructed on the benefits of driving handling sources, such as conveyors and bins; practices that reduce both the risk of accidents and fuel • Use of water suppression for control of loose materials on consumption, including measured acceleration and driving paved or unpaved road surfaces. Oil and oil by-products is within safe speed limits; not a recommended method to control road dust. Examples • Operators with fleets of 120 or more units of heavy duty of additional control options for unpaved roads include those vehicles (buses and trucks), or 540 or more light duty summarized in Annex 1.1.5. vehicles21 (cars and light trucks) within an airshed should consider additional ways to reduce potential impacts Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) including: Several chemicals are classified as ozone depleting substances o Replacing older vehicles with newer, more fuel efficient (ODSs) and are scheduled for phase-out under the Montreal alternatives Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer.19 No new o Converting high-use vehicles to cleaner fuels, where systems or processes should be installed using CFCs, halons, feasible 1,1,1-trichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, methyl bromide or o Installing and maintaining emissions control devices, HBFCs. HCFCs should only be considered as interim / bridging such as catalytic converters alternatives as determined by the host country commitments and o Implementing a regular vehicle maintenance and repair regulations.20 program Mobile Sources – Land-based Greenhouse Gases (GHGs) Similar to other combustion processes, emissions from vehicles Sectors that may have potentially significant emissions of include CO, NOx, SO2, PM and VOCs. Emissions from on-road greenhouse gases (GHGs)22 include energy, transport, heavy and off-road vehicles should comply with national or regional industry (e.g. cement production, iron / steel manufacturing, aluminum smelting, petrochemical industries, petroleum refining, fertilizer manufacturing), agriculture, forestry and waste 19 Examples include: chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs); halons; 1,1,1-trichloroethane management. GHGs may be generated from direct emissions (methyl chloroform); carbon tetrachloride; hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs); hydrobromofluorocarbons (HBFCs); and methyl bromide. They are currently used in a variety of applications including: domestic, commercial, and process refrigeration (CFCs and HCFCs); domestic, commercial, and motor vehicle air 21 The selected fleet size thresholds are assumed to represent potentially conditioning (CFCs and HCFCs); for manufacturing foam products (CFCs); for significant sources of emissions based on individual vehicles traveling 100,000 km solvent cleaning applications (CFCs, HCFCs, methyl chloroform, and carbon / yr using average emission factors. tetrachloride); as aerosol propellants (CFCs); in fire protection systems (halons 22 The six greenhouse gases that form part of the Kyoto Protocol to the United and HBFCs); and as crop fumigants (methyl bromide). Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change include carbon dioxide (C02); 20 Additional information is available through the Montreal Protocol Secretariat methane (CH4); nitrous oxide (N 2O); hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs); perfluorocarbons web site available at: http://ozone.unep.org/ (PFCs); and sulfur hexafluoride (SF 6). APRIL 30, 2007 9 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP from facilities within the physical project boundary and indirect decisions to be made based on the data and the consequences of emissions associated with the off-site production of power used by making an incorrect decision, the time and geographic the project. boundaries, and the quality of data needed to make a correct decision.25 The air quality monitoring program should consider Recommendations for reduction and control of greenhouse gases include: the following elements: • Carbon financing;23 • Monitoring parameters: The monitoring parameters selected should reflect the pollutants of concern associated with • Enhancement of energy efficiency (see section on project processes. For combustion processes, indicator ‘Energy Conservation’); parameters typically include the quality of inputs, such as the • Protection and enhancement of sinks and reservoirs of sulfur content of fuel. greenhouse gases; • Promotion of sustainable forms of agriculture and • Baseline calculations: Before a project is developed, baseline forestry; air quality monitoring at and in the vicinity of the site should • Promotion, development and increased use of be undertaken to assess background levels of key pollutants, renewable forms of energy; in order to differentiate between existing ambient conditions • Carbon capture and storage technologies;24 and project-related impacts. • Limitation and / or reduction of methane emissions • Monitoring type and frequency: Data on emissions and through recovery and use in waste management, as well ambient air quality generated through the monitoring program as in the production, transport and distribution of energy should be representative of the emissions discharged by the (coal, oil, and gas). project over time. Examples of time-dependent variations in the manufacturing process include batch process Monitoring manufacturing and seasonal process variations. Emissions Emissions and air quality monitoring programs provide information from highly variable processes may need to be sampled that can be used to assess the effectiveness of emissions more frequently or through composite methods. Emissions management strategies. A systematic planning process is monitoring frequency and duration may also range from recommended to ensure that the data collected are adequate for continuous for some combustion process operating their intended purposes (and to avoid collecting unnecessary parameters or inputs (e.g. the quality of fuel) to less frequent, data). This process, sometimes referred to as a data quality monthly, quarterly or yearly stack tests. objectives process, defines the purpose of collecting the data, the • Monitoring locations: Ambient air quality monitoring may 23 Carbon financing as a carbon emissions reduction strategy may include the host consists of off-site or fence line monitoring either by the government-endorsed Clean Development Mechanism or Joint Implementation of project sponsor, the competent government agency, or by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. 24 Carbon dioxide capture and storage (CCS) is a process consisting of the collaboration between both. The location of ambient air separation of CO2 from industrial and energy-related sources; transport to a storage location; and long-term isolation from the atmosphere, for example in geological formations, in the ocean, or in mineral carbonates (reaction of CO2 with metal oxides in silicate minerals to produce stable carbonates). It is the object of 25 See, for example, United States Environmental Protection Agency, Guidance on intensive research worldwide (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Systematic Planning Using the Data Quality Objectives Process EPA QA/G-4, (IPCC), Special Report, Carbon Dioxide Capture and Storage (2006). EPA/240/B-06/001 February 2006. APRIL 30, 2007 10 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP quality monitoring stations should be established based on o If Annual Stack Emission Testing demonstrates results the results of scientific methods and mathematical models to consistently and significantly better than the required estimate potential impact to the receiving airshed from an levels, frequency of Annual Stack Emission Testing can emissions source taking into consideration such aspects as be reduced from annual to every two or three years. the location of potentially affected communities and o Emission Monitoring: None prevailing wind directions. Boilers with capacities between =20 MWth and < 50 MWth • Sampling and analysis methods : Monitoring programs should o Annual Stack Emission Testing: SO2, NOx and PM. For apply national or international methods for sample collection gaseous fuel-fired boilers, only NOx. SO2 can be and analysis, such as those published by the International calculated based on fuel quality certification (if no SO2 Organization for Standardization,26 the European Committee control equipment is used) for Standardization,27 or the U.S. Environmental Protection o Emission Monitoring: SO2. Plants with SO2 control Agency.28 Sampling should be conducted by, or under, the equipment: Continuous. NOx: Continuous monitoring of supervision of trained individuals. Analysis should be either NOx emissions or indicative NOx emissions using conducted by entities permitted or certified for this purpose. combustion parameters. PM: Continuous monitoring of Sampling and analysis Quality Assurance / Quality Control either PM emissions, opacity, or indicative PM (QA/QC) plans should be applied and documented to ensure emissions using combustion parameters / visual that data quality is adequate for the intended data use (e.g., monitoring. method detection limits are below levels of concern). • Additional recommended monitoring approaches for Monitoring reports should include QA/QC documentation. turbines : o Annual Stack Emission Testing: NOx and SO2 (NOx Monitoring of Small Combustion Plants Emissions only for gaseous fuel-fired turbines). • Additional recommended monitoring approaches for boilers : o If Annual Stack Emission Testing results show Boilers with capacities between =3 MWth and < 20 MWth: constantly (3 consecutive years) and significantly (e.g. o Annual Stack Emission Testing: SO2, NOx and PM. For less than 75 percent) better than the required levels, gaseous fuel-fired boilers, only NOx. SO2 can be frequency of Annual Stack Emission Testing can be calculated based on fuel quality certification if no SO2 reduced from annual to every two or three years. control equipment is used. o Emission Monitoring: NOx: Continuous monitoring of either NOx emissions or indicative NOx emissions using 26 An on-line catalogue of ISO standards relating to the environment, health combustion parameters.SO2: Continuous monitoring if protection, and safety is available at: SO2 control equipment is used. http://www.iso.org/iso/en/CatalogueListPage.CatalogueList?ICS1=13&ICS2=&ICS 3=&scopelist= • Additional recommended monitoring approaches for 27 An on-line catalogue of European Standards is available at: http://www.cen.eu/catweb/cwen.htm . engines: 28 The National Environmental Methods Index provides a searchable o Annual Stack Emission Testing: NOx ,SO2 and PM (NOx clearinghouse of U.S. methods and procedures for both regulatory and non- regulatory monitoring purposes for water, sediment, air and tissues, and is only for gaseous fuel-fired diesel engines). available at http://www.nemi.gov/. APRIL 30, 2007 11 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP o If Annual Stack Emission Testing results show constantly (3 consecutive years) and significantly (e.g. less than 75 percent) better than the required levels, frequency of Annual Stack Emission Testing can be reduced from annual to every two or three years. o Emission Monitoring: NOx: Continuous monitoring of either NOx emissions or indicative NOx emissions using combustion parameters. SO2: Continuous monitoring if SO2 control equipment is used. PM: Continuous monitoring of either PM emissions or indicative PM emissions using operating parameters. APRIL 30, 2007 12 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.1 – Air Emissions Estimation and Dispersion Modeling Methods The following is a partial list of documents to aid in the estimation of air emissions from various processes and air dispersion models: Australian Emission Estimation Technique Manuals http://www.npi.gov.au/handbooks/ Atmospheric Emission Inventory Guidebook, UN / ECE / EMEP and the European Environment Agency http://www.aeat.co.uk/netcen/airqual/TFEI/unece.htm Emission factors and emission estimation methods, US EPA Office of Air Quality Planning & Standards http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief Guidelines on Air Quality Models (Revised), US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), 2005 http://www.epa.gov/scram001/guidance/guide/appw_05.pdf Frequently Asked Questions, Air Quality Modeling and Assessment Unit (AQMAU), UK Environment Agency http://www.environment- agency.gov.uk/subjects/airquality/236092/?version=1&lang=_e OECD Database on Use and Release of Industrial Chemicals http://www.olis.oecd.org/ehs/urchem.nsf/ APRIL 30, 2007 13 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.2 – Illustrative Point Source Air Emissions Prevention and Control Technologies Principal Sources and Issues General Prevention / Process Reduction Gas Control Options Comments Modification Approach Efficiency (%) Condition Particulate Matter (PM) Main sources are the combustion of fossil Fuel switching (e.g. selection of lower sulfur Fabric Filters 99 - 99.7% Dry gas, temp Applicability depends on flue gas properties including temperature, chemical fuels and numerous manufacturing processes fuels) or reducing the amount of fine <400F properties, abrasion and load. Typical air to cloth ratio range of 2.0 to 3.5 cfm/ft2 that collect PM through air extraction and particulates added to a process. ventilation systems. Volcanoes, ocean spray, Achievable outlet concentrations of 23 mg/Nm 3 forest fires and blowing dust (most prevalent in dry and semiarid climates) contribute to Electrostatic 97 – 99% Varies Precondition gas to remove large particles. Efficiency dependent on resistivity of background levels. Precipitator (ESP) depending of particle. Achievable outlet concentration of 23 mg/Nm3 particle type Cyclone 74 – 95% None Most efficient for large particles. Achievable outlet concentrations of 30 - 40 mg/Nm 3 Wet Scrubber 93 – 95% None Wet sludge may be a disposal problem depending on local infrastructure. Achievable outlet concentrations of 30 - 40 mg/Nm3 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Mainly produced by the combustion of fuels Control system selection is heavily Fuel Switching >90% Alternate fuels may include low sulfur coal, light diesel or natural gas with such as oil and coal and as a by-product from dependent on the inlet concentration. For consequent reduction in particulate emissions related to sulfur in the fuel. Fuel some chemical production or wastewater SO2 concentrations in excess of 10%, the cleaning or beneficiation of fuels prior to combustion is another viable option but treatment processes. stream is passed through an acid plant not may have economic consequences. only to lower the SO2 emissions but also to generate high grade sulfur for sale. Levels Sorbent Injection 30% - 70% Calcium or lime is injected into the flue gas and the SO2 is adsorbed onto the below 10% are not rich enough for this sorbent process and should therefore utilize absorption or ‘scrubbing,’ where SO2 Dry Flue Gas 70%-90% Can be regenerable or throwaway. molecules are captured into a liquid phase Desulfurization or adsorption, where SO2 molecules are captured on the surface of a solid Wet Flue Gas >90% Produces gypsum as a by-product adsorbent. Desulfurization APRIL 30, 2007 14 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.2: Illustrative Point Source Air Emissions Prevention and Control Technologies (continued) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Percent Reduction by Fuel Type Comments Combustion modification Associated with combustion of fuel. Coal Oil Gas These modifications are capable of reducing NOx emissions by 50 (Illustrative of boilers) May occur in several forms of nitrogen to 95%. The method of combustion control used depends on the oxide; namely nitric oxide (NO), Low-excess-air firing 10–30 10–30 10–30 type of boiler and the method of firing fuel. nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and nitrous oxide (N2O), which is also a Staged Combustion 20–50 20–50 20–50 greenhouse gas. The term NOx Flue Gas Recirculation N/A 20–50 20–50 serves as a composite between NO and NO2 and emissions are usually Water/Steam Injection N/A 10–50 N/A. reported as NOx. Here the NO is multiplied by the ratio of molecular Low-NOx Burners 30–40 30–40 30–40 weights of NO2 to NO and added to Flue Gas Treatment Coal Oil Gas the NO2 emissions. Flue gas treatment is more effective in reducing NOx emissions than are combustion controls. Techniques can be classified as Means of reducing NOx emissions are SCR, SNCR, and adsorption. SCR involves the injection of based on the modification of operating Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) 60–90 60–90 60–90 ammonia as a reducing agent to convert NOx to nitrogen in the conditions such as minimizing the presence of a catalyst in a converter upstream of the air heater. resident time at peak temperatures, Selective Non-Catalytic Reduction N/A 30–70 30–70 Generally, some ammonia slips through and is part of the reducing the peak temperatures by (SNCR) emissions. SNCR also involves the injection of ammonia or urea increasing heat transfer rates or based products without the presence of a catalyst. minimizing the availability of oxygen. Note: Compiled by IFC based on inputs from technical experts. APRIL 30, 2007 15 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.3 - Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) Annex 1.1.4 - Examples of VOC Emissions Controls Stack Height (Based on United States 40 CFR, part 51.100 (ii)). Approximate HG = H + 1.5L; where Control Equipment Type Modification Efficiency HG = GEP stack height measured from the ground level (%) elevation at the base of the stack Seal-less design 10029 H = Height of nearby structure(s) above the base of the stack. Closed-vent system 9030 Pumps L = Lesser dimension, height (h) or width (w), of nearby Dual mechanical seal with barrier fluid structures maintained at a higher 100 “Nearby structures” = Structures within/touching a radius pressure than the pumped fluid of 5L but less than 800 m. Closed-vent system 90 Dual mechanical seal Compressors with barrier fluid maintained at a higher 100 Projected width (w) pressure than the Stack compressed gas Closed-vent system Variable31 Pressure Relief Devices Rupture disk assembly 100 Valves Seal-less design 100 Connectors Weld together 100 1.5*L HG Blind, cap, plug, or Open-ended Lines 100 second valve h Sampling Connections Closed-loop sampling 100 H Note: Examples of technologies are provided for illustrative purposes. The availability and applicability of any particular technology will vary Maximum 5*L depending on manufacturer specifications. 29 Seal-less equipment can be a large source of emissions in the event of equipment failure. 30 Actual efficiency of a closed-vent system depends on percentage of vapors collected and efficiency of control device to which the vapors are routed. 31 Control efficiency of closed vent-systems installed on a pressure relief device may be lower than other closed-vent systems. APRIL 30, 2007 16 Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines GENERAL EHS GUIDELINES: ENVIRONMENTAL AIR EMISSIONS AND AMBIENT AIR QUALITY WORLD BANK GROUP Annex 1.1.5 - Fugitive PM Emissions Controls Control Control Type Efficiency Chemical Stabilization 0% - 98% Hygroscopic salts 60% - 96% Bitumens/adhesives Surfactants 0% - 68% Wet Suppression – Watering 12% - 98% Speed Reduction 0% - 80% Traffic Reduction Not quantified Paving (Asphalt / Concrete) 85% - 99% Covering with Gravel, Slag, or "Road 30% - 50% Carpet" Vacuum Sweeping 0% - 58% Water Flushing/Broom Sweeping 0% - 96% APRIL 30, 2007 17 ANNEX VII- PHOTO OF BASELINE MONITORING AND CONSULTATION Surface water sample collection Ground water sample collection Noise level monitoring (Inside the plant Noise level monitoring (Adjacent to the boundary) Boundary ) Ambient air quality monitoring inside the Noise level monitoring at closest settlement power plant boundary Ambient air quality monitoring at Midland Ambient air quality monitoring in front of Power Company’s staff quarter Wheat Silo Gate Socio-economic Survey Consultation with local people Consultation with Midland Power Company Consultation at Char Chartala Union Parishad Limited Authority Consultation at Ashuganj Upazila Agriculture Consultation at Ashuganj Upazila Fisheries Office Office Consultation with Ashuganj upazila Woman Vice-Chairman ANNEX VIII- FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSION MEETING ATTENDANCE SHEET Focus Group Discussion Meeting Attendance Sheet Date: 28.09. 14 Time: 2:20 AM Venue: Char Chartala Village (Close to Plant), Ashuganj Focus Group Discussion-1 Sl. Name Address Occupation 1. Halima Begum Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 2. Jahana Begum Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 3. Sharmin Akter Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 4. Joshna Begum Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 5. Bilkis Begum Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 6. Yeasmin Akter Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 7. Moriom Khatun Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 8. Nazma Akter Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 9. Farida Begum Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife 10. Suma Khatun Char Chartala, Ashuganj Housewife Focus Group Discussion Meeting Attendance Sheet Date: 30.09. 14 Time: 10:20 AM Venue: Rail Station Bazar, Char Chartala, Ashuganj Focus Group Discussion-2 Sl. Name Address Occupation 1. Mukta Mia Char Chartala, Ashuganj Jobless 2. Md. Jalil Mia Char Chartala, Ashuganj Daylabour 3. Mojibar Ahmed Bhabanipur, Ashuganj Private Job 4. Kutub Mia Char Chartala, Ashuganj Driver 5. Delawar Molla Char Chartala, Ashuganj Mason 6. Shajahal Araisidha, Ashuganj Shopkepper 7. Gias uddin Char Chartala, Ashuganj Business 8. Azizur Rahman Dagarisar, Ashuganj CNG Driver 9. Mosle Uddin Araisidha, Ashuganj Business 10. Ruhul Amin Char Chartala, Ashuganj Private Job 11. Wazkuruni Char Chartala, Ashuganj Mason 12. Saddam Char Chartala, Ashuganj Business 13. Dhanu Sarkar Char Chartala, Ashuganj Business ANNEX IX LIST OF ESIA TEAM A. Environmental Assessment Team 1.Team Leader Mr. Delawar Bakht 2.Environmental Engineer Mr. Md. Nurul Alam Siddique 3.Sociologist Mr. Humayun Kabir 4.GIS Specialist Mr. Md. Mizanur Rahman 5.Field Engineer Mr. Samiul Islam B. Baseline Survey Team 1. Mr. Kazi Farhed Iqubal, Executive Director EQMS and his Survey Team ANNEX X Chance Find Procedures for Protection of Cultural Property ANNEX XI GADGET OF ENVIRONMENT AND FOREST MINISTRY ON ECA Assessment of Impact of Air Pollution due to Operation of 51 MW Gas Engine based Power Plant ANNEX-XII December 2014 1. INTRODUCTION Scope of the Study Scope of the study is to assess the impacts due to air emissions from operational 51 MW natural gas fuel fired engines of Midland Power Company Limited at Ashugonj, Brahmanbaria in Bangladesh. The major objectives of the study are as follows: • Assessment of meteorological conditions • Estimation of emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) from the gas-engine based power plant • Prediction of incremental NOx emission impacts using suitable mathematical models • Quantification of impacts Study Area The 51 MW power plant of Midland Power Company Limited is located at Ashugonj in Brahmanbaria District of Bangladesh. The project site is nearly 5-6 km away from Brahmanbaria District city centre. The site of the project is on the south side of Dhaka-Sylhet highway and very close to the Ashugonj Fertilizer and Chemical Complex Ltd. (AFCCL). Northern side of the project there are Govt. SILO and after that Dhaka-Sylhet highway and Bhairab Meghna Bridge exist. Eastern side of the project there is Govt. establishment (GTCL), approach road to AFCCL and after that vacant land exists. Meghna River flows to the western side of the project. Bhairab Railway Station is about 1.5-2 KM away towards northwest from the project site. Location Map of the Project and surrounding features including the monitoring locations for ambient air quality monitoring have been shown in Figure 1: Figure 1: Location Map and Air Quality Monitoring Locations The co-ordinates of the site centre are as follows: • Latitude : 24° 01´ 39.29˝N • Longitude : 90° 59˝ 16.75˝E For the purpose of air dispersion modeling, a 5 km radial zone has been selected around the site. 2. PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DUE TO AIR POLLUTION General Prediction of impacts is the most important component in environmental impact assessment process for deriving quantitative contribution of pollutants from the proposed project in the surrounding region. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and methodologies are available for predicting impacts due to developmental activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic components of environment. The quantitative impacts derived from prediction are also essential to delineate pragmatic environmental management plan (Pollution control measures) for implementation during construction and operation phases of proposed activities for minimizing the adverse impacts on environmental quality. Mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe cause-condition-effect- relationship between source of pollution and different components of environment. In case, mathematical models are either not available or it is not possible to identify/validate models for a particular situation, predictions are arrived at through available scientific knowledge and judgments. The mathematical models used for carrying out predictions in the present study included, steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple point sources for air quality. In case of water, land, biological and socio-economic environments, the predictions have been made based on the available scientific expertise and judgments. Air Environment The air pollution impacts from the operation of power plant on neighborhood air quality would depend upon various factors, viz. capacity, quality of fuel used for combustion, operation & maintenance of generator sets and air pollution control equipment installed with the individual generator sets. The impacts on air environment are also governed by terrain conditions around the project site and the prevailing micro-meteorological conditions in the project region. The major air pollutant expected from natural gas fuel fired engine based power plant is NOx, which will be emitted from the stacks (point sources) associated with the generator sets. There are several air quality simulation models available for prediction of air pollution impacts at ground level. They deal with different types of sources, variety of topographic (terrain) conditions and cater to different needs of predictions, viz. short term, long term, local as well as regional impacts. In the present case multiple point source Gaussian Dispersion Model, applicable to industrial sources located on flat as well as undulated terrain, Industrial Source Complex (ISC) model has been applied for prediction of impacts on air environment due to stack emissions. This model has been widely recognized as predictive tool in impact assessment for air environment. Air Quality Dispersion Model Computer aided mathematical models are being used to predict the increase in air pollutants concentration on ambient air quality due to any increase in the emission load in the atmosphere. For the proposed project, computations of 24-hour average ground level concentrations were carried out using ISC-AERMOD View model, which is a recommended model by USEPA for prediction of air quality from point, area and line sources. It is based on Gaussian dispersion which incorporates the Pasquile-Gifford (P-G) dispersion parameters for estimating horizontal cross wind and vertical dispersion. ISCST-3 model has been developed to simulate the effect of emissions from continuous point sources on neighborhood air quality. The ISCST-3 model was adopted from the USEPA guideline models and routinely used as a regulatory tool to predict air pollution impact from as high as 500 point sources simultaneously and at 10,000 receptors. The ISCST-3 is an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian model which takes into account the following special features: • Terrain adjustments. • Stack-tip downwash. • Gradual plume rise. • Buoyancy-induced dispersion, Complex terrain treatment • Consideration of partial reflection. • Plume reflection off elevated terrain. • Building downwash. • Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for. • Hourly source emission rate, exit velocity and stack gas temperature. The impacts of primary air pollutant are predicted using ISC-AERMOD View model, which has been selected keeping in view the terrain around the project site. This model is widely recognized as predictive tool in impact assessment for air environment. The model has been applied with flat terrain, gradual plume rise and buoyancy induced dispersion options in the present study. The model with the following options has been employed to predict the cumulative ground level concentrations due to the proposed emissions from stacks of boilers and incinerators. • Predictions have been carried out to estimate concentration values over radial distance of 5 km around the sources. • Terrain data for the entire study area has been calculated by using SRTM data. This was further processed to generate the study specific terrain data in AERMAP. • Cartesian receptor network with elevated terrain was considered. • Emission rates from the point sources were considered as constant during the entire period. • The ground level concentrations computed are as basis without any consideration of decay coefficient. • Calm winds recorded during the study period were also taken into consideration. • 24-hour mean meteorological data extracted from the meteorological data of September 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014 has been employed to compute the mean ground level concentrations to study the impact on study area. • Average ground level concentrations have been superimposed with the help of ISC-AERMOD View Model in Google Earth. Emissions The project under study is for the use of natural gas based engine sets for power production. The 51 MW power project is having six (6) B35:40V20 gas engines of Rolls-Royce. Each engine is having dry low NOx control and connected with a stack of 20 m height for better dispersion of air pollutants in the atmosphere. The stack emission data of the operational plant was not available for the modelling study and hence it is assumed that the NOx emissions are meeting with the emission guidelines for reciprocating engines (as specified in the WB/IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plants) and will be 200 mg/Nm3 (maximum). The emission data used in the model has been calculated based on the contribution of the generator sets. The stack emission details are given in Table 1: Table 1: Stack Emission Details UTM Co-ordinates* NOx Stack Exit Exit Diameter Emission Stack Z Height Velocity Temp. X (m) Y (m) (m) Rate (m) (m) (m/s) (K) (g/s) Stack 1 295324 2658761 6.5 20 1 20 633 2.71 Stack 2 295332 2658767 6.6 20 1 20 633 2.71 Stack 3 295337 2658774 6.6 20 1 20 633 2.71 Stack 4 295342 2658780 6.6 20 1 20 633 2.71 Stack 5 295346 2658785 6.6 20 1 20 633 2.71 Stack 6 295352 2658791 6.6 20 1 20 633 2.71 * UTM Zone – 46R Meteorological Data The meteorological data from September 1, 2014 to October 31, 2014 collected from a nearby meteorological station on hourly basis has been used for predicting the impacts of air pollutants from the Project. The wind rose diagram of the study period has been presented in Figure 2. The predominant wind direction was observed from NNW followed by NW during that period and the average wind speed was recorded 3.4 m/s. 20% 16% 12% 8% 4% WEST EAST Resultant Vector 322 deg - 37% SOUTH Figure 1: Windrose Diagram The wind speed, solar insulation and cloudiness during the day whereas in the night, wind speed and cloudiness parameters were used to determine the hourly atmospheric stability Class A to F (Pasquill and Gifford). The hourly stabilities were determined based on the technique suggested by Turner. Receptors A total of 10201 receptor grids have been considered over a 5 km radial zone around the location of generators in a grid size of 100 m x 100 m. Further to this three (3) discrete Cartesian receptors were also considered in the study, where ambient air quality monitoring was conducted during the study period (refer Figure 1) Predicted GLC due to the Generators The contribution to GLCs (Ground Level Concentrations) due to the NOx emissions, were predicted over the study area due to the continuous emissions from the gas-engine sets and considering the worst case scenario. The emission loads from each stack are given in Table 1. The prediction of maximum GLC is based on the expected total emission rate from each stack. The contribution to maximum GLC due to the operation of generator sets has been presented in Table 2. The isopleths of NOx for 1-hourly, 24-hourly and seasonal average have been presented in Figure 2, Figure 3, and Figure 4, respectively. Table 3: Contribution to GLCs (maximum) due to Stacks Maximum Baseline NOx Incremental NOx Concentration Total NOx Concentration 3 3 Concentration (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3) Receptor 1-hourly 24-hourly Seasonal* 1-hourly 24- Seasonal* 1-hourly 24- Seasonal* hourly hourly AQ1 - 42.61 34.5 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.1 42.61 34.6 AQ2 - 25.48 20.4 60.41 5.75 0.52 60.41 31.23 80.81 AQ3 - 20.51 15.6 70.49 11.30 0.54 70.49 31.81 86.09 Maximum GLC - 42.61 34.5 159.7 40.7 7.47 159.7 83.31 194.2 Bangladesh - - 100** - - 100** - - 100** Standard WHO Guideline 200 40** 200 40** 200 40** * Seasonal data is based on 2 months of meteorological data and cannot be directly compared with the annual average ground level concentrations. ** Represents annual average. The above results clearly indicate that the baseline concentrations of NOx as well as predicted concentrations are well within the limits specified in Bangladeshi standards. Figure 2: Isopleths of 1-hourly NOx Concentrations Figure 3: Isopleths of 24-hourly NOx Concentration Figure 4: Isopleths of Seasonal NOx Concentration LEGEND : NOTE : June.16,2013 1. SLOPE FOR RAIN / WASTE WATER DRAIN SHALL BE WITH IN 1 : 300 AND SHALL BE ADJUSTED WITH SITE CONDITION. DRG.NO. RAIN / WASTE WATER DRAIN WITH R.C.C PIPE DATE : 2. INSPECTION PIT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EVERY JUNCTION 5450 6000 ENTRANCE SLOPE AND SHALL BE WITH IN 6 M LENGTH IN A DIRECTION. 1937 GUARD 01 3. SLOPE FOR SEWERAGE PIPE SHALL BE MAX. 1: 150 SECURITY OFFICE 1075 WIDE CORRIDOR 3625 3500x5375 INSPECTION PIT 4. ADDITIONAL DROP PER BEND IN MIN. 75 mm 4. ALL THE LEVEL HAS BEEN MENTIONED IN THE DRAWINGS 02 FIRST AID ROOM 5. FINISHED GROUND LEVEL F.G.L. IS 0.00 mm 3625 3779x3500 TOILET 1325x2000 OIL WATER DRAIN PIT THE GENERATOR BUILDING. BLOCK- E, MOHAMMADPUR, 03 3625 1637 G28, ZAKIR HOSSAIN ROAD 5. ALL THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ BLDP ------- BOTTOM LEVEL OF DRAIN PIT INCONJUNCTION WITH REFERENCE DRAWINGS AS MENTIONED CONSULTANT :----- R8 Tel : 9111483 DHAKA-1207. 70 0 BOUNDARY LIMIT Septic 10825 Tank 951 2698 43916 SIGNATURE :- ASHGON ASHGON J J FERTIL FERTILIZ 37086 87979 MD. MAJIBUR RAHMAN IZER DYK 77397 ER CAD BY MD. ANISUR RAHMAN BOUNDARY LIMIT STRL. ENGR. AYNAL GAZI E DESIGN TEAM : ---- 90955 29675 ARCHITECT : ELEC. ENGR. 20357 TBM IS ASSUMED 10.00m PWD RL IS 9.56m 1229 CABINET OWNERS SIGNATURE :- - 600 Septic ENTRANCE 51377 0.00 4325x63504 3000x5325 68925 LOBBY PLANT MANAGER 2275x1231 Tank TOILET UP 5400x4900 JR. OFFICER'S ROOM 6325x3675 PRAYER ROOM 3000x1825 DRG.TITLE : ABLUTION 2100x1675 2100x1675 2825x1675 URINALS TOILET TOILET 29526 UNLOADING PLATFORM 18417 31823 AT ASHUGONJ, BRAHMAN BARIA 51MW POWER PLANT FOR MIDLAND POWER CO. LTD. BOUNDARY LIMIT RAIN WATER DRAIN PIT INSPECTION PIT DETAIL - 1 Noise Pollution Modeling of Operational Phase of the 51 MW Gas Based Power Plant ANNEX-XIV Noise Modeling According to information provided by the manufacturer, the source noise from the proposed gas engine to be used in Midland Power Plant is 110 dBA. And 6 engines will be used. The noise modeling is based upon the method documented by the International Energy Agency. It is a simple model which assumes spherical spreading from a point source either in free space (spherical) or over a reflective plane (hemi-spherical). For this case, spherical spreading has been used because sound wave is propagating uniformly in all directions and the crests and troughs of the sound waves can be pictured as spheres centered on the source location. The total noise from each turbine is logarithmically added according to the formulae given below: Lall = 10log10 (101/10+ 102/10+ 103/10 + 104/10 + 105/10 + 106/10) dBA Where: L1 – L6 = Sound Source of each turbine. The model presents a ‘worst-case scenario’ as it does not take into account factors which would reduce noise propagation, such as: • Uneven topography • Large obstructions in the propagation path, e.g. barriers etc. • Refraction of noise, e.g. due to atmospheric effects such as temperature inversion • Wind speed or direction effects • Any change in the propagation with changing frequency The mathematical formula for the noise model is shown below: LP = LW – 10Log10 (2m2) – ar Where: r is the distance from source to receiver; a is the absorption due to the atmosphere (dB/m),which is most commonly used as 0.005dB/m; LW the sound power level of the turbine; and Lp the output sound power level of the turbine at different radius away from the source. Noise Modeling Results At 117.78 dB noise input (for cumulative 6 engines), the predicted noise output is as follows: Distance (m) Noise Level (dBA) 0 117.78 1 109.79 10 89.74 100 69.29 150 65.52 200 62.77 250 60.58 300 58.75 350 57.16 400 55.75 450 54.48 500 53.31 600 51.23 700 49.39 800 47.73 900 46.21 1000 44.79 1500 38.77 2000 33.77 2500 29.33 Figure; Noise Dispersion Engines - Bergen Noise Level Measurement Engine type: B35:40V-20AG2 Engine no.: 17181 Speed (rpm): 750 B.M.E.P. (bar): 20 bar Location-object: Stand 7 Period: Sept. 2012 Instruments -B&K 2250 / Certificate no.: SN 2505944 Carried out by: RKleiv Reading RMS Load 100% / point no. Leq (dB) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Linear level W. network-A 103,9 109,5 107,2 108,7 108,2 107,5 106,2 113,5 W. network-C 110,1 114,2 114,4 114,3 115,6 112,0 114,0 115,3 Reading lin. lev. RMS Leq (dB) Centre freq. 31.5 Hz 91,5 103,2 101,8 97,0 98,8 98,4 98,7 101,6 63 Hz 103,1 110,0 109,6 108,8 107,7 103,2 110,6 111,2 125 Hz 105,5 107,8 106,7 106,9 111,9 105,1 108,0 104,5 250 Hz 104,6 105,6 109,8 108,9 109,6 106,6 107,3 106,1 500 Hz 99,2 102,5 104,5 104,5 105,3 104,0 102,6 101,8 1000 Hz 96,6 100,2 101,9 104,8 102,8 103,3 100,8 98,8 2000 Hz 93,9 97,1 97,5 99,8 99,0 99,1 96,8 95,5 4000 Hz 95,0 106,3 93,8 96,3 94,7 95,8 94,7 105,3 8000 Hz 96,6 97,1 87,8 88,1 87,2 88,7 92,3 112,7 16000 Hz 88,3 91,0 78,7 78,5 76,5 77,5 84,4 97,3 Noise level measurements were taken at the specified points, all located on the same level as the cylinder heads, and at 1 meter distance from the engine. Rolls-Royce Marine AS P.O.Box. 924 Sentrum, N-5808 Bergen, Norway Tel: + 47 55 53 60 00. Fax + 47 55 19 04 05 www.rolls-royce.com Bergen Gas engine, type B35:40 V20AG2 PERFORMANCE DATA 3 Exhaust gas emissions (mg/nm , 5% O 2) Engine type A B C Weight (dry) [kg] NOx CO NMHC B35:40 V20G2 13400 3306 4540 133000 250 850 250 Load % 100 Electrical output kW 9387 Mechanical output kW 9620 Specific energy consumption kJ/kWh 7570 Fuel gas consumption kW 20225 Charge air cooler LT/HT kW 650 1850 Lub.oil cooler kW 1135 Jacket water cooler kW 1395 Exhaust mass kg/h 56300 Exhaust gas temperature °C 355 Lub.oil consumption g/kWh 0,4 Nom. el. efficiency % 46,4 The performance data is given with the following presumptions: · All technical data are valid at 100% load, including two engine driven pumps (lub. oil and jacket water). · Engine power definition and fuel gas consumption are according to ISO 3046-1(ICFN). · Generator standard IEC-34. · Reference site conditions: - Altitude above sea level :..............................................................................………………………… max. 100 m - Air temperature :..........................................................................................………………….. 5-35°C 45°C / 150 m 3/h - Two stage charge air cooler, max. temp / min. flow :........................….....................................… - Relative humidity :........................................................................................………………………………….. max. 60% - Exhaust gas back pressure :....................................................................…………………….. max. 400 mmWG · Reference fuel is natural gas with a lower heating value of 36 MJ/Nm 3, min methane no. 70. · Data for heat dissipation and exhaust gas are based on a tolerance of ± 5%, turbocharger air suction temp. 25 oC. · Minimum fuel gas pressure to the fuel gas module: 4,8 bar g. · Power factor, cosφ=0,9 · Due to continuous development, some data may change. 21.02.2012 ANNEX-XVI EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN Of Midland Power Co. Limited EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLAN 1. Purpose of the Emergency preparedness and response plan An emergency is an unplanned event when a project operation loses control, or could lose control, of a situation that may result in risks to human health, property, or the environment, either within the waste disposal site or in the local community. Emergencies do not normally include safe work practices for frequent upsets or events that are covered by occupational health and safety. Proper emergency planning and response are important elements of the site Environmental, Health and Safety Plan of a Hazardous Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal facility, and that help minimize employee exposure and injury. There are a number of regulations, guidelines, standards which requires that the employer develop and implement a written emergency response plan to handle possible emergencies before performing hazardous waste site operations. The permit Holder for the waste disposal site in this case, Eskom Health and Safety officer must, develop an emergency preparedness and response or action plan complying to ensure the safe evacuation of personnel. 2. Content of the Emergency preparedness and response plan The Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan must be commensurate with the risks of the waste disposal site and at the minimum include the following elements: • Administration • Emergency medical and first-aid treatment, • Methods or procedures for alerting on-site employees, • Safe distances and places of refuge, • Site security and control, • Personal protective and emergency equipment, • Evacuation routes and procedures. and • Training and Awareness In addition to the above requirements, the plan must include site topography, layout, prevailing weather conditions, and procedures for reporting incidents to local authorities, the South Africa Police Services (SAPS), and regulating agent i.e. DEA and Department of Labour etc. 3. Use of the Emergency preparedness and response plan The procedures must be compatible with and integrated into the operational management plan of the site. The plan requirements also must be rehearsed regularly, reviewed periodically, and amended, as necessary, to keep them current with new or changing site conditions or information. 4. Administration of the EP&RP 4.1 Policy The emergency response plan should be implemented in line with Midland’s Safety, Health and Environment Policy. 4.2 Distribution This Plan and procedures contemplated in this plan must be distributed to all personnel working on the site and the following designated responsible persons: Designation Name Contact No. General Manager, Engr.Md.Shariful Islam +8801715-151926 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Plant Manager Engr.Md. Imrose Islam +8801711100873 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Manager, O&M (Mech.), Engr.Md.Azharul Islam +8801712339714 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Manager, O&M (Elect.), Enrg.Md.Obaidur Rahman +8801911067371 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Manager, Admin & HR (Elect.), Md.Shamiur Rahman +8801711988534 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Construction Site Engineer Engr.Jashim Uddin +8801711145920 (Civil), Midland Power Co. Ltd. Security In-charge Md.Khairul Islam +88001779947963 Midland Power Co. Ltd. Contractor’s Site Manager Engr.Md. Ishrafil +8801716275851 (Civil), Monico Limited Contractor’s Site Engr.Zahid Hossain +8801713439853 Manager(Mechanical), Sigma Construction Ltd. Contractor’s Site Engr. Md. Belal Hossain +8801822889418 Manager(Electrical), Energypac Engineering Ltd. Contractor’s Site Manager Engr.Md.Shariful Alam +8801920732598 (Transmission Line), Bangladesh Erector’s Ltd. 4.3 Organogram The organogram described in the EMP shall apply to the emergency response plan. 4.4 Personnel roles and responsibilities The Roles and Responsibilities described in the EMP shall apply to the emergency response plan. 4.5 Communication procedures The communication lines established in the EMP shall apply to the emergency response plan. 4.6 First-Aid Calls Midland’s Safety Health and Environment officers must ascertain that all emergency contact numbers (first aid officers, ambulances, fire brigade, police, hospital etc) are conveniently posted at several site notice boards in order to assist in the event of an emergency. 5. Personal Protective Equipment and Emergency Actions This section presents a summary of recommended practices for various substances. These recommendations supplement general work practices (e.g., no eating, drinking, or smoking where chemicals are used) and should be followed if additional controls are needed after using all feasible process, equipment, and task controls. Table 2 (page xviii) explains the codes used. Each category is described as follows: Symbolic Sign of Equipment Description Gas Dust Ear Gum Rain Safety Bib Gloves Safety Safety Boots Glasse Helmet Mask Mask Muff/ Jacket shoes Apron s Ear Plug Area/Task √ Site Construction √ √ √ √ Hot works √ √ √ √ √ First Aiders √ RMS/Gas Area √ √ √ Plant √ √ √ Operators/Engine Room Substation/GIS/Hig √ √ √ h Voltage area MV Room Control Room Rain/Middy area √ √ 6. Training and Awareness • Before implementing the EP&RP, the EHS Coordinator and waste disposal managers/ Supervisors shall designate and train a sufficient number of persons to assist in the safe and orderly emergency evacuation of employees. • The EP&RP must be reviewed with all employees at the following times: o Initially when the plan is developed, o whenever the employee’s responsibilities or designated action under the plan change, o and whenever the plan is changed. • At least annually employee meetings are to be held to train employees of the contents of the EP&RP and revise the plan as appropriate. • Drills will be conducted and full participation encouraged. • All training must be documented in writing and copies sent to Safety, Health and Environmental Manager of the Power Station. Roles and Responsibilities 2.1 Design Phase The key role players during the design phase of the project are: • Rolls Royce is responsible for design and engineering of their scope of supply: Main Equipment-Engine & Generator and related BOP Equipment. • Energypac Engineering Ltd. is responsible for design and engineering of their scope of supply: 230 kV Out door Substation, 11kv Indoor Switchgear. • Power Grid Co. of Bangladesh is responsible for design and engineering of 4.2kM Overhead Transmission Line for evacuation of Power from MPCL substation to 230kV Grid Substation. • Integrated Design, Consultant of MPCL, responsible for Architectural Drawings and all civil Structural design of the Main Engine Hall, Engine foundations, BOP equipment foundation and all others design related works. • Sarker Steel Limited is responsible for detail design and engineering for Steel Structural Building of Engine Hall and Control Room. • MPCL Technical Team is responsible for detail engineering of other BOPs and Electro-mechanical works like pipe lines, ducting etc. • Environment and Engineering Associate will develop IEE & EIA for this project is responsible implement the Environmental Management measures. Their roles and responsibilities during the detailed design phase with respect to the implementation of the EMP are outlined below. 2.2 Construction Phase Monico Limited, specialized contractor, appointed directly by MPCL, by MPCL, will execute all civil construction activities and will be responsible for implementing environmental management measures during construction. Monico Limited and its subcontractors will enhance environmental performance during the construction phase through the following activities: Implementation and management of a program of environmental inspection, monitoring and reporting; Ensuring that all staff undergo environmental awareness training, focusing on the key environmental and socio-economic issues concerning this project; and Implementation of a program for follow-up and analysis of all environmental incidents or accidents. MPCl’s technical team and Integrated Design will retain responsible for ensuring that Rolls Royce, Monico, Sraker Steel and their Subcontractors fully implement the provisions of the EMP. In order to facilitate this, and to demonstrate commitment to the EMP, MPCL’s environmental staff will monitor and evaluate the activities and performance of the contractor and its Subcontractors and report to MPCL Management. These inspections/audits will be carried out in conjunction with the management teams of Rolls Royce and its Subcontractors and MPCL jointly. In order to ensure that areas of concern are rapidly addressed and the results of all inspections/audits are documented. It should be noted that only roles and responsibilities that directly relate to environmental management are described here. 2.3 Operations Phase Environmental Engineering Associate (EEA) and Rolls Royce will have accountability and responsibility for the environmental performance of the operation of the Power Plant. It is assumed that there will be no significant role for contractors during operations. EEA will enhance environmental performance during the operations phase through the following activities:  Implementation and management of a program of environmental inspection, monitoring and reporting; and Implementation of a program for follow-up and analysis of all environmental incidents or accidents. It should be noted that only roles and responsibilities that directly relate to environmental management are described here. The general roles and responsibilities of various parties are outlined in the sections below. 3 Environmental Procedures 3.1 Method Statements A Method Statement is a detailed description by the Contractor of the way in which they will carry out a particular activity. It is an extremely useful tool as it provides a clear and documented statement of the approaches that the Contactor will pursue to undertake an activity, particularly one that may have adverse environmental impacts. It also provides assurance to MPCL and a reference point to detect deviations from the agreed approach to each planned activity. Each Method Statement will address HSE aspects relevant to the activity and will typically provide detailed descriptions of items including, but not necessarily limited to: Nature, timing and location of activities; Procedural requirements and steps; Management responsibilities; Material and equipment requirements; Transportation of equipment to and from site; Method for moving equipment/material while on site; How and where material will be stored; Emergency response approaches, particularly related to spill containment and clean-up; Response to compliance/non-conformance with the requirements of the EMP; and Any other information deemed necessary by the HSE Manager. 3.2 Corrective Action Corrective action is a critical component of the implementation–review–corrective action–implementation cycle and it is through corrective action that continuous improvement can be achieved. Where repeated non-compliance is recorded, procedures may need to be altered accordingly to avoid the need for repeated corrective action. Corrective action will be required during the construction and operations phases and the recommended channels to manage such action are described below. If, during the construction phase, environmental monitoring data or other information demonstrates or indicates non-conformance with set standards and targets, the HSE Manager will formally notify the MPCL Project Director in a Corrective Action Request. This procedure will be used in respect of all sub-standard HSE conditions or actions. The Corrective Action Request will document: The nature of the sub-standard conditions or actions; The actions requested to correct the situation; and The date by which each corrective or preventative action must be completed. 3.3 Community Liaison The role of the Public Relations (PR) Department applies to both construction and operations phases of the project and is to oversee interactions with stakeholders and communities. The PR Department will inform potentially affected parties at least one month in advance of the commencement of construction and operations activities that may potentially impact on them. The PR Department will ensure that the Contractors and subcontractors have a transparent and appropriate complaint mechanism in place, whereby local communities can communicate incidents resulting from construction and operations activities. The PR Department will ensure that potentially affected parties are aware of the complaint mechanism and of the person to whom complaints should be directed. 3.4 Emergency Response Plan MPCL has existing emergency response plans that address all of its operations and activities. The approach to emergency response planning for each operation can be summarized as follows: A list of potential or foreseeable emergency scenarios are identified; Planned responses are developed to address each identified emergency scenario; The services required to deliver an effective response to each scenario are identified and documented;  Training in emergency responses is undertaken, including specific skills training required for individual response scenarios; and  Emergency response drills and exercises are scheduled and conducted regularly, including liaison with and involvement of external response organizations and other stakeholders as appropriate. 4. Implementation of EMP This section details how the EMP will be implemented and used to guide activities during the construction and operations phases. 4.1 Incorporation into Contract Documentation MPCL will contractually engage Rolls Royce, Monico, Sigma, Sarker Steel, Energypac to construct the Midland Power Co. Ltd. expanded power plant. The contracts will stipulate the requirement to implement the EMP. During operations, activities will be managed and undertaken by MPCL. If compliance with the EMP is not achieved in any area, HSE Manager can suspend part or all of the works, as required. If any contractor is notified of sub-standard or non-compliant environmental conditions by Environmental Engineering Associates (EEA) HSE Manager, and if that contractor fails to correct those conditions and re-establish compliance with the EMP, this will constitute a breach of the contract between that party and MPCL. If advised of such a situation by the MPCL Project Director (PD) or the HSE Manager, PD will have the power to remove the contractor or any employee of sub-contractors from site. 4.2 Monitoring and Performance Evaluation During construction activities managed by the respective Contractors, HSE Manager or his appointed delegate will monitor and review the environmental performance of the Contractors against the commitments of the EMP. Similarly, during operations, the HSE Manager or his appointed delegate will monitor the day-to-day performance of MPCL/Rolls Royce (to some extent) staff against the commitments of the EMP. During both the construction and operations phases the following principal items will be monitored: Correct and full implementation of EMP procedures; Compliance with contract commitments and approved Method Statements; and Compliance with project standards/guidelines. 4.2.1 Monitoring The objective of implementing an inspection and monitoring program is to ensure complete compliance with mitigation measures, approved plans and permit conditions. The monitoring program also provides transparent assurance to MPCL (and external parties) that specified standards are being set so as to reduce (negative) impacts to tolerable levels, and that target performance levels are being met. The inspection and monitoring program is designed to measure environmental performance against applicable standards, guidelines and expectations, and to provide early detection of undesirable impacts to the environment. Such information is used to ensure that project standards are being met, and to demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. The monitoring program is amended as and when necessary in order to ensure safe operation and optimal environmental protection. HSE Manager will be responsible for the collection and monitoring of environmental data during both the construction and the operations phases respectively. Monitoring will begin at the commencement of construction activities. Monitoring will continue throughout the construction and operations phases, and the duration and frequency of monitoring may be modified to best characterize any affected environmental aspect. 4.2.2 Reporting The frequency and nature of reporting of environmental management performance will depend upon the nature of the activity and aspect that is being managed. Reporting may take several forms: Reports on critical issues, as required; Formal reports and contributions to weekly and monthly project management meetings; Monthly reports on environmental performance and compliance; Quarterly performance reports on key indicators; and Summary reports to external interested party. 4.2.3 Environmental Management Unit (EMU) An EMU shall be established to properly implement the EMP in the power plant. Proposed EMU in the MPCL organogram is proposed and shown in Figure-4.2-1. EMU • Environmental Quality Safety Manager • Environmental Manager • Safety Manager • Fire Safety Manager • Emergency Manager • Health Safety Manager The environmental manager will be responsible for monitoring of the implemented EMP. The safety manager will be responsible for occupational health and safety and implementation of hazard management plan while the emergency manager will be responsible for emergency plan implementation. However, this is an indicative organogram; the project authority may change the hierarchy of the team and make necessary addition if required for smooth implementation of the monitoring works. MIDLAND POWER COMPANY LTD. HOT WORK PERMIT JOB REQUISITION DEPT: Requested by: (Name/Designation/signature) OPERATION TYPE: TIK the type applicable in the right side box: √ El. Welding Gas welding Soldering Open Fire Grinding Chiseling Hammering Concrete Braking Gas Cutting Hacksaw Cutting Other:……………… Sand Blasting … Technical Person to supervise the Job: Safety Personnel to attend the Job: Firefighting equipment to keep ready with Aerosol Extinguisher Fire Blanket firefighters : Powder Extinguisher Water Hose/Bucket Date to perform the Time Period to do the Job: ……………………… job: From………………………to… … ………… Job Location with Drawing/sketch: Job Description and reason to do: Attach separate sheet Write here/or in attached sheet Plant Head’s approval (subjected to fulfilling following conditions): Signature/Name/Date => (CONDITIONAL ONLY) Equipment/Area isolated by positive blind System & area made DRY & free from Oil/HC/H2 System purged by N2/H2O/Air Oily surfaces cleaned, dried/ isolated properly Qualified/Experienced Personnel engaged Area Authority: Name/Desig./Signature=> Approved Not Approved: Copy for: Executor Control Room Hot-work File Safety officer Signature from: Executor (after CCR (for completion) acknowledgement & clearance) Annex-XVII ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE REPORT 1|Page Power Plant Site: Ashuganj Capacity: 51MW Plant Type: Natural Gas Internal Combustion Engine ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE REPORT 51 MW Gas Fired Power Plant of Midland Power Co. Ltd. Period: February COMPANY: BETS Consulting Services Ltd. 2015 1. INTRODUCTION This report has been prepared in compliance with the EMS document for the Midland Power Co. Ltd. Power Plant at Ashuganj. 2|Page Period covered by this report: From September, 2014 to February, 2015 Contact Person for Environmental Issues: Engr. Akram Ali (Convener of Environment/Safety Cell/Committee) Summary of Compliance Evaluation: Item Status Comments 1. EIA Validity Valid Renew of the Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) required immediately after 30/03/2015 as because the ECC is issued for the period 31/03/2014 to 30/03/2015 2. Compliance with Bangladesh Yes environmental requirement: 3. Compliance with World Bank Yes environmental policies and guidelines 4. Meetings of Environment/Safety Monthly Cell/Committee) 2. PROJECT INFORMATION Parameter Data Comments Generation Type: Internal Combustion Manufacturer Rolls-Royce Engine Generation Capacity (MW) Six Engines 51.00MW Project Completion Date: September 2012 Commercial Operation Date: 06/12/2013 Environmental Clearance Date: 13/02/2013 Environmental Clearance current validity Yes Valid till 30/03/2015 EIA/EMP Report available at the Plant Yes 3. PROJECTS ACTIVITIES RELEVANT TO ENVIRONMENTAL/SAFETY PERFORMANCE: Parameter Data Comments Environment Management/Safety Cell/ Monthly Committee meetings (Numbers) Drills (Numbers) Monthly Snaps on Drills are Shown in Annex Training sessions (number) 24nos. Twice in a month Electricity Generated (MW-H) 379887.23 Dated: 22/02/2015 Capacity Factor (%) 72.85% Dated: 22/02/2015 Availability (%) 91.00% Dated: 07/12/2014 Fuel Consumed (MCF) 31430758.02 Net Heat Rate (HHV) (KJ/KWH) 8987.0 Stack Height (Meter) 20m 4. HEALTH AND SAFETY REPORT 4.1 Unscheduled Events 3|Page SI. Events Information / Comments 1. Incidents (Near Miss): No incident 2. First Aid Cases: No first Aid case 3. Lost Time Accidents (LTA’s) No LTA 4. Injury/fatality: No injury/Fatality 4.2 Resource availability Items Availability / Comments 1.Plant Layout Available 2.Fire Water System Not Available 3.Portable Fire Extinguishers Available 4.Hazardous Area Information Available 5.Lubricant /Chemical Storage Area information Available 6.Fuel Gas Pipeline Isolation Available 7.CO2 Deluge System Not Available 8.Automatic Water Spray/Sprinkler System Not Available 9.First aid kit Available 10.Emergency Rescue Equipment Not Available 11.Self-contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) Not Available 12.Gas Meter (LEL-Combustible Gas, CO, CO2) Not Available 13.Sound level meter (ANSI Type-2) Available 14.Emergency Call List Available (sample attached in the Annex) 15.Budget for Environment/Safety activities Available 4.3 Scheduled Activities Activity Dates Description 1.Firedrills Monthly Mock drills information is attached in the Annex 2.Safety Review Monthly 3.Trainings Twice in a month 4.Fuel and gas leak checks Regularly thrice in a day 5. Public Complaints and Response 5.1 Public Complaints Management Status Sl. Item Availability Description 1. Disclosure /availability of EMP Yes Copy of EMP at the plant document 2. Grievance Registration Yes Complaint register at the plant gate 5.2 Public Complaints/ Response No complaints were made by the local people about the power plant during the construction to its one year operation period. 4|Page 6. MONITORED DATA 6. 1 Stack Emissions Table-1 Stack Monitoring Results* Values Bangladesh World Standards Sl. Parameter Bank 21/01/15 31/01/15 08/02/15 12/02/15 (Power plant Standards <200MW) 1. SPM 20 18 21 22 250mg/m3 N/A 2. NOx 110 115 112 114 - 200 mg/m3 * As natural gas in Bangladesh does not have any sulfur. SO2, measurements was skipped. 6.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring data Table 2- Average values for Criteria Pollutants Measured at the gate of the plant Pollutant Averaging Unit Bangladesh 21/01/15 22/01/15 31/01/15 04/02/15 08/02/15 12/02/15 Time Standards CO 1hour mg/m3 - <0.13 <0.13 <0.13 <0.13 <0.13 <0.13 NOx 1hour µg/m3 - <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 PM10 24 hour µg/m3 150 127 162 215 255 224 164 PM2.5 24 hour µg/m3 65 103 130 159 194 175 116 6.3 Noise Monitoring Data Table 3- Monitored noise levels* Location Day time Night time Bangladesh Standard dB dB Day (dB) Night (dB) NL1 63.0±3.0 60.0±2.82 75 70 NL2 69.0±3.2 65.8±3.09 75 70 5|Page NL3 51.2±2.4 50.3±2.37 75 70 NL4 61.3±2.9 58.0±2.73 75 70 NL5 63.6±3.0 62.0±2.91 75 70 NL6 61.8±2.9 59.0±2.77 75 70 NL7 53.2±2.5 52.6±2.47 75 70 NL8 55.6±2.6 53.3±2.50 75 70 NL9 64.9±3.1 63.7±2.99 75 70 NL10 59.0±2.8 58.6±2.75 75 70 NL11 60.5±2.8 60.1±2.82 75 70 NL12 60.9±2.9 60.4±2.84 75 70 NL13 66.3±3.1 64.9±3.05 75 70 NL14 67.0±3.1 66.3±3.12 75 70 NL15 65.2±3.1 62.7±2.95 75 70 NL16 56.3±2.6 53.4±2.51 75 70 NL17 59.6±2.8 58.6±2.75 75 70 NL18 57.9±2.7 56.9±2.68 75 70 NL19 62.5±2.9 61.9±2.91 75 70 6.4 Lubricant Management The produced lubricant is stored in a 208liter capacity drum container and disposed through DOE Authorized Agent: Akota Traders, Madarganj, Ferighat, Bandar, Narayanganj. It is recorded that last November’2014 MPCL disposed off 1248liters to the Akota Traders. The monthly lubricant management data area listed below in Table-4. Table 4: Monthly Lubricant Management Data Period Quantity Used (liter) Stock (New) Spillage August 2014 2496 4992 No Spillage September 2014 3120 11024 No Spillage October 2014 3328 7696 No Spillage November 2014 2912 4784 No Spillage December 2014 2288 11648 No Spillage January 2015 1248 10400 No Spillage February 2015 2080 8320 No Spillage 7. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION 7.1 Project Performance Project performance is good in respect of the power production and contribution to the national power grid. 7.3. Health and safety Health and safety issues are maintained as per scheduled and reported upright as because there were no unscheduled events recorded in the power plant during the compliance period. 7.4 Public Relations / Complaints handling A good understanding between the public and the power plant people is already established as reported from public discussion during the compliance period. There were no complaints found yet to be resolved. On the contrary, 6-7 local peoples are directly employed in the power plant. 7.5 Emissions Monitoring 6|Page Ambient Air emission data exceeds the national standards value as reported from the analysis. It should be noted here that the ambient air quality data represents the Ashuganj Air shade cumulative air quality information where the contribution of the Midland Power Plant is around 5% of the total air emission to the airshed. So, it can be concluded that the MPCL emission level is within the limit of the National and WB standards/guidelines. 7.6 Noise Monitoring Noise level data complied with the national standards. The control room noise level recorded data is max-76dB and min-71dB which exceeds the WB and National guidelines. The workers have to wear the earmuff to protect them from the hazards of noise pollution. 7.7 Wastewater Management The power plant has no discharge to the River Meghna and the generated waste water is disposed of to the well designed 100users capacity septic tank. 7.8 Lubricant Management The power plant has a good management of lubricant dispose of system. There was no lubricant spillage found during the monitoring period. MPCL disposed of the Spent Lubricant to the DOE Authorized Agent. The detail of the Authorized Agent is listed below: Name of the Agent: Akota Traders Office Address: Madarganj, Ferighat, Bandar, Narayanganj. 7|Page ANNEX Snaps on Fire Drills: Emergency Call List: 8|Page Attendance List of Mock Drills: 9|Page Annex-XVIII Technical Comparison with Investment Analysis of Technologies ANNEX-XIX PM MEASUREMENT BY ATOMIC ENERGY DHAKA STATUS OF PARTICULATE MATTER (PM2.5 and PM10), CO, AND NO2 CONCENTRATIONS AT THE MIDLAND POWER GENERATION LTD, ASHUGANJ 1. LOCATION OF PM2.5 and PM10 MONITORING Midland Power Generation Ltd at Ashuganj is situated near Zia Fertilizer Ltd Factory in Brahmanbaria. The city is known for its power plant which generates much of the electricity for the country especially for the capital city. Zia Fertilizer Ltd is on the southern side of Midland Power Generation Ltd at Ashuganj. It produces chemical fertilizer for the country. This area is known as commercial area. Almost 25% electricity supply from Ashugonj Power Station. In Ashugonj, more than 500 rice mills which means above 40% rice supply from Ashugonj. Zia Fertilizer is a biggest chemical fertilizer company. Ashugonj City is also known as river port. There is also a gas transmission company. The location of the project is shown in Figure 1. Sample Type Location PM sampling 24° 1.661' N 90° 59.325' E Midland Power generation Ltd, Ashuganj Figure 1: Midland Power Generation Ltd, Ashuganj 2. AIR SAMPLING TIME AND LOCATION OF SAMPLING PM2.5, PM10, CO, and NO2 at plant area were monitored from 21 January to 12 February 2015. PM2.5 and PM10 samples were collected every third day in a week. As there is an impact of meteorology during winter season and wind blows from north-west direction (Figure 2), therefore we have set up the two PM samplers (One for PM10 and other for PM2.5) in the north-east side of the plant. Figure 2: Wind direction pattern 2.1 PM SAMPLING PM sampling was done using Air Matrics MiniVol sampler which was developed jointly by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Lane Regional Air Pollution Authority. Although not listed in the reference sampler (FRM) list, it is very close to reference sampler in performance. For sampling with MiniVol sampler (Figure 3), the flow rate was maintained 5 liter per minute (lpm) at ambient conditions for proper size fractionation. The samplers were set up in the conventional manner with filters. Two samplers were placed at co-located position in the north-east site of the plant for 24h. Both fractions of PM samples were collected on Teflon (2.0 µm pore size) filters. Figure 3: AirMetric MiniVol sampler PM Masses were measured in the Chemistry Division of the Atomic energy Centre, Dhaka (AECD) laboratory. The aerosol samples having PM were determined by weighing the filters before and after exposure using a micro balance (METTLER Model MT5) maintaining room temperature approximately at 22°C and relative humidity at 50%. The air filters were equilibrated at constant humidity and temperature of the balance room before every weighing. A U-shaped electrode charge eliminator (STATICMASTER) was used to eliminate the static charge accumulated on the filters before each weighing. The result is given in Table 1. The ambient NO2 and CO were monitored sequentially at plant site using Gas Badge Pro monitor (Figure 4). Sampling campaigning was continued for 1 hour. 5 minutes average NO2 and CO (mg/m3) were monitored every 15 minutes interval to obtain 1-hour average. The results are also presented in Table 1. It may be noted that the sampler used is a non-FRM electrochemical equipment. As the values are low, no further attempt was made for measurement with FRM samplers. Figure 4: CO and NO2 Pro GasBadge monitor Table 1: Ambient PM10, PM2.5, NO2 and CO concentration in sampling time Sampling Date PM10 PM2.5 NO2 CO µg/m3 (24h average) mg/m3 (1h average) 21/01/2015 127 103 <0.2 <0.13 22/01/2015 162 130 <0.2 <0.13 31/01/2015 215 159 <0.2 <0.13 04/02/2015 255 194 <0.2 <0.13 08/02/2015 224 175 <0.2 <0.13 12/02/2015 164 116 <0.2 <0.13 Sampling Date PM10 PM2.5 NO2 CO µg/m3 (24h average) mg/m (1h average) 3 BNAAQS 24h average 150 65 - 40 (µg/m3) Annual 50 15 100 - (µg/m3) WHO 24h average 50 25 - 10,000 (µg/m3) Annual 20 10 40 - (µg/m3) 3. Analysis of Air Quality Data It can be seen from Table-1 that the AQ primary standards (i.e., for the protection of public health) are specified both for yearly and shorter periods. The time available for measurements being short, direct determination of yearly average values are not feasible. So, these values have been determined using the assumption that the dispersion conditions for air pollutants are similar in Bangladesh except for the hilly areas. This is a reasonable assumption based on observation of weather parameters. Thus, the differences in AQ parameter values arise mainly due to local sources with dispersion conditions being the same. In order to derive the yearly values, the data from the Dhaka CAMS at Farmgate has been normalized to measured values for equivalent period to the measured values at the Midland Power Plant site. Using the same normalization, the values for other periods of the year have been found. The calculated yearly averages are 54±32 µg/m3 and 103±56 µg/m3 for PM2.5 and PM10 respectively which are higher than BNAAQS. The results for this exercise for PM data are shown in Figure 5. It can be seen that the plant site belongs to a degraded airshed for PM as yearly NAAQ standards for both PM10 and PM2.5 are exceeded. The measured daily values are also non- complaint with the daily NAAQS for much of the year. However, during wet season (May-September), the daily AAQ are within standards. Although, the area is non-compliant for PM, the contribution of the plant itself is estimated to be rather low compared to cumulative emissions of the other polluting industries in the area. Being mostly an industrial area, small populations who are involved in the industries are impacted. 225 Daily average for PM10 is 150 g/m3 200 PM2.5 Concentration (g/m3) PM10 175 150 Daily average for PM2.5 is 65 g/m3 125 100 75 50 25 0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Month Figure 5: The yearly plot for ambient PM10, PM2.5 concentrations at the plant site using normalization procure. Table 2: Ambient PM10, PM2.5, NO2 and CO concentrations using extrapolation Pollutan Averagin Who Proposed Measured Concentration t g Time Guideline Bangladesh s Standards CO 1 hour 30 mg/m3 40 mg/m3(35 ppm) <0.130 mg/m3 8 hour 10 mg/m3 10 mg/m3 (9 ppm) SO2* 24 hour 125 g/m3 365 g/m3 (140 ppb) ---- Annual 50 g/m3 80 g/m3 (30 ppb) ----- NO2 1 hour --- --- <0.200 mg/m3 Annual 40 g/m3 100 g/m3 (53 ppb) - Ozone 1 hour --- 235 g/m3 (120 ppb) 8 hour 120 g/m3 157 g/m3 (80 ppb) ---- PM10 ---24 hour 150 g/m3 191 48 g/m3 ---Annual 50 g/m3 105 56 g/m3 PM2.5 24 hour --- 65 g/m3 146  36 g/m3 Annual --- 15 g/m3 54  32 g/m3 *Source: Not measured as there is no Sulfur in NG fuel used in the plant. Table 2 represents the ambient PM10, PM2.5, NO2 and CO concentrations as per NAAQS as determined using extrapolation procedure. For NO2 and CO very low values have been found in common with the observations at all the 11 CAMS in the country. Although the emission specification of the engines for NOx at 250 mg/Nm3 is higher the WB guidelines value of 200 mg/Nm3, the emission level can be tolerated as the ambient level are low compared to NAAQS. The values for SO2 have not been measured as Bangladesh NG used in the plant is Sulfur free. The O3 values have not also been measured as precursor (i.e., NO2) values are low. 3. OBSERVATION  The PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations are higher than the yearly average Bangladesh National Ambient Air Quality Standards and also for 24 hour standards except for the wet season.  The observed level of NO2 and CO level is compliant with BNAAQS. The equipment used in these measurements are non-FRM but as the levels are very low this does not constitute much risk.  The contribution of the plant to the cumulative level of air pollutants in the airshed is presumed to be low based on the size and number of other plants in the area. ANNEX-XX NORMALIZATION OF NOISE LEVEL DATA A. NL2 Noise Level Monitoring Location: • NL2 North-west corner of the 24° 1'42.26"N plant boundary Industrial 90°59'17.22"E B. Standard Operating Procedure for the Sound Level Meter (SLM) 1. Batteries must be checked before use and during long measuring sessions. 2. A windshield must be used if the air velocity is noticeable. It should anyway be used all the time as a dust shield. 3. All intruding objects such as the body of the sound level meter (SLM) or the operator itself will degrade the frequency response of the microphone at high frequencies and directivity effects will appear at much smaller frequencies. Therefore, the SLM should be, whenever possible, installed on a stable and sturdy tripod equipped with resilient blocks to isolate the sound level meter from vibration and consequent spurious readings. The operator should be at a reasonable distance (2-3 m) behind the sound level meter. For walk-through surveys, the SLM should be held well away from the body. 4. The SLM (Figure 1) must be calibrated before any measuring session using a calibrator. If the temperature of the instrument is significantly different from the ambient temperature where it will be used, it should be first warmed up before calibration and use. The calibration must be checked at the end of the session. 5. Press the “ON” button. Wait for the display to read in dBa. Then record at least 10-noise value in every 30-second interval from each corner of the plant area. Enter the necessary data into the log sheet. Figure-1: Portable Sound Level Meter C. Portable Sound Level Meter Specification Features - Max/Min Function - Low battery indication - External battery access door for easy battery changing - AC / DC signal output - IEC 651 Type II SPECIFICATIONS Microphone: Electric condenser microphone Accuracy: ±1.5 dB (ref 94dB @ 1KHz) Level Range: Lo = 35 ~ 80 dB Med = 50 ~ 100 dB Hi = 80 ~ 130 dB Frequency Weighting: A, C Time Weighting: Fast, Slow Auxiliary Outputs: AC output Output voltage 1 Vrms (at full scale) Output impedance : Approx. 600 ohms DC output Output voltage : 10mV / dB Output impedance : Approx. 50 ohms Dynamic Range: 50 dB Frequency Range: 31.5Hz to 8KHz Operation Condition: 0°C ~ 40°C (<80% R.H.) Storage Temperature: 10°C ~ 60°C (<70% R.H.) Battery Life: 50 hours (with alkaline battery) Power Supply: 9V battery NEDA 1604, IEC 6F22, JIS 006P Model Description AI320 Portable Sound Level Meter D. Procedure/Steps followed in Noise Level Data Collection: • Step-1: The Noise meter was placed at neck Height i.e. 5ft from the ground level on a stand. • Step-2: Approximately Ten seconds counting i.e. slowly counting 1to10 in silent mood and then note the reading of the noise meter • Step-3: Note 10 nos. of noise level reading by repeating Step-2 E. Noise Level Data: There were 320 nos. noise level reading noted down during the noise level measurement at NL- 2 location and listed in excel sheet with max, min, average and standard deviation. Only the average values from first 10 data points were taken into calculation. So 32 data point for one site were noted. Then averages of all points for NL-2 site are calculated and with the noted ratio comparing with the previous data are defined then. F. Location of Noise Monitoring: Sl. Code Location Geographic Location Setting Location • NL1 South-west corner of the 24° 1'37.79"N Industrial plant boundary 90°59'13.38"E • NL2 North-west corner of the 24° 1'42.68"N Industrial plant boundary Sl. Code Location Geographic Location Setting Location 90°59'17.54"E • NL3 North-east corner of the 24° 1'40.34"N Industrial plant boundary 90°59'20.57"E • NL4 South-east corner of the 24° 1'36.35"N Industrial plant boundary 90°59'15.92"E • NL5 North side of the plant 24° 1'41.91"N Industrial boundary 90°59'18.49"E • NL6 North side of the plant 24° 1'41.46"N Industrial boundary 90°59'19.09"E • NL7 North side of the plant 24° 1'41.00"N Industrial boundary 90°59'19.67"E • NL8 East side of the plant 24° 1'39.43"N Industrial boundary 90°59'19.82"E • NL9 East side of the plant 24° 1'38.94"N Industrial boundary 90°59'18.86"E • NL10 East side of the plant 24° 1'37.37"N Industrial boundary 90°59'17.07"E • NL11 South side of the plant 24° 1'36.73"N Industrial boundary 90°59'15.15"E • NL12 South side of the plant 24° 1'37.14"N Industrial boundary 90°59'14.25"E • NL13 Adjacent to the engine room 24° 1'39.96"N Industrial (Western side) 90°59'15.79"E • NL14 In front of the engine room 24° 1'39.62"N Industrial (east side) 90°59'17.16"E • NL15 Infront of the engine room 24° 1'40.47"N Industrial (east side) 90°59'17.67"E • NL16 Halima Begum’s House, 24° 1'35.05"N Industrial Char Chartala 90°59'27.42"E Sl. Code Location Geographic Location Setting Location • NL17 Habibur Rahman House, 24° 1'39.42"N Industrial Char Chartala 90°59'21.69"E • NL18 Akter Mia’s House, Char 24° 1'37.66"N Industrial Chartala 90°59'21.03"E • NL19 Khorshed Mia’s House, Char 24° 1'36.70"N Industrial Chartala 90°59'16.84"E G. Normalized Noise Data Location Daytime Nighttime dB dB NL1 63.0±3.0 60.0±2.82 NL2 69.0±3.2 65.8±3.09 NL3 51.2±2.4 50.3±2.37 NL4 61.3±2.9 58.0±2.73 NL5 63.6±3.0 62.0±2.91 NL6 61.8±2.9 59.0±2.77 NL7 53.2±2.5 52.6±2.47 NL8 55.6±2.6 53.3±2.50 NL9 64.9±3.1 63.7±2.99 NL10 59.0±2.8 58.6±2.75 NL11 60.5±2.8 60.1±2.82 NL12 60.9±2.9 60.4±2.84 NL13 66.3±3.1 64.9±3.05 NL14 67.0±3.1 66.3±3.12 NL15 65.2±3.1 62.7±2.95 NL16 56.3±2.6 53.4±2.51 NL17 59.6±2.8 58.6±2.75 NL18 57.9±2.7 56.9±2.68 NL19 62.5±2.9 61.9±2.91